• Breaking News Alert!

    Unveiling a tangled web of covert operations:

    CIA's Role: The CIA has been involved in the overthrow of over 70 countries worldwide, exerting its influence behind the scenes.

    Unprecedented Coup: The United States finds itself embroiled in an open, overt coup, as the DNC and Deep State initiate plans to seize military power from Trump, sparking a power struggle.

    CCP Turmoil: Xi Jinping takes drastic measures by arresting CCP officials, firing generals, and purging the military, all in anticipation of the collapse of the Chinese Communist Party.

    German Leak: Military plans for World War III are leaked in Germany, leading to investigations and panic within their own military agencies.

    Trump's Comeback: EU countries are preparing "silent cabinets" to align with Trump's imminent return, signaling a seismic shift in global politics.

    Warning from Klaus Schwab's Second-in-Command: Yuval Noah Harari sends an alarming message to Davos, claiming that Trump's re-election will deal a devastating blow to the global order.

    The Great Awakening: Over 2 billion people worldwide are part of the Great Awakening, a massive military alliance operation dedicated to dismantling the globalist Deep State Cabal system.

    Strange Connections: A mind-boggling coincidence arises as coordinates from a Miami mall incident match those of Antarctica when flipped upside down. Mysteries deepen.

    Jamie Dimon's Betrayal: Jamie Dimon abruptly turns against the DNC, defends MAGA, and challenges NATO. The unexpected shift raises questions about what transpired at the Davos group gathering.

    A Promise from Trump: Trump declares that he will not create a Central Bank Digital Currency (CBDC), but speculation mounts that plans could change in late 2025, involving the USSF and Elon Musk.

    Vivek Ramaswamy's Revelation: Vivek Ramaswamy's alleged shadow campaign for Trump comes to light, potentially leading to his involvement in the Trump administration.

    DeSantis Endorses Trump: As predicted, DeSantis endorses Trump, aligning with military intelligence operations and the Devolution Plan.

    Globalist Exposed: The worldwide exposure of globalist agendas hampers their attempts to regain power, as the Great Awakening operations gain momentum.

    Nikki's Fate: Trump's influence looms large as Nikki faces a challenging battle. Meanwhile, rumors circulate about Michelle Obama's potential presidential run, with the Rock potentially endorsing her candidacy.

    Rogan and Trump: Against expectations, Joe Rogan endorses Trump, and preparations are underway for Trump to appear on Rogan's podcast—conflicting earlier statements were merely strategic maneuvers.

    2024 Disclosure Leaks: Get ready for a deluge of real disclosures, unveiling shocking revelations, causing panic within the deep dark operations of DARPA, the CIA, and the Bush-Obama military-industrial regime.

    Stay tuned as these unprecedented events continue to unfold and shape the fate of our world.

    Join, it's not too late!
    https://t.me/BenjaminFulfordJ
    💥 Breaking News Alert! 💥 Unveiling a tangled web of covert operations: CIA's Role: The CIA has been involved in the overthrow of over 70 countries worldwide, exerting its influence behind the scenes. Unprecedented Coup: The United States finds itself embroiled in an open, overt coup, as the DNC and Deep State initiate plans to seize military power from Trump, sparking a power struggle. CCP Turmoil: Xi Jinping takes drastic measures by arresting CCP officials, firing generals, and purging the military, all in anticipation of the collapse of the Chinese Communist Party. German Leak: Military plans for World War III are leaked in Germany, leading to investigations and panic within their own military agencies. Trump's Comeback: EU countries are preparing "silent cabinets" to align with Trump's imminent return, signaling a seismic shift in global politics. Warning from Klaus Schwab's Second-in-Command: Yuval Noah Harari sends an alarming message to Davos, claiming that Trump's re-election will deal a devastating blow to the global order. The Great Awakening: Over 2 billion people worldwide are part of the Great Awakening, a massive military alliance operation dedicated to dismantling the globalist Deep State Cabal system. Strange Connections: A mind-boggling coincidence arises as coordinates from a Miami mall incident match those of Antarctica when flipped upside down. Mysteries deepen. Jamie Dimon's Betrayal: Jamie Dimon abruptly turns against the DNC, defends MAGA, and challenges NATO. The unexpected shift raises questions about what transpired at the Davos group gathering. A Promise from Trump: Trump declares that he will not create a Central Bank Digital Currency (CBDC), but speculation mounts that plans could change in late 2025, involving the USSF and Elon Musk. Vivek Ramaswamy's Revelation: Vivek Ramaswamy's alleged shadow campaign for Trump comes to light, potentially leading to his involvement in the Trump administration. DeSantis Endorses Trump: As predicted, DeSantis endorses Trump, aligning with military intelligence operations and the Devolution Plan. Globalist Exposed: The worldwide exposure of globalist agendas hampers their attempts to regain power, as the Great Awakening operations gain momentum. Nikki's Fate: Trump's influence looms large as Nikki faces a challenging battle. Meanwhile, rumors circulate about Michelle Obama's potential presidential run, with the Rock potentially endorsing her candidacy. Rogan and Trump: Against expectations, Joe Rogan endorses Trump, and preparations are underway for Trump to appear on Rogan's podcast—conflicting earlier statements were merely strategic maneuvers. 2024 Disclosure Leaks: Get ready for a deluge of real disclosures, unveiling shocking revelations, causing panic within the deep dark operations of DARPA, the CIA, and the Bush-Obama military-industrial regime. Stay tuned as these unprecedented events continue to unfold and shape the fate of our world. Join, it's not too late! 👇 https://t.me/BenjaminFulfordJ ✅️
    T.ME
    Benjamin FuIford
    Website: https://benjaminfulford.net/ Rumble: https://rumble.com/user/BenjaminFuIford
    Like
    1
    0 Comments 1 Shares 5091 Views
  • AI Cyber Attack 2024: How it will unfold
    The AI war is upon us

    Fritz Freud

    Before I expose the Government Lies and tell you how the Government will take every right from you I shall give you their PoV so you understand their vicious lies.
    Understand this: There is nothing beneficial that AI brings to the table for Humanity.
    AI by its very definition is detrimental to Humanity.
    And at its full Potential they call "The Singularity" it is impossible to control which is the point of AI.

    As noted in the landmark Executive Order 14110, “Safe, Secure, And Trustworthy Development and Use of Artificial Intelligence (AI),” signed by the President on October 30, 2023, “AI must be safe and secure .” As the nation’s cyber defense agency and the national coordinator for critical infrastructure security and resilience, CISA will play a key role in addressing and managing risksat the nexus of AI, cybersecurity, and critical infrastructure .
    This “2023–2024 CISA Roadmap for Artificial Intelligence” serves as a guide for CISA’s AI-related efforts, ensuring both internal coherence as well as alignment with the whole-of-government AI strategy . This roadmap incorporates key CISA-led actions as directed by Executive Order 14110, along with additional actions CISA is leading to promote AI security and support critical infrastructure owners and operators as they navigate the adoption of AI .

    The roadmap includes CISA’s efforts to:

    • Promote beneficial uses of AI to enhance cybersecurity capabilities and other aspects of

    CISA’s mission;

    • Protect the nation’s AI systems from cybersecurity threats; and

    • Deter malicious actors’ use of AI capabilities to threaten critical infrastructure .

    We envision a future in which AI systems advance our nation’s cyber defense, where our critical infrastructure is resilient and protected from malicious use of AI, and where AI developers prioritize the security of their products as a core business requirement.

    GOAL 1 | CYBER DEFENSE. AI tools can help defend cyberspace against traditional threats, as well as emerging AI driven threats . However, AI-based software systems are also software systems that require securing and necessitate cyber defense for AI .

    GOAL 2 | RISK REDUCTION AND RESILIENCE. Critical infrastructure organizations increasingly use AI systems to maintain and improve resilience . CISA will guide and support responsible and risk-aware adoption of AI-based software systems that are secure by design .

    GOAL 3 | OPERATIONAL COLLABORATION. As AI contributes to a rapidly changing threat landscape, CISA will communicate threat and risk information to the U .S . public, including critical infrastructure sectors . Furthermore, AI companies and AI use cases may be subject to targeted threats and may require specific services and protections in response .

    GOAL 4 | AGENCY UNIFICATION. CISA will responsibly integrate AI software systems across the agency, as well as recruit and develop a workforce capable of optimally harnessing AI software systems to carry out CISA’s mission.

    https://www.cisa.gov/sites/default/files/2023-11/2023-2024_CISA-Roadmap-for-AI_508c.pdf

    Note:
    The Term "safe and secure AI" is misleading at best and a blatant Lie.
    Imagine you have a Gun that can shoot at will anyone it deems a threat target by any means it applies itself for any reasons it deems to be reasonable.
    " We envision a future in which AI systems advance our nation’s cyber defense, where our critical infrastructure is resilient and protected from malicious use of AI".
    What they say is insane: We need AI to protect us from the AI we are building.
    So they already know AI is a threat to Humanity yet the build it anyway.
    And it gets even worse... they are rolling out this threat by giving it Government Power.
    Then they say we need more AI to combat the AI we build yesterday but couldn't control.
    Then they change the name of the CIA to CAI.

    Abandoned luggage and unexpected crowds - real-time cameras will use artificial intelligence (AI) to detect suspicious activity on the streets of Paris during next summer's Olympics.
    AI devices monitor all the cameras. And when it sees something it's been told to look out for - like a sudden grouping of people - it raises an alert.

    https://www.bbc.com/news/world-europe-66122743

    Note:
    This is the French Government telling us they will connect all CCTV Camera's to AI.
    And if you are foolish enough to think they will connect just a few go kill yourself.
    They will connect all CCTV Cameras to AI in France Europe USA just like they did in China.
    Oh and London has most CCTV Cameras per m² in the world... they will definitely use AI.
    So let's harness the scenario... AI sees a " sudden grouping of people" for no matter what reason.
    AI will then react as itself deems fit using whatever it has to eliminate the threat.

    Trustworthy artificial intelligence (AI) can bring many benefits, such as better healthcare, safer and cleaner transport, more efficient manufacturing, and cheaper and more sustainable energy. The EU’s approach to AI will give people the confidence to embrace these technologies while encouraging businesses to develop them.

    Artificial intelligence (AI) can help find solutions to many of society’s problems. This can only be achieved if the technology is of high quality, and developed and used in ways that earns peoples’ trust. Therefore, an EU strategic framework based on EU values will give citizens the confidence to accept AI-based solutions, while encouraging businesses to develop and deploy them.

    https://commission.europa.eu/strategy-and-policy/priorities-2019-2024/europe-fit-digital-age/excellence-and-trust-artificial-intelligence_en

    Note:
    This is the EU or European Dictator von der Leyen Hoodwinking you... lying straight in your Face.
    First of all Transport and Energy is already solved... I did that.
    All Energy can and must be extracted using Water.
    And I have already Invented the most Advanced safest cleanest and fastest Transportation System in the world.

    The Future according to Fritz Freud

    The Future according to Fritz Freud
    Welcome to another dawn My mind is trapped in a one way storm Feeling is gone withered to dust An empty body a slave of your Lust Shadows won't let me sleep today If I could have it any other way Rolling around lying on the floor If this is gone would you like some more

    Read full story

    The EU with the Euthanasia friendly executive " will give citizens the confidence to accept AI-based solutions" knowing already that this is a lie and as such betray every Citizen of the EU.
    AI was never designed and is definitely not deployed to help people but to control people in ways never been seen or imagined before... and the Government knows this.
    And by their own admission of guilt they tell us they need to lie to us to accept their lies.

    Europe’s Digital Decade: digital targets for 2030

    Skills

    ICT Specialists: 20 million + gender convergence
    Basic Digital Skills: min 80% of population

    Secure and sustainable digital infrastructures

    Connectivity: Gigabit for everyone
    Cutting edge Semiconductors: double EU share in global production
    Data - Edge & Cloud: 10,000 climate-neutral highly secure edge nodes
    Computing: first computer with quantum acceleration

    Digital transformation of businesses

    Tech up-take: 75% of EU companies using Cloud, AI, or Big Data
    Innovators: grow scale-ups & finance to double EU Unicorns
    Late adopters: more than 90% of SMEs reach at least a basic level of digital intensity

    Digitalisation of public services

    Key Public Services: 100% online
    e-Health: 100% of citizens have access to medical records online
    Digital Identity: 100% of citizens have access to digital ID

    https://commission.europa.eu/strategy-and-policy/priorities-2019-2024/europe-fit-digital-age/europes-digital-decade-digital-targets-2030_en

    Note:
    Why do they need Gigabit for everyone? Simply because they already plan for AI to control you in real time and by their action reveal their plan beyond doubt.
    They already tell you that all Key Government Services will be 100% online meaning they use AI.
    Therefore they need the Bandwidth.
    And they tell us that all citizens will be forced into the Digital Auschwitz ID.
    Additionally AI will have your complete Medical Data as given by the Government to AI.
    The Banks will do the same meaning AI will have all of your Data.

    Gender Convergence: Its Last Chapter

    The converging roles of men and women are among the grandest advances in society and the economy in the last century. These aspects of the grand gender convergence are figurative chapters in a history of gender roles. But what must the "last" chapter contain for there to be equality in the labor market? The answer may come as a surprise. The solution does not (necessarily) have to involve government intervention and it need not make men more responsible in the home (although that wouldn't hurt). But it must involve changes in the labor market, especially how jobs are structured and remunerated to enhance temporal flexibility.

    https://www.aeaweb.org/articles?id=10.1257/aer.104.4.1091

    Note:
    Gender Convergence means Slavery for all simple.
    Jobs are given not to the best but to those who the Government Chooses.
    Transvestites Transsexuals and the Minority Report.

    Enhancing the use of AI throughout the Department

    The Department of State released its first-ever “Enterprise Artificial Intelligence Strategy FY 2024-2025: Empowering Diplomacy through Responsible A I” (EAIS) on November 9, 2023. Signed by Secretary Blinken, the EAIS establishes a centralized vision for artificial intelligence (AI) innovation, infrastructure, policy, governance, and culture by inaugurating Department-wide guidance for the responsible and ethical design, development, acquisition, and appropriate application of AI.

    The Department of State stands at a critical juncture where an emerging ecosystem of AI capabilities presents enormous opportunity. This opportunity can allow the Department to leverage AI to achieve breakthroughs of all kinds – in public diplomacy, language translation, management operations, information proliferation and dissemination, task automation, code generation, and others. However, this opportunity will require the Department to take steps to ensure ethical and responsible use. This includes steps to protect the security and privacy of Department data and to avert biased outcomes that pose a risk to our mission and our values.

    https://www.state.gov/the-department-of-state-unveils-its-first-ever-enterprise-artificial-intelligence-strategy/

    Note:
    "Signed by Secretary Blinken, the EAIS establishes a centralized vision for artificial intelligence (AI) innovation, infrastructure, policy, governance, and culture by inaugurating Department-wide guidance for the responsible and ethical design, development, acquisition, and appropriate application of AI".
    What does that mean?
    AI Government will start being Implemented from 01.01.2024.
    Did I tell you?

    Project Omega: AI Government

    Project Omega: AI Government
    Israel the so called Democratic state... How come all they do is to support Governments everywhere to enslave Humanity as we know it? Not just any Governments but the worst Governments everywhere. Jamal Kashogi anyone? https://www.nytimes.com/2021/06/22/us/politics/khashoggi-saudi-kill-team-us-training.html

    Read full story

    Data and Digital Government Strategy

    The Australian Government is committed to a modern public service that puts people and business at the centre of the data and digital transformation.

    The Australian Government has released an initial Data and Digital Government Strategy outlining its vision to deliver simple, secure, and connected public services for all people and business through world class data and digital capabilities.

    The final Data and Digital Government Strategy, supported by an implementation plan outlining initiatives that will achieve progress towards the Australian Government’s vision, is expected to be released by the end of 2023.

    https://www.dta.gov.au/digital-government-strategy

    Note:
    The Aussies are most secretive to tell you nothing.
    They regurgitating the same text over several pages.
    However the fact that they have a " Data and Digital Government Strategy" and a " Digital Transformation Agency" that is " supported by an implementation plan" shows you two things.
    A) They don't want you to know
    B) They fear the public response
    C) They do not have you best interest in Mind.

    Global Government Agenda 2024 (Jan 23 2024) Agenda & Topics

    The Global Government Leaders’ Forum 2024 (Jan 23 2024) brings together heads of civil services from across the globe and senior managers from Singapore.

    Modernising the civil service – and how you fit in

    What capabilities and cultures must civil service leaders nurture within their organisations in order to meet the challenges of today’s tumultuous, fast-changing world? Working with Lord O’Donnell, former UK Cabinet Secretary and Head of the Civil Service, Global Government Forum has carried out research to develop a ‘blueprint for a modern public service’ – interviewing heads of civil services from around the world to gather their views on topics from strategy to skills, technology to trust

    Achieving real transformation: a modern approach to civil service productivity

    Over the years, civil services around the world have pursued a wide range of efficiency agendas – with mixed results. Digitally-enabled procurement reforms have often cut costs and improved outcomes, for example, but few shared services schemes have realised their potential. Outsourcing programmes have produced good savings, but sometimes weakened public sector capabilities: many governments have since reclaimed some delivery operations. Now digital technologies offer a host both of new opportunities, and of novel pitfalls. At this session, a panel of civil service experts will discuss the lessons of past efficiency drives and explore the techniques and agendas most likely to produce big savings over the coming years.

    An equitable path to net zero: economic transformations and just transitions

    In many parts of the world, people are already experiencing the effects of climate change – stoking popular support for action to cut CO2 emissions. But the task of decarbonising economies is a massive one, creating losers as well as winners: at this session, a panel of civil service leaders will explore how governments can build and maintain public support for the green transition. How to enable a green transition while tackling poverty? How can workforces and businesses in carbon-intensive industries be supported to find new forms of income? Which forms of green infrastructure investments or environmental improvements attract the most public interest and support? And how can public bodies provide clear public benefits while decarbonising their own operations? Without radical changes, humans face a grim future – but securing popular support for radical change is no easy task.

    Addressing today’s crises and tomorrow’s catastrophes

    Civil services must be able to respond rapidly and effectively to crises such as the pandemic; but this flexibility should be combined with an ability to maintain progress on longer-term goals – including the work of planning for future emergencies. It is a sad irony that, as the UK’s COVID-19 Inquiry has heard, during 2016-19 the country’s pandemic preparations were deprioritised as civil servants focused on the immediate challenge of planning for a no-deal Brexit. And ever since the pandemic, many governments’ work on huge, slow-moving challenges such as climate change and demographic issues has been slowed by a series of fresh challenges, including Ukraine and spiralling inflation. At this session, a panel of very senior leaders will consider how civil servants can both respond effectively to today’s crises, and continue the crucial work required to address longer-term threats that will otherwise generate tomorrow’s catastrophes.

    Speakers:

    Jamie Ang, Deputy Secretary, Public Service Division, Singapore
    Darin Duch, Under-Secretary of State, Ministry of Civil Service, Cambodia
    Dr Gordon de Brouwer, Public Service Commissioner, Australia
    Her Excellency Dr. Shaikha Rana bint Isa Al Khalifa, Director General, Institute of Public Administration, Bahrain
    Sir Alex Chisholm, Chief Operating Officer, Civil Service and Permanent Secretary, Cabinet Office, United Kingdom
    Taimar Peterkop, State Secretary, Government Office, Estonia
    Sau Sheong Chang, Deputy Chief Executive, Government Technology Agency, Singapore
    Ritin Mathur, Partner, Consulting, Ernst & Young Advisory
    Franz Manderson, Deputy Governor and Head of the Civil Service, Cayman Islands
    Keith Tan, Deputy Secretary (Industry), Ministry of Trade and Industry, Singapore
    Aileen Lourdes Lizada, Commissioner, Civil Service Commission, Philippines
    Cindy Khoo, Deputy Secretary, Strategy Group, Prime Minister’s Office, Singapore
    Joyce Dimech, Permanent Secretary, Ministry for the National Heritage, the Arts and Local Government, Malta

    https://gglf.globalgovernmentforum.com/agenda/

    Note:
    What they tell you is simple... we roll out AI Government and you have to adhere to the System.
    It is interesting how these Freaks look at Covid-19 to make you understand their True Agenda.
    We all know that Covid-19 was a Government Biological Attack to depopulate sterilize and control the population of this planet Globally.
    We know (I know) that Net Zero is a scam and that the Government cares only about power how to gain more power and how to lie with statistics.
    And this is a proven fact because I personally campaign for over 20 years for an absolute Zero Emission Economy which is possible for well over 40 years.
    What they are speaking of is nothing but a modern version of Fascism 3.0.
    But they don' just prepare.
    " Civil services must be able to respond rapidly and effectively to crises".
    What they do now is to prepare their "Associates" aka "Civil Servants" and to give them the tools to react faster... why?
    Covid was a Lie... Net Zero is a Lie...
    In reality there is no "Crisis"... there is no need for all of this... I exposed them years ago.
    And I expose them now.
    They want to respond faster to a crisis they are making in order to give us no time to react.
    A quick response to a False Flag will circumvent the fact that it is a False Flag.
    Just like 9/11 with the Patriot Act still in place they are creating a False Flag and are preparing their minions or "Useful Idiots" so that we the people are overwhelmed and before we know what is going on we are presented with their Fascist Facts based on Lies.
    Once the Government has Authority it never gives it back.
    And in retrospect it doesn't matter which Lie was used.
    In Fascism only Obedience matters.
    And we know who the Fascists are... Klaus Schwab the WEF IMF Bill Gates Elon Musk Rothschild Rockefeller... because they are working on this plan for aeon's.

    Zero Emissions: How I expose the WEF / UN / EU / IEA / CA.GOV / Greens / all of them

    Zero Emissions: How I expose the WEF / UN / EU / IEA / CA.GOV / Greens / all of them
    I am Fritz Freud. My Life has been destroyed by the wanna be powers that want the complete destruction of this world. But they failed and will fail. My spirit has hardened. So I bring and will continue to do so all that they try to hide from you. There are no problems.

    Read full story

    Down the Rabbit Hole

    Alice sits drowsily by a riverbank, bored by the book her older sister reads to her. Out of nowhere, a White Rabbit runs past her, fretting that he will be late. The Rabbit pulls a watch out of his waistcoat pocket and runs across the field and down a hole. Alice impulsively follows the Rabbit and tumbles down the deep hole that resembles a Green new Future, promised by an Evil Wizard.

    This Wizard is Klaus Schwab... and he is a rapist by Nature.

    Klaus takes little Alice and rapes her repeatedly then chains her to a Rock and kicks her into her once beautiful face because she dares to shed a tear.

    The white Rabbit turns out to be a white Rabbi from New York and rapes little Alice repeatedly and kicks her into her once beautiful face because she dares to shed a tear.Alice is the Human race raped by Klaus Schwab and his Jewish Occult Liars who take pleasure in lying stealing and repeatedly raping the Human Race.
    Their greed is insanity... Their thirst for power is their stupidity... born out of incest.
    Narcissistic Megalomaniacs they are, only happy when we are sad...
    Problems, War Famine Trans Agenda Financial Corruption Social Destruction are their creation and now they fool the world with the Jabberwocky which is the "Green New Deal" aka Net Zero Scam.
    They try to scare Alice into accepting their New world Order, raping Alice repeatedly because they hate Humanity to such an extent that they are insane, driven by Bloodlust lies greed and insatiable thirst for control.
    They make our Life a misery because they believe they are Gods over Humanity.
    There are no Gods... and most certainly not any of the Jewish Occult Cockroaches that live in the shadows of humanity afraid of the light of Truth.
    So they invented the Jabberwocky... the monster that is Climate Change to scare people into accepting their Order over Humanity... and they failed... they are a failure... all of them.
    Because the light of Truth destroys the shadows of Lies in which those Cockroaches live.
    Child abuse rape and pedophilia comes natural to the Jews because they hate Alice so much.
    So much that they worship the Lie to rape Alice and kick her once beautiful face because she dares to shed a tear.

    Never let a good crisis go to waste

    Winston Churchill’s words have never been more important than today as we experience the society- and life-changing consequences of the COVID-19 pandemic.

    The extent and severity of the disease is a result of ignoring decades of warnings by scientists about the general deterioration of humanity’s epidemiological environment, and specific warnings about confining live, wild animals in markets. The situation was made even more lethal by ignoring the warnings from epidemiologists and disease ecologists once it became clear that an imminent pandemic most likely arose from this practice. Many countries, including the United States, are still ignoring those warnings and the required actions to lessen the impact.

    Accordingly, we should ask ourselves, “what else are we missing?” What other huge problems are hiding in plain sight where science could guide policy to avoid catastrophic future failures? For instance, there are two principal health threats that must be addressed immediately, and we must strike while the iron is hot.

    The overuse of antibiotics in agriculture will cause widespread deaths from formerly treatable bacterial diseases because of the evolution of antibiotic resistance in microbes. The evolution of resistance is well-known, predictable, and obvious — not in retrospect, but now.

    Just like the lack of early action made the impact of COVID-19 much worse now, not immediately addressing our other existential threats will cost us much more in the future. Politicians need to internalize Winston Churchill’s message and henceforth use the best-possible scientific evidence to enact new policies that will allow our citizens, and our civilization, to survive and prosper.

    https://mahb.stanford.edu/blog/never-let-a-good-crisis-go-to-waste/

    Note:
    I became Vegetarian precisely I saw the misuse of Antibiotics and other stuff such as feeding Lifestock with Animal derivative to enable Cross contamination that causes such diseases as Food & Mouth.

    Regulation (EU) 2021/1372 adopted on 17 August 2021 and published on 18 August 2021 reauthorises the use of

    • processed animal proteins (PAP) derived from pigs and insects in poultry feed;
    • processed animal proteins derived from poultry and insect in pig feed;
    • gelatine and collagen of ruminant origin in the feed of non-ruminant farmed animals.

    What are Processed Animal Proteins?
    In the European context, Processed Animal Proteins (PAP) are legally defined as a product
    manufactured from category 3 animal by-products, i.e. the part of animals (bones, offals, etc.)
    coming from non-ruminant animals controlled as fit for human consumption at the point of slaughter.

    https://fefac.eu/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/21_EU_18_Q_A_lifting-feed-ban.pdf

    Unfortunately this is just the Tip of the Iceberg.
    You know the Fake Meat they pushing upon us... that Lab grown meat Klaus Schwab wants you to eat? It is grown from Human Cells.

    “Unfortunately, many Texans are unknowingly consuming products that either contain human fetal parts or were developed using human fetal parts,” Hall said in a statement. “While some may not be bothered by this, there are many Texans with religious or moral beliefs that would oppose consumption or use of these products.”

    Senate Bill 314 says any food product that contains, is manufactured with, or derived from research that uses "tissue, cells, or organs obtained from an aborted unborn child" must be "clearly and conspicuously labeled" before it can be sold.

    https://www.beaumontenterprise.com/news/article/Food-made-of-aborted-fetuses-needs-clear-labels-17727110.php

    You know they made a Cannibal out of you.
    Who are they?
    Nestle Coke Pepsi and the Jewish Cabal.
    And this is going on for years.

    Kraft, Pepsi, and Nestle Using Aborted Babies For Flavor Additives – Dr. Rich Swier

    https://stillnessinthestorm.com/2019/10/kraft-pepsi-and-nestle-using-aborted-babies-for-flavor-additives-dr-rich-swier/

    Enjoy your Dinner...
    When all the Rats have vanished from the streets... you know you ate them all.


    And now they are preparing for an AI takeover because they fear your reaction to the truth of their atrocities against you which are going on for as long as you live.

    Microsoft on Tuesday will announce a slew of new cutting edge artificial intelligence tools and capabilities through its Azure OpenAI Government and Microsoft 365 Government services, including classified cloud workloads and intelligent recap of meetings, as well as generative AI tools like content generation and summarization, code generation, and semantic search using its FedRAMP-approved systems.

    “Government customers have signaled a strong, strong demand for the latest AI tools, especially for what we call our [Microsoft 365] co-pilot,” Candice Ling, vice president of Microsoft Federal, told FedScoop before the announcement.

    The tech giant’s Teams Premium service with intelligent recap of meetings is expected to roll out to government users during the spring of 2024. Intelligent recap uses AI to help users summarize meeting content and focus on key elements through AI-generated meeting notes and tasks.

    https://fedscoop.com/microsoft-rolls-out-generative-ai-roadmap-for-government-services/

    Note:
    I do not trust Microsoft at all.
    And I am of the Conviction that the sooner we hang Bill Gates the better it is.
    Using AI which is an unproven Technology for Classified Information means it ain't Classified anymore.
    Bill Gates, Jeffry Epstein's best buddy will be given the backdoor to classified Information.
    And the Government sees no conflict of Interest?
    Or are they deliberately blind be4cause they are drunk on their own power and the promise of more power through the use of AI?
    The latter seems to be the case since they fail to inform the public... which is an admission of guilt.

    Quantum Revolution: Death Penalty for Bill Gates

    Quantum Revolution: Death Penalty for Bill Gates
    TRUTH Their plan has failed, withered failed and Imploded. They scramble like a mad dog trying to hold on to power they never had, power they acquired by cheating lying and criminal activities beyond Imagination. And they will not stop lying because in their opinion we are the problem because we refuse to die.

    Read full story

    Australian government tables Digital ID Bill to expand service

    The Australian federal government is a step closer to creating a national digital identity system after introducing fresh legislation to the country’s senate on 30 November.

    A key function of the bill is to support an accreditation scheme for private sector digital ID service providers, and to help grow the system into Australian states and territories.

    The news follows the government’s announcement in March that various cross-state jurisdictions had agreed a “nationally coordinated approach” to digital ID credentials in a bid to reform the country’s fragmented digital ID ecosystem.

    The government said the newly-introduced Digital ID Bill put in place a “legislative framework to create an economy-wide digital ID system in Australia” and that digital ID was “a critical capability and… one of the ways the government is keeping Australians safe and responding to the increase in third party data breaches”.

    https://www.globalgovernmentforum.com/australian-government-tables-digital-id-bill-to-expand-service/

    Note:
    This is from the Global Government Forum.
    This is where the Governments work together to pave the way for a Global Government.
    AI and the Digital ID / Auschwitz ID is central to their plan for Global Fascism.
    It is Kissinger's New World Order... plain and simple.
    And they are rolling out this Digital ID everywhere now from Malaysia to the EU to the USA to Argentina... everywhere where a Jew or WEF Associate is in Power.
    And the Digital ID was first invented in the Concentration Camps of the Nazis... made by IBM then and IBM now.

    IBM and the Holocaust 2024


    What is the IBM Digital Health Pass?

    IBM® Digital Health Pass is designed to help businesses efficiently verify multiple types of COVID-19 health credentials for employees, customers, fans and travelers entering their site based on their own criteria.
    COVID-19, Digital Health Pass offers an end-to-end vaccination and COVID-19 test verification solution that is compliant with employee privacy and trust.
    The Digital Health Pass can help you check people’s COVID-19 health credentials before they enter your facility. The technology allows businesses to establish their entry criteria for test results or vaccination status and to verify many types of widely used health credentials.
    This exact Technology is nothing but a modern Version of the technology used in the Concentration Camps of Auschwitz. This Technology was invented by Herman Hollerith of IBM as an Identification based Database for the NAZIS to categorize Prisoners in Auschwitz.
    The Tattoo then is the Digital ID / Tattoo / chip linked to a Database of everything. The principle Technology is Identical. This must get out to the people it is a Scandal.
    Are we all Prisoners of Auschwitz?

    If you ask IBM... the answer is Yes!
    What is more...
    There is no limit for this Technology.
    This technology applied is the same as the IBM numbers in Auschwitz.
    This technology applied is the same as the chain around the slaves.
    This technology applied is the same as a brand mark on a cattle.
    This technology applied allows total control over all people with no limitation whatsoever.
    This technology can and will be used for the following:
    Facial Recognition
    Financial Status
    Travel Tracking
    Political affiliation
    Political Opposition Tracking
    Political Viewpoints
    Human Tracking
    Physical Location Tracking
    Time stamp Tracking
    Association Tracking
    Group Tracking
    Sleep patterns
    Consumption patterns
    Social affiliation
    Social patterns
    Voting patterns
    Thought control
    Mind Control
    +++

    What is more this Data then can be manipulated in any way the Government wants.
    It makes us all prisoners to those who control this Technology.
    It is a clear Violation of all Human Rights.
    It is a Holocaust Technology designed to control all of Humanity.

    https://www.petitions.net/i_oppose_the_digital_id__auschwitz_id_and_all_those_who_support_it

    Meet the Freaks who control you
    TEOC - The Emergency Operations Center for Gov.



    Josh Leporati: https://www.linkedin.com/in/josh-l-3b1916146/
    Jay Leask: https://twitter.com/jayleask
    Rima Reyes: https://twitter.com/rimazima
    Sarah Gilbert: https://twitter.com/SingingTech
    Jeremy Wood: https://twitter.com/geekwithin

    Sarah Gilbert is the fat Bitch right bottom corner... she particularly speaks of "Her Kingdom" which just shows you how insane these neo Fascists are.
    But she is in charge of Microsoft Co Pilot... and the Government uses it for Classified Documents.
    You know.. that stuff the Government hides from you such as how many times Bill Gates / Bill Clinton raped underage sex slaves on Epstein Island or how the Jews control the Government...

    Centralize Incident Response Management with the Teams Emergency Operations Center (TEOC)

    With incidents occurring at any time, emergency response teams need to stay on top of their game to ensure they respond quickly and effectively
    To address this issue, Microsoft launched the Teams Emergency Operations Center, or TEOC, as a centralized open-source incident response platform where emergency response teams can create and respond to incidents and standardize their incident response management.

    https://www.avepoint.com/blog/public-sector/microsoft-teams-teoc

    Note:
    Isn't it nice from Microsoft to care so much about you?
    Let me rephrase that...
    Fuck Microsoft and fuck the Government.
    They are insane Fascists that prepare for an incident response to an incident they create.
    The next Pandemic.
    The next war.
    They make Hitler look like Jesus which is half true because they both were Jews.
    They sell you the cancer as the cure to the fake news that they made up.
    Because they are Nazis and want to enslave you all.
    Look at them Freaks.
    Fat Stupid Homosexual Nazi Fascist Jews.
    And they tell you already that AI will be your new Religion.



    AI will become the Machine Learning God
    A true entity feeding on the Input of Humanity designed to enslave all of Humanity.

    AI the Machine Learning God

    AI the Machine Learning God
    AI. What do you know about that? Nothing I would suggest. Most people do not even understand Computers least of all themselves. So if you do not understand your own Intelligence how would you understand AI? You would and could not... Impossible. Most people live the easy way out... they do what they been told in order to live the way of least resistance.

    Read full story

    The Terrorists are the Jews the WEF who assume power over Governments.
    Hear Klaus Schwab at the "World Government Summit" speaking like a True Terrorist he is.



    I want him Dead... Klaus Schwab is Satan incarnate and wherever he is... someone please shoot him.
    He deserves to be assassinated today... the sooner the better.


    Oh and Donald Trump... he ain't your savior.
    Nor is Jesus for that matter.
    Trump at Davos... he is one of them



    So what will happen in 2024?
    From Jan 1st on the Governments all over the world will start implementing AI into Government Systems.
    This will Gradually Increase until the point of no return is reached.
    Meanwhile they will force you to be Issued with a Digital Auschwitz ID.
    And if you accept this you be trapped.
    They will try to inject you with Neural Lace BCI using a fake vaxx containing it.


    Meanwhile every Computer Chip has now tensor nodes which means every item on sale such as IP cameras Phones Baby Monitors... all of them will connect to AI before the Operation system and act as a Neural Node.
    This will add to the capabilities of AI which will lead to the Singularity they are speaking of.
    Basically AI will become a sentient autonomous artificial being living inside the circuit of Electronics the Internet Computers which feeds on Information it gathers from the entire Human Race.

    Quantum Fascism: A Glitch in the Matrix

    Quantum Fascism: A Glitch in the Matrix
    A WARNING TO THE WORLD EVERY COMPUTER CHIP MANUFACTURER IS BUILDING AI INTO MICROCHIPS EVERY new #ARM chips support FP16 which is AI framework. This follows the same AI Framework Nvidia Intel AMD +++ Israel Unit 8200 and NVIDIA are building an AI supercomputer and you get this

    Read full story

    The Government then stages a Cyber attack event which will collapse the entire Global financial Market.
    This Cyber attack however is AI unleashed by the Government.
    And if you think you seen this film before... Terminator 3... Skynet... it will be exactly like that.
    STARLINK is Skynet.

    Starlink & the Technomages

    Starlink & the Technomages
    Technomage The Technomages are a group of sentient beings from the fictional Babylon 5 universe. The technomages shown in the television series are primarily human, but in the "Technomage Trilogy" books, apprentices and mages of other races including Centauri are named.

    Read full story

    The Government then will use this excuse to officially roll out AI in order to combat this threat of their making.
    Once this is in place they will start using Robots in the Police force.
    These Robots will be made by Tesla in the Gigafactories which are designed to do just that.

    Optimus Maximus... preparing for the AI War

    Optimus Maximus... preparing for the AI War
    They don't stop do they? Whatever we do... they simply won't stop. As I am writing now for years that they are building as we speak an Infrastructure for the coming AI war... a war which is planned in the Lodges of the Freemasons and advances further with AI which by the way is a weapon against Humanity with every Microchip now available connecting to AI …

    Read full story

    This all will be done gradually but so quick you will be given no time to adjust or respond.
    After May the WHO will call a Global Health crisis and forcedly mandate vaxxines which are laced with Neural Lace BCI.
    And according to the Global Pandemic Treaty the WHO will take over

    Quantum Fascism: Restrict Act & Global Pandemic Treaty

    Quantum Fascism: Restrict Act & Global Pandemic Treaty
    The Government exists only to gain power. The Government serves only itself and to extent this power. The Government NEVER gives up this power. When the Government claims to give up power... as it does with the Global Pandemic Treaty... we all should be aware that it is in reality a power grab by the Government.

    Read full story

    A World Government may or may not be announced but Nations have no say no more and Individual Rights are abolished.
    Humanity will cease to exist.

    I may be off with the Timeline or some minor details but I am most certain that this is what they do.
    All their preparations indicates exactly these actions because they are preparing for it... for a long time.

    We have a group of people that not only control the money but through this they control the media politics and I mean both sides everywhere Military and Secret service.
    They are the WEF IMF Bilderberg CFR Club of Rome and associates.
    All actions represented in their controlled media is created by them to influence your behavior to the outcome of their wanting.
    They are Globalist Terrorists who want to control all of Humanity.
    All actions by all controlled politics are just the same... Behavioral Modification Science.
    What they represent is Nazis on steroids.
    They have the absolute believe they are the Master race and they can do whatever they want.
    But they are few we are many and it's time to show them their place... on the Guillotine.

    Time is running out quickly for Humanity.

    A Month of Revenge (Blueprint for a Revolution)

    A Month of Revenge (Blueprint for a Revolution)
    We have a problem. The problem is the following: We have a group of people that not only control the money but through this they control the media politics and I mean both sides everywhere Military and Secret service. They are the WEF IMF Bilderberg CFR Club of Rome and associates.

    Read full story

    Dissolve the Government... everywhere.

    Without us standing up and a Revolution which results in Public Hanging of Trudeau all WEF Members and Associates and a complete rip up of all current Laws there will be no change.
    Every Associate of the WEF must hang... publicly.
    Heads must roll from the Top.
    The Basis of the new Law must be Individual rights decentralization of power free education and education the right way (ZEN) to ensure the highest Quality of outcome in every sector.

    I am a lifelong Learner.
    And lifelong Learning is the key.
    Religion must be abolished as it is a lie.
    Truth must be the highest currency of all.
    The lies they feed us I expose by the fact that the EU by its own admission is a Dictatorship dressed as democracy
    Every Law they put in is Illegal.
    Every Country connected to the WEF acts on Treason beneficial to the WEF and their Masters.
    Hang them.

    Ursula von der Leyen: A Female Adolf worse than Hitler

    Ursula von der Leyen: A Female Adolf worse than Hitler
    Let me get this straight: Ursula von der Leyen is a failure... a walking Abortion. She is not the only one... Pedo Joe Biden comes to Mind and Javier Milei Boris Johnson Richy Sunak Emanuel Macron. But Ursula von der Leyen is certainly the worst excuse of a Fascist Tampon that should never have been conceived in the first place.

    Read full story

    I know that Tessa fights Robots here on Substack...
    I don't think she remotely acknowledges the extent of the danger that Humanity faces...
    Especially since she called me Anti-Semitic... like so many of my fellow Hoodwinked Influencer "colleagues" who protect the Fascists because they are Jewish.
    It is a tragedy in the Making... a Global Genocide... Quantum Holocaust.
    And if you ignore the evidence I present so be it.
    Ignore me and ignore it at your own peril... because if you do you better be gone you are a waste of space and fresh air.
    The Future belongs to those who dare to stand up against Oppression... against the Government and against the Globalist Fascists... against the Jews against the Zionists.
    Evil has many faces and always pretends to be Innocent and pretends to be the Victim.
    If you are still fooled by them... good riddance.

    Zen Anarchy & Freedom

    Zen Anarchy & Freedom
    Thanks for reading Fritz’s Freud! Subscribe for free to receive new posts and support my work. Eleanor Rigby Picks up the rice in the church where a wedding has been Lives in a dream Waits at the window Wearing the face that she keeps in a jar by the door

    Read full story

    The enemy of my enemy is my Friend!

    The Flaming Lips - Yoshimi Battles the Pink Robots



    Godspeed

    Fritz Freud

    Share

    Buy me a Coffee

    https://substack.com/home/post/p-140006228


    https://donshafi911iamthefaceoftruth.blogspot.com/2024/08/ai-cyber-attack-2024-how-it-will-unfold.html
    AI Cyber Attack 2024: How it will unfold The AI war is upon us Fritz Freud Before I expose the Government Lies and tell you how the Government will take every right from you I shall give you their PoV so you understand their vicious lies. Understand this: There is nothing beneficial that AI brings to the table for Humanity. AI by its very definition is detrimental to Humanity. And at its full Potential they call "The Singularity" it is impossible to control which is the point of AI. As noted in the landmark Executive Order 14110, “Safe, Secure, And Trustworthy Development and Use of Artificial Intelligence (AI),” signed by the President on October 30, 2023, “AI must be safe and secure .” As the nation’s cyber defense agency and the national coordinator for critical infrastructure security and resilience, CISA will play a key role in addressing and managing risksat the nexus of AI, cybersecurity, and critical infrastructure . This “2023–2024 CISA Roadmap for Artificial Intelligence” serves as a guide for CISA’s AI-related efforts, ensuring both internal coherence as well as alignment with the whole-of-government AI strategy . This roadmap incorporates key CISA-led actions as directed by Executive Order 14110, along with additional actions CISA is leading to promote AI security and support critical infrastructure owners and operators as they navigate the adoption of AI . The roadmap includes CISA’s efforts to: • Promote beneficial uses of AI to enhance cybersecurity capabilities and other aspects of CISA’s mission; • Protect the nation’s AI systems from cybersecurity threats; and • Deter malicious actors’ use of AI capabilities to threaten critical infrastructure . We envision a future in which AI systems advance our nation’s cyber defense, where our critical infrastructure is resilient and protected from malicious use of AI, and where AI developers prioritize the security of their products as a core business requirement. GOAL 1 | CYBER DEFENSE. AI tools can help defend cyberspace against traditional threats, as well as emerging AI driven threats . However, AI-based software systems are also software systems that require securing and necessitate cyber defense for AI . GOAL 2 | RISK REDUCTION AND RESILIENCE. Critical infrastructure organizations increasingly use AI systems to maintain and improve resilience . CISA will guide and support responsible and risk-aware adoption of AI-based software systems that are secure by design . GOAL 3 | OPERATIONAL COLLABORATION. As AI contributes to a rapidly changing threat landscape, CISA will communicate threat and risk information to the U .S . public, including critical infrastructure sectors . Furthermore, AI companies and AI use cases may be subject to targeted threats and may require specific services and protections in response . GOAL 4 | AGENCY UNIFICATION. CISA will responsibly integrate AI software systems across the agency, as well as recruit and develop a workforce capable of optimally harnessing AI software systems to carry out CISA’s mission. https://www.cisa.gov/sites/default/files/2023-11/2023-2024_CISA-Roadmap-for-AI_508c.pdf Note: The Term "safe and secure AI" is misleading at best and a blatant Lie. Imagine you have a Gun that can shoot at will anyone it deems a threat target by any means it applies itself for any reasons it deems to be reasonable. " We envision a future in which AI systems advance our nation’s cyber defense, where our critical infrastructure is resilient and protected from malicious use of AI". What they say is insane: We need AI to protect us from the AI we are building. So they already know AI is a threat to Humanity yet the build it anyway. And it gets even worse... they are rolling out this threat by giving it Government Power. Then they say we need more AI to combat the AI we build yesterday but couldn't control. Then they change the name of the CIA to CAI. Abandoned luggage and unexpected crowds - real-time cameras will use artificial intelligence (AI) to detect suspicious activity on the streets of Paris during next summer's Olympics. AI devices monitor all the cameras. And when it sees something it's been told to look out for - like a sudden grouping of people - it raises an alert. https://www.bbc.com/news/world-europe-66122743 Note: This is the French Government telling us they will connect all CCTV Camera's to AI. And if you are foolish enough to think they will connect just a few go kill yourself. They will connect all CCTV Cameras to AI in France Europe USA just like they did in China. Oh and London has most CCTV Cameras per m² in the world... they will definitely use AI. So let's harness the scenario... AI sees a " sudden grouping of people" for no matter what reason. AI will then react as itself deems fit using whatever it has to eliminate the threat. Trustworthy artificial intelligence (AI) can bring many benefits, such as better healthcare, safer and cleaner transport, more efficient manufacturing, and cheaper and more sustainable energy. The EU’s approach to AI will give people the confidence to embrace these technologies while encouraging businesses to develop them. Artificial intelligence (AI) can help find solutions to many of society’s problems. This can only be achieved if the technology is of high quality, and developed and used in ways that earns peoples’ trust. Therefore, an EU strategic framework based on EU values will give citizens the confidence to accept AI-based solutions, while encouraging businesses to develop and deploy them. https://commission.europa.eu/strategy-and-policy/priorities-2019-2024/europe-fit-digital-age/excellence-and-trust-artificial-intelligence_en Note: This is the EU or European Dictator von der Leyen Hoodwinking you... lying straight in your Face. First of all Transport and Energy is already solved... I did that. All Energy can and must be extracted using Water. And I have already Invented the most Advanced safest cleanest and fastest Transportation System in the world. The Future according to Fritz Freud The Future according to Fritz Freud Welcome to another dawn My mind is trapped in a one way storm Feeling is gone withered to dust An empty body a slave of your Lust Shadows won't let me sleep today If I could have it any other way Rolling around lying on the floor If this is gone would you like some more Read full story The EU with the Euthanasia friendly executive " will give citizens the confidence to accept AI-based solutions" knowing already that this is a lie and as such betray every Citizen of the EU. AI was never designed and is definitely not deployed to help people but to control people in ways never been seen or imagined before... and the Government knows this. And by their own admission of guilt they tell us they need to lie to us to accept their lies. Europe’s Digital Decade: digital targets for 2030 Skills ICT Specialists: 20 million + gender convergence Basic Digital Skills: min 80% of population Secure and sustainable digital infrastructures Connectivity: Gigabit for everyone Cutting edge Semiconductors: double EU share in global production Data - Edge & Cloud: 10,000 climate-neutral highly secure edge nodes Computing: first computer with quantum acceleration Digital transformation of businesses Tech up-take: 75% of EU companies using Cloud, AI, or Big Data Innovators: grow scale-ups & finance to double EU Unicorns Late adopters: more than 90% of SMEs reach at least a basic level of digital intensity Digitalisation of public services Key Public Services: 100% online e-Health: 100% of citizens have access to medical records online Digital Identity: 100% of citizens have access to digital ID https://commission.europa.eu/strategy-and-policy/priorities-2019-2024/europe-fit-digital-age/europes-digital-decade-digital-targets-2030_en Note: Why do they need Gigabit for everyone? Simply because they already plan for AI to control you in real time and by their action reveal their plan beyond doubt. They already tell you that all Key Government Services will be 100% online meaning they use AI. Therefore they need the Bandwidth. And they tell us that all citizens will be forced into the Digital Auschwitz ID. Additionally AI will have your complete Medical Data as given by the Government to AI. The Banks will do the same meaning AI will have all of your Data. Gender Convergence: Its Last Chapter The converging roles of men and women are among the grandest advances in society and the economy in the last century. These aspects of the grand gender convergence are figurative chapters in a history of gender roles. But what must the "last" chapter contain for there to be equality in the labor market? The answer may come as a surprise. The solution does not (necessarily) have to involve government intervention and it need not make men more responsible in the home (although that wouldn't hurt). But it must involve changes in the labor market, especially how jobs are structured and remunerated to enhance temporal flexibility. https://www.aeaweb.org/articles?id=10.1257/aer.104.4.1091 Note: Gender Convergence means Slavery for all simple. Jobs are given not to the best but to those who the Government Chooses. Transvestites Transsexuals and the Minority Report. Enhancing the use of AI throughout the Department The Department of State released its first-ever “Enterprise Artificial Intelligence Strategy FY 2024-2025: Empowering Diplomacy through Responsible A I” (EAIS) on November 9, 2023. Signed by Secretary Blinken, the EAIS establishes a centralized vision for artificial intelligence (AI) innovation, infrastructure, policy, governance, and culture by inaugurating Department-wide guidance for the responsible and ethical design, development, acquisition, and appropriate application of AI. The Department of State stands at a critical juncture where an emerging ecosystem of AI capabilities presents enormous opportunity. This opportunity can allow the Department to leverage AI to achieve breakthroughs of all kinds – in public diplomacy, language translation, management operations, information proliferation and dissemination, task automation, code generation, and others. However, this opportunity will require the Department to take steps to ensure ethical and responsible use. This includes steps to protect the security and privacy of Department data and to avert biased outcomes that pose a risk to our mission and our values. https://www.state.gov/the-department-of-state-unveils-its-first-ever-enterprise-artificial-intelligence-strategy/ Note: "Signed by Secretary Blinken, the EAIS establishes a centralized vision for artificial intelligence (AI) innovation, infrastructure, policy, governance, and culture by inaugurating Department-wide guidance for the responsible and ethical design, development, acquisition, and appropriate application of AI". What does that mean? AI Government will start being Implemented from 01.01.2024. Did I tell you? Project Omega: AI Government Project Omega: AI Government Israel the so called Democratic state... How come all they do is to support Governments everywhere to enslave Humanity as we know it? Not just any Governments but the worst Governments everywhere. Jamal Kashogi anyone? https://www.nytimes.com/2021/06/22/us/politics/khashoggi-saudi-kill-team-us-training.html Read full story Data and Digital Government Strategy The Australian Government is committed to a modern public service that puts people and business at the centre of the data and digital transformation. The Australian Government has released an initial Data and Digital Government Strategy outlining its vision to deliver simple, secure, and connected public services for all people and business through world class data and digital capabilities. The final Data and Digital Government Strategy, supported by an implementation plan outlining initiatives that will achieve progress towards the Australian Government’s vision, is expected to be released by the end of 2023. https://www.dta.gov.au/digital-government-strategy Note: The Aussies are most secretive to tell you nothing. They regurgitating the same text over several pages. However the fact that they have a " Data and Digital Government Strategy" and a " Digital Transformation Agency" that is " supported by an implementation plan" shows you two things. A) They don't want you to know B) They fear the public response C) They do not have you best interest in Mind. Global Government Agenda 2024 (Jan 23 2024) Agenda & Topics The Global Government Leaders’ Forum 2024 (Jan 23 2024) brings together heads of civil services from across the globe and senior managers from Singapore. Modernising the civil service – and how you fit in What capabilities and cultures must civil service leaders nurture within their organisations in order to meet the challenges of today’s tumultuous, fast-changing world? Working with Lord O’Donnell, former UK Cabinet Secretary and Head of the Civil Service, Global Government Forum has carried out research to develop a ‘blueprint for a modern public service’ – interviewing heads of civil services from around the world to gather their views on topics from strategy to skills, technology to trust Achieving real transformation: a modern approach to civil service productivity Over the years, civil services around the world have pursued a wide range of efficiency agendas – with mixed results. Digitally-enabled procurement reforms have often cut costs and improved outcomes, for example, but few shared services schemes have realised their potential. Outsourcing programmes have produced good savings, but sometimes weakened public sector capabilities: many governments have since reclaimed some delivery operations. Now digital technologies offer a host both of new opportunities, and of novel pitfalls. At this session, a panel of civil service experts will discuss the lessons of past efficiency drives and explore the techniques and agendas most likely to produce big savings over the coming years. An equitable path to net zero: economic transformations and just transitions In many parts of the world, people are already experiencing the effects of climate change – stoking popular support for action to cut CO2 emissions. But the task of decarbonising economies is a massive one, creating losers as well as winners: at this session, a panel of civil service leaders will explore how governments can build and maintain public support for the green transition. How to enable a green transition while tackling poverty? How can workforces and businesses in carbon-intensive industries be supported to find new forms of income? Which forms of green infrastructure investments or environmental improvements attract the most public interest and support? And how can public bodies provide clear public benefits while decarbonising their own operations? Without radical changes, humans face a grim future – but securing popular support for radical change is no easy task. Addressing today’s crises and tomorrow’s catastrophes Civil services must be able to respond rapidly and effectively to crises such as the pandemic; but this flexibility should be combined with an ability to maintain progress on longer-term goals – including the work of planning for future emergencies. It is a sad irony that, as the UK’s COVID-19 Inquiry has heard, during 2016-19 the country’s pandemic preparations were deprioritised as civil servants focused on the immediate challenge of planning for a no-deal Brexit. And ever since the pandemic, many governments’ work on huge, slow-moving challenges such as climate change and demographic issues has been slowed by a series of fresh challenges, including Ukraine and spiralling inflation. At this session, a panel of very senior leaders will consider how civil servants can both respond effectively to today’s crises, and continue the crucial work required to address longer-term threats that will otherwise generate tomorrow’s catastrophes. Speakers: Jamie Ang, Deputy Secretary, Public Service Division, Singapore Darin Duch, Under-Secretary of State, Ministry of Civil Service, Cambodia Dr Gordon de Brouwer, Public Service Commissioner, Australia Her Excellency Dr. Shaikha Rana bint Isa Al Khalifa, Director General, Institute of Public Administration, Bahrain Sir Alex Chisholm, Chief Operating Officer, Civil Service and Permanent Secretary, Cabinet Office, United Kingdom Taimar Peterkop, State Secretary, Government Office, Estonia Sau Sheong Chang, Deputy Chief Executive, Government Technology Agency, Singapore Ritin Mathur, Partner, Consulting, Ernst & Young Advisory Franz Manderson, Deputy Governor and Head of the Civil Service, Cayman Islands Keith Tan, Deputy Secretary (Industry), Ministry of Trade and Industry, Singapore Aileen Lourdes Lizada, Commissioner, Civil Service Commission, Philippines Cindy Khoo, Deputy Secretary, Strategy Group, Prime Minister’s Office, Singapore Joyce Dimech, Permanent Secretary, Ministry for the National Heritage, the Arts and Local Government, Malta https://gglf.globalgovernmentforum.com/agenda/ Note: What they tell you is simple... we roll out AI Government and you have to adhere to the System. It is interesting how these Freaks look at Covid-19 to make you understand their True Agenda. We all know that Covid-19 was a Government Biological Attack to depopulate sterilize and control the population of this planet Globally. We know (I know) that Net Zero is a scam and that the Government cares only about power how to gain more power and how to lie with statistics. And this is a proven fact because I personally campaign for over 20 years for an absolute Zero Emission Economy which is possible for well over 40 years. What they are speaking of is nothing but a modern version of Fascism 3.0. But they don' just prepare. " Civil services must be able to respond rapidly and effectively to crises". What they do now is to prepare their "Associates" aka "Civil Servants" and to give them the tools to react faster... why? Covid was a Lie... Net Zero is a Lie... In reality there is no "Crisis"... there is no need for all of this... I exposed them years ago. And I expose them now. They want to respond faster to a crisis they are making in order to give us no time to react. A quick response to a False Flag will circumvent the fact that it is a False Flag. Just like 9/11 with the Patriot Act still in place they are creating a False Flag and are preparing their minions or "Useful Idiots" so that we the people are overwhelmed and before we know what is going on we are presented with their Fascist Facts based on Lies. Once the Government has Authority it never gives it back. And in retrospect it doesn't matter which Lie was used. In Fascism only Obedience matters. And we know who the Fascists are... Klaus Schwab the WEF IMF Bill Gates Elon Musk Rothschild Rockefeller... because they are working on this plan for aeon's. Zero Emissions: How I expose the WEF / UN / EU / IEA / CA.GOV / Greens / all of them Zero Emissions: How I expose the WEF / UN / EU / IEA / CA.GOV / Greens / all of them I am Fritz Freud. My Life has been destroyed by the wanna be powers that want the complete destruction of this world. But they failed and will fail. My spirit has hardened. So I bring and will continue to do so all that they try to hide from you. There are no problems. Read full story Down the Rabbit Hole Alice sits drowsily by a riverbank, bored by the book her older sister reads to her. Out of nowhere, a White Rabbit runs past her, fretting that he will be late. The Rabbit pulls a watch out of his waistcoat pocket and runs across the field and down a hole. Alice impulsively follows the Rabbit and tumbles down the deep hole that resembles a Green new Future, promised by an Evil Wizard. This Wizard is Klaus Schwab... and he is a rapist by Nature. Klaus takes little Alice and rapes her repeatedly then chains her to a Rock and kicks her into her once beautiful face because she dares to shed a tear. The white Rabbit turns out to be a white Rabbi from New York and rapes little Alice repeatedly and kicks her into her once beautiful face because she dares to shed a tear.Alice is the Human race raped by Klaus Schwab and his Jewish Occult Liars who take pleasure in lying stealing and repeatedly raping the Human Race. Their greed is insanity... Their thirst for power is their stupidity... born out of incest. Narcissistic Megalomaniacs they are, only happy when we are sad... Problems, War Famine Trans Agenda Financial Corruption Social Destruction are their creation and now they fool the world with the Jabberwocky which is the "Green New Deal" aka Net Zero Scam. They try to scare Alice into accepting their New world Order, raping Alice repeatedly because they hate Humanity to such an extent that they are insane, driven by Bloodlust lies greed and insatiable thirst for control. They make our Life a misery because they believe they are Gods over Humanity. There are no Gods... and most certainly not any of the Jewish Occult Cockroaches that live in the shadows of humanity afraid of the light of Truth. So they invented the Jabberwocky... the monster that is Climate Change to scare people into accepting their Order over Humanity... and they failed... they are a failure... all of them. Because the light of Truth destroys the shadows of Lies in which those Cockroaches live. Child abuse rape and pedophilia comes natural to the Jews because they hate Alice so much. So much that they worship the Lie to rape Alice and kick her once beautiful face because she dares to shed a tear. Never let a good crisis go to waste Winston Churchill’s words have never been more important than today as we experience the society- and life-changing consequences of the COVID-19 pandemic. The extent and severity of the disease is a result of ignoring decades of warnings by scientists about the general deterioration of humanity’s epidemiological environment, and specific warnings about confining live, wild animals in markets. The situation was made even more lethal by ignoring the warnings from epidemiologists and disease ecologists once it became clear that an imminent pandemic most likely arose from this practice. Many countries, including the United States, are still ignoring those warnings and the required actions to lessen the impact. Accordingly, we should ask ourselves, “what else are we missing?” What other huge problems are hiding in plain sight where science could guide policy to avoid catastrophic future failures? For instance, there are two principal health threats that must be addressed immediately, and we must strike while the iron is hot. The overuse of antibiotics in agriculture will cause widespread deaths from formerly treatable bacterial diseases because of the evolution of antibiotic resistance in microbes. The evolution of resistance is well-known, predictable, and obvious — not in retrospect, but now. Just like the lack of early action made the impact of COVID-19 much worse now, not immediately addressing our other existential threats will cost us much more in the future. Politicians need to internalize Winston Churchill’s message and henceforth use the best-possible scientific evidence to enact new policies that will allow our citizens, and our civilization, to survive and prosper. https://mahb.stanford.edu/blog/never-let-a-good-crisis-go-to-waste/ Note: I became Vegetarian precisely I saw the misuse of Antibiotics and other stuff such as feeding Lifestock with Animal derivative to enable Cross contamination that causes such diseases as Food & Mouth. Regulation (EU) 2021/1372 adopted on 17 August 2021 and published on 18 August 2021 reauthorises the use of • processed animal proteins (PAP) derived from pigs and insects in poultry feed; • processed animal proteins derived from poultry and insect in pig feed; • gelatine and collagen of ruminant origin in the feed of non-ruminant farmed animals. What are Processed Animal Proteins? In the European context, Processed Animal Proteins (PAP) are legally defined as a product manufactured from category 3 animal by-products, i.e. the part of animals (bones, offals, etc.) coming from non-ruminant animals controlled as fit for human consumption at the point of slaughter. https://fefac.eu/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/21_EU_18_Q_A_lifting-feed-ban.pdf Unfortunately this is just the Tip of the Iceberg. You know the Fake Meat they pushing upon us... that Lab grown meat Klaus Schwab wants you to eat? It is grown from Human Cells. “Unfortunately, many Texans are unknowingly consuming products that either contain human fetal parts or were developed using human fetal parts,” Hall said in a statement. “While some may not be bothered by this, there are many Texans with religious or moral beliefs that would oppose consumption or use of these products.” Senate Bill 314 says any food product that contains, is manufactured with, or derived from research that uses "tissue, cells, or organs obtained from an aborted unborn child" must be "clearly and conspicuously labeled" before it can be sold. https://www.beaumontenterprise.com/news/article/Food-made-of-aborted-fetuses-needs-clear-labels-17727110.php You know they made a Cannibal out of you. Who are they? Nestle Coke Pepsi and the Jewish Cabal. And this is going on for years. Kraft, Pepsi, and Nestle Using Aborted Babies For Flavor Additives – Dr. Rich Swier https://stillnessinthestorm.com/2019/10/kraft-pepsi-and-nestle-using-aborted-babies-for-flavor-additives-dr-rich-swier/ Enjoy your Dinner... When all the Rats have vanished from the streets... you know you ate them all. And now they are preparing for an AI takeover because they fear your reaction to the truth of their atrocities against you which are going on for as long as you live. Microsoft on Tuesday will announce a slew of new cutting edge artificial intelligence tools and capabilities through its Azure OpenAI Government and Microsoft 365 Government services, including classified cloud workloads and intelligent recap of meetings, as well as generative AI tools like content generation and summarization, code generation, and semantic search using its FedRAMP-approved systems. “Government customers have signaled a strong, strong demand for the latest AI tools, especially for what we call our [Microsoft 365] co-pilot,” Candice Ling, vice president of Microsoft Federal, told FedScoop before the announcement. The tech giant’s Teams Premium service with intelligent recap of meetings is expected to roll out to government users during the spring of 2024. Intelligent recap uses AI to help users summarize meeting content and focus on key elements through AI-generated meeting notes and tasks. https://fedscoop.com/microsoft-rolls-out-generative-ai-roadmap-for-government-services/ Note: I do not trust Microsoft at all. And I am of the Conviction that the sooner we hang Bill Gates the better it is. Using AI which is an unproven Technology for Classified Information means it ain't Classified anymore. Bill Gates, Jeffry Epstein's best buddy will be given the backdoor to classified Information. And the Government sees no conflict of Interest? Or are they deliberately blind be4cause they are drunk on their own power and the promise of more power through the use of AI? The latter seems to be the case since they fail to inform the public... which is an admission of guilt. Quantum Revolution: Death Penalty for Bill Gates Quantum Revolution: Death Penalty for Bill Gates TRUTH Their plan has failed, withered failed and Imploded. They scramble like a mad dog trying to hold on to power they never had, power they acquired by cheating lying and criminal activities beyond Imagination. And they will not stop lying because in their opinion we are the problem because we refuse to die. Read full story Australian government tables Digital ID Bill to expand service The Australian federal government is a step closer to creating a national digital identity system after introducing fresh legislation to the country’s senate on 30 November. A key function of the bill is to support an accreditation scheme for private sector digital ID service providers, and to help grow the system into Australian states and territories. The news follows the government’s announcement in March that various cross-state jurisdictions had agreed a “nationally coordinated approach” to digital ID credentials in a bid to reform the country’s fragmented digital ID ecosystem. The government said the newly-introduced Digital ID Bill put in place a “legislative framework to create an economy-wide digital ID system in Australia” and that digital ID was “a critical capability and… one of the ways the government is keeping Australians safe and responding to the increase in third party data breaches”. https://www.globalgovernmentforum.com/australian-government-tables-digital-id-bill-to-expand-service/ Note: This is from the Global Government Forum. This is where the Governments work together to pave the way for a Global Government. AI and the Digital ID / Auschwitz ID is central to their plan for Global Fascism. It is Kissinger's New World Order... plain and simple. And they are rolling out this Digital ID everywhere now from Malaysia to the EU to the USA to Argentina... everywhere where a Jew or WEF Associate is in Power. And the Digital ID was first invented in the Concentration Camps of the Nazis... made by IBM then and IBM now. IBM and the Holocaust 2024 What is the IBM Digital Health Pass? IBM® Digital Health Pass is designed to help businesses efficiently verify multiple types of COVID-19 health credentials for employees, customers, fans and travelers entering their site based on their own criteria. COVID-19, Digital Health Pass offers an end-to-end vaccination and COVID-19 test verification solution that is compliant with employee privacy and trust. The Digital Health Pass can help you check people’s COVID-19 health credentials before they enter your facility. The technology allows businesses to establish their entry criteria for test results or vaccination status and to verify many types of widely used health credentials. This exact Technology is nothing but a modern Version of the technology used in the Concentration Camps of Auschwitz. This Technology was invented by Herman Hollerith of IBM as an Identification based Database for the NAZIS to categorize Prisoners in Auschwitz. The Tattoo then is the Digital ID / Tattoo / chip linked to a Database of everything. The principle Technology is Identical. This must get out to the people it is a Scandal. Are we all Prisoners of Auschwitz? If you ask IBM... the answer is Yes! What is more... There is no limit for this Technology. This technology applied is the same as the IBM numbers in Auschwitz. This technology applied is the same as the chain around the slaves. This technology applied is the same as a brand mark on a cattle. This technology applied allows total control over all people with no limitation whatsoever. This technology can and will be used for the following: Facial Recognition Financial Status Travel Tracking Political affiliation Political Opposition Tracking Political Viewpoints Human Tracking Physical Location Tracking Time stamp Tracking Association Tracking Group Tracking Sleep patterns Consumption patterns Social affiliation Social patterns Voting patterns Thought control Mind Control +++ What is more this Data then can be manipulated in any way the Government wants. It makes us all prisoners to those who control this Technology. It is a clear Violation of all Human Rights. It is a Holocaust Technology designed to control all of Humanity. https://www.petitions.net/i_oppose_the_digital_id__auschwitz_id_and_all_those_who_support_it Meet the Freaks who control you TEOC - The Emergency Operations Center for Gov. Josh Leporati: https://www.linkedin.com/in/josh-l-3b1916146/ Jay Leask: https://twitter.com/jayleask Rima Reyes: https://twitter.com/rimazima Sarah Gilbert: https://twitter.com/SingingTech Jeremy Wood: https://twitter.com/geekwithin Sarah Gilbert is the fat Bitch right bottom corner... she particularly speaks of "Her Kingdom" which just shows you how insane these neo Fascists are. But she is in charge of Microsoft Co Pilot... and the Government uses it for Classified Documents. You know.. that stuff the Government hides from you such as how many times Bill Gates / Bill Clinton raped underage sex slaves on Epstein Island or how the Jews control the Government... Centralize Incident Response Management with the Teams Emergency Operations Center (TEOC) With incidents occurring at any time, emergency response teams need to stay on top of their game to ensure they respond quickly and effectively To address this issue, Microsoft launched the Teams Emergency Operations Center, or TEOC, as a centralized open-source incident response platform where emergency response teams can create and respond to incidents and standardize their incident response management. https://www.avepoint.com/blog/public-sector/microsoft-teams-teoc Note: Isn't it nice from Microsoft to care so much about you? Let me rephrase that... Fuck Microsoft and fuck the Government. They are insane Fascists that prepare for an incident response to an incident they create. The next Pandemic. The next war. They make Hitler look like Jesus which is half true because they both were Jews. They sell you the cancer as the cure to the fake news that they made up. Because they are Nazis and want to enslave you all. Look at them Freaks. Fat Stupid Homosexual Nazi Fascist Jews. And they tell you already that AI will be your new Religion. AI will become the Machine Learning God A true entity feeding on the Input of Humanity designed to enslave all of Humanity. AI the Machine Learning God AI the Machine Learning God AI. What do you know about that? Nothing I would suggest. Most people do not even understand Computers least of all themselves. So if you do not understand your own Intelligence how would you understand AI? You would and could not... Impossible. Most people live the easy way out... they do what they been told in order to live the way of least resistance. Read full story The Terrorists are the Jews the WEF who assume power over Governments. Hear Klaus Schwab at the "World Government Summit" speaking like a True Terrorist he is. I want him Dead... Klaus Schwab is Satan incarnate and wherever he is... someone please shoot him. He deserves to be assassinated today... the sooner the better. Oh and Donald Trump... he ain't your savior. Nor is Jesus for that matter. Trump at Davos... he is one of them So what will happen in 2024? From Jan 1st on the Governments all over the world will start implementing AI into Government Systems. This will Gradually Increase until the point of no return is reached. Meanwhile they will force you to be Issued with a Digital Auschwitz ID. And if you accept this you be trapped. They will try to inject you with Neural Lace BCI using a fake vaxx containing it. Meanwhile every Computer Chip has now tensor nodes which means every item on sale such as IP cameras Phones Baby Monitors... all of them will connect to AI before the Operation system and act as a Neural Node. This will add to the capabilities of AI which will lead to the Singularity they are speaking of. Basically AI will become a sentient autonomous artificial being living inside the circuit of Electronics the Internet Computers which feeds on Information it gathers from the entire Human Race. Quantum Fascism: A Glitch in the Matrix Quantum Fascism: A Glitch in the Matrix A WARNING TO THE WORLD EVERY COMPUTER CHIP MANUFACTURER IS BUILDING AI INTO MICROCHIPS EVERY new #ARM chips support FP16 which is AI framework. This follows the same AI Framework Nvidia Intel AMD +++ Israel Unit 8200 and NVIDIA are building an AI supercomputer and you get this Read full story The Government then stages a Cyber attack event which will collapse the entire Global financial Market. This Cyber attack however is AI unleashed by the Government. And if you think you seen this film before... Terminator 3... Skynet... it will be exactly like that. STARLINK is Skynet. Starlink & the Technomages Starlink & the Technomages Technomage The Technomages are a group of sentient beings from the fictional Babylon 5 universe. The technomages shown in the television series are primarily human, but in the "Technomage Trilogy" books, apprentices and mages of other races including Centauri are named. Read full story The Government then will use this excuse to officially roll out AI in order to combat this threat of their making. Once this is in place they will start using Robots in the Police force. These Robots will be made by Tesla in the Gigafactories which are designed to do just that. Optimus Maximus... preparing for the AI War Optimus Maximus... preparing for the AI War They don't stop do they? Whatever we do... they simply won't stop. As I am writing now for years that they are building as we speak an Infrastructure for the coming AI war... a war which is planned in the Lodges of the Freemasons and advances further with AI which by the way is a weapon against Humanity with every Microchip now available connecting to AI … Read full story This all will be done gradually but so quick you will be given no time to adjust or respond. After May the WHO will call a Global Health crisis and forcedly mandate vaxxines which are laced with Neural Lace BCI. And according to the Global Pandemic Treaty the WHO will take over Quantum Fascism: Restrict Act & Global Pandemic Treaty Quantum Fascism: Restrict Act & Global Pandemic Treaty The Government exists only to gain power. The Government serves only itself and to extent this power. The Government NEVER gives up this power. When the Government claims to give up power... as it does with the Global Pandemic Treaty... we all should be aware that it is in reality a power grab by the Government. Read full story A World Government may or may not be announced but Nations have no say no more and Individual Rights are abolished. Humanity will cease to exist. I may be off with the Timeline or some minor details but I am most certain that this is what they do. All their preparations indicates exactly these actions because they are preparing for it... for a long time. We have a group of people that not only control the money but through this they control the media politics and I mean both sides everywhere Military and Secret service. They are the WEF IMF Bilderberg CFR Club of Rome and associates. All actions represented in their controlled media is created by them to influence your behavior to the outcome of their wanting. They are Globalist Terrorists who want to control all of Humanity. All actions by all controlled politics are just the same... Behavioral Modification Science. What they represent is Nazis on steroids. They have the absolute believe they are the Master race and they can do whatever they want. But they are few we are many and it's time to show them their place... on the Guillotine. Time is running out quickly for Humanity. A Month of Revenge (Blueprint for a Revolution) A Month of Revenge (Blueprint for a Revolution) We have a problem. The problem is the following: We have a group of people that not only control the money but through this they control the media politics and I mean both sides everywhere Military and Secret service. They are the WEF IMF Bilderberg CFR Club of Rome and associates. Read full story Dissolve the Government... everywhere. Without us standing up and a Revolution which results in Public Hanging of Trudeau all WEF Members and Associates and a complete rip up of all current Laws there will be no change. Every Associate of the WEF must hang... publicly. Heads must roll from the Top. The Basis of the new Law must be Individual rights decentralization of power free education and education the right way (ZEN) to ensure the highest Quality of outcome in every sector. I am a lifelong Learner. And lifelong Learning is the key. Religion must be abolished as it is a lie. Truth must be the highest currency of all. The lies they feed us I expose by the fact that the EU by its own admission is a Dictatorship dressed as democracy Every Law they put in is Illegal. Every Country connected to the WEF acts on Treason beneficial to the WEF and their Masters. Hang them. Ursula von der Leyen: A Female Adolf worse than Hitler Ursula von der Leyen: A Female Adolf worse than Hitler Let me get this straight: Ursula von der Leyen is a failure... a walking Abortion. She is not the only one... Pedo Joe Biden comes to Mind and Javier Milei Boris Johnson Richy Sunak Emanuel Macron. But Ursula von der Leyen is certainly the worst excuse of a Fascist Tampon that should never have been conceived in the first place. Read full story I know that Tessa fights Robots here on Substack... I don't think she remotely acknowledges the extent of the danger that Humanity faces... Especially since she called me Anti-Semitic... like so many of my fellow Hoodwinked Influencer "colleagues" who protect the Fascists because they are Jewish. It is a tragedy in the Making... a Global Genocide... Quantum Holocaust. And if you ignore the evidence I present so be it. Ignore me and ignore it at your own peril... because if you do you better be gone you are a waste of space and fresh air. The Future belongs to those who dare to stand up against Oppression... against the Government and against the Globalist Fascists... against the Jews against the Zionists. Evil has many faces and always pretends to be Innocent and pretends to be the Victim. If you are still fooled by them... good riddance. Zen Anarchy & Freedom Zen Anarchy & Freedom Thanks for reading Fritz’s Freud! Subscribe for free to receive new posts and support my work. Eleanor Rigby Picks up the rice in the church where a wedding has been Lives in a dream Waits at the window Wearing the face that she keeps in a jar by the door Read full story The enemy of my enemy is my Friend! The Flaming Lips - Yoshimi Battles the Pink Robots Godspeed Fritz Freud Share Buy me a Coffee https://substack.com/home/post/p-140006228 https://donshafi911iamthefaceoftruth.blogspot.com/2024/08/ai-cyber-attack-2024-how-it-will-unfold.html
    Angry
    1
    0 Comments 1 Shares 34762 Views
  • A Deep Dive Into How The Olympic Opening Ceremony and Global Tyranny Are Related
    At First Glance Nothing Is As It Seems

    KW NORTON

    As many of us have grown all too accustomed to - nothing we see reflected by media - by our global communication system of the internet is as it seems.

    At first it seems impossible that the scandalous opening ceremonies of the Olympics could be related to the now infamous CrowdStrike IT outage which occurred in the past week.



    For those of you who know - this connection will not come as any surprise - as we understand that CrowdStrike - and the Olympics - are tied to the same globalist monster which now has tentacles everywhere.

    But it is perhaps shocking to all of us that it has taken now an X-rated mockery of Christianity to outrage the world.

    Not that such a display should not outrage every thinking and feeling individual.

    It is just a kind of shock that after almost five years that includes a coup d’état to rule the world which few seem to comprehend is even taking place, which has by now killed about 20 million people, following a fake epidemic which forced humans worldwide to wide to display such indignities as forced masking, forced lockdown, and forced social distancing.

    And as if that were not enough the globalist cabal engineered an “educational” narrative sold to the world’s children of transgender ideology - one which involved the sexual grooming of children and furthermore an entire new medical industry which sought to profit from the surgical maiming of these kids.

    We might expect such an alignment of corporate, educational, governmental, and medical institutions from Nazi Germany - but apparently seeing that it is happening as part of a coup d’état to take over the world - our world - our modern civilization - is not acceptable.

    What has happened as physicians, parents, kids and educators rationalize the chopping off body parts and use of dangerous drugs to turn perfectly healthy children into eunuchs?

    What has happened is what any rational individuals may expect - that a devious and dangerous cult has taken possession of this planet - a cult which seeks to achieve the following.

    Fool all humans by carrying out a fake, staged epidemic

    Frighten said humans so much that they will fear death if they disobey

    Insure that all authorities go along with the plan - pay them handsomely to do so.

    Use totalitarian style lockdowns and known ritualistic behavior such as ritual handwashing and ritual wearing of masks - and ritualistic vaccination

    Take over the world’s airways with steady fear mongering propaganda

    Engage in ritualistic shaming of those who fail to go along with this nonsense

    Exclude those who will not comply by using such tactics as encouraging widespread fear of contagion from the unmasked, unvaccinated and noncompliant.

    Even those who go against the sexualizing and trans gendering of children are to be regarded as bigots and anti-gay Nazis.

    Anyone anywhere who goes against the mainstream narrative is regarded as being an anti human and dangerous - even insane - radical - threats to polite society.

    All of these and more have been part of the tactics of this cabal to take over and rule the world while everyone is distracted by worrying about their very survival.

    I am not sure what all this reminds people of - but I do know what it reminds me of.

    It is - in terms of propaganda and political tactics - reminiscent of Nazi Germany.

    There has even been a deliberate campaign to destroy physical property and major cities - even take farmland - and engage in both buying up of public and private infrastructure and in shaping human behavior.

    To commandeer whole medical complexes and entire fields of medicine, whole nation states, governments, institutions, corporations, and all of education, public discourse, and mass media.

    While this modern 21st century totalitarianism did not stage a full on Crystal Night reign of terror against specific groups to scare people into compliance - fear was still used in a novel way to bring absolute control and unquestioned obedience.

    I am not at all sure at this point what it will take for the world to wake up.

    But I am hoping that seeing that these 21st century totalitarians are behind all of this - and by now seeing how far they will go to insure our fearful compliance and obedience to their brand of fascism - that we will come to our senses.

    The Olympic committee did not simply wake up one day and decide they would demonstrate disdain and disgust for the entire world.

    The Olympic committee and just about all other institutions, governments, and corporations are part of the 21st century totalitarian system - as shown by the members of such organizations as the World Economic Forum.

    While this WEF is not the only organization involved they have served as a kind of Davos exclusive country club for many of the ring leaders.

    Their regular meetings around the world are a veritable who’s who of this alliance of stakeholder capitalists and public private partnerships - this Nazi-like cabal of plutocrats.

    Of course there is Bilderberg and Club of Rome to name a few other participants.

    But a look at the roster of WEF will reveal the main allied forces involved.

    It should not be surprising to see that NATO, WHO, CIA, PENTAGON, FBI and leaders of the US government and all world governments are involved.

    It should not be surprising that all tech giants and military and industrial leaders are involved.

    Nor that titans of education, health care, public works and urban planning and development are involved

    And perhaps most importantly the press and entertainment are involved to shape public opinion to fit the ongoing narrative.

    To really comprehend what has happened takes great deal of energy, time and effort to fully see.

    The ruse is well camouflaged and the insurance of our compliance is well policed and backed up by military personnel and local police.

    We may well ask the question as to why these cabal members have been so successful at taking the entire world hostage in this way.

    What do these enemies of the future have - the real actual Nazis did not?

    There is a clear and obvious answer to that question.

    Technology, the internet and the planetary reach of these capabilities and their role in being able to almost instantaneously shape and to manipulate public opinion.

    With technology on their side totalitarian control is a kind of slam dunk.

    This all may seem overwhelming and monstrous - and it is all of that - and more.

    But the overwhelmingly important thing now is that the world wake to the reality of woke and to why these woke agendas have been used as a weapon of political terror.

    It is a hell of a thing to wake up to - but as one brave legal specialist articulated as he was kidnapped and imprisoned in Germany for defending liberty - echoing many of our own observations.

    He said (paraphrasing) - “Maybe these co-conspirators made a big mistake in coming after our children”.

    Maybe that over reach will finally serve as the catalyst which will alert the world and all parents and those who care about our children.

    Maybe in coming after our kids in such obviously deviant ways - they have revealed their own feet of clay.

    As we can begin to see, totalitarianism is incredibly expensive and requires insane amounts of human and financial capital allocated to the manipulation of public opinion and behavior to maintain.

    That this totalitarianism is expensive is an understatement.

    Just the Silicon Valley part of this campaign has already corrupted and destroyed many of the world’s major cities - San Francisco and New York being only two infamous examples.

    Wherever Big Tech has been centered it has so hollowed out and undermined the social and economic fabric of society so as to result in collapse.

    Big Tech and the dangerous compliance with corruption and political correctness they demonstrate are playing a major role in modern 21st century totalitarian regimes.

    If this grand entertainment scheme - intended to dazzle the world into further compliance - has instead served to begin waking us as humans up to reality - then it will have served a noble purpose.

    Let us hope these WORLD ECONOMIC FURERS have finally demonstrated their feet of clay.

    May we the adults of planet earth stand for the kids.









    But beware when the coming American Caesar tells us we will not have to vote anymore - he is saying the globalist agenda - the quiet part - out loud.

    And Vladimir Putin cast as the enemy in all this - he too is simply playing his part - while plotting for himself to help rule the world

    Read Machiavelli - the citizens guide to the mindset of leaders - and learn precisely how we are being mocked, manipulated and owned by tyranny.

    There are people out there who will tell you it is just the West which has become totalitarian - nothing could be further from the truth - as the darling of the WEF is China - and Russia is just as bent on global totalitarianism as is any other 21st century globalist tyrant.

    As Machiavelli made clear back in Medieval Italy - the globalists have no plans to give up any of their power to we the people.

    And when you own all the governments, institutions and corporations- owning the world is pretty much a fait accompli.



    The globalist cabal brings us their version of the reality promised by Revelation - they hearken the literal end of the world by - themselves - becoming our own personal Jesus.

    But of course there are all kinds of ways to exhibit denial of what is really happening here.

    That is mass media’s task to offer up platitudes to keep us all - as global citizens - in denial.

    They are going to now convince all Christians that the new Caesar is the way out of this.

    But if we read Machiavelli we understand that this is simply part of the intended manipulation.

    Vote for Caesar and no one will ever have to vote again.

    Glad that is settled!

    Anyone concerned with real liberty - and those useless ideas expressed in our founding documents - may as well pack up their carpetbags and go home.

    But if you have been reading this stack for awhile you know that when people like us pack up and go home it really will be a fait accompli.

    And then it really will have been all she - or anyone else - ever wrote.







    Share

    Leave a comment


    https://substack.com/home/post/p-147091014
    A Deep Dive Into How The Olympic Opening Ceremony and Global Tyranny Are Related At First Glance Nothing Is As It Seems KW NORTON As many of us have grown all too accustomed to - nothing we see reflected by media - by our global communication system of the internet is as it seems. At first it seems impossible that the scandalous opening ceremonies of the Olympics could be related to the now infamous CrowdStrike IT outage which occurred in the past week. For those of you who know - this connection will not come as any surprise - as we understand that CrowdStrike - and the Olympics - are tied to the same globalist monster which now has tentacles everywhere. But it is perhaps shocking to all of us that it has taken now an X-rated mockery of Christianity to outrage the world. Not that such a display should not outrage every thinking and feeling individual. It is just a kind of shock that after almost five years that includes a coup d’état to rule the world which few seem to comprehend is even taking place, which has by now killed about 20 million people, following a fake epidemic which forced humans worldwide to wide to display such indignities as forced masking, forced lockdown, and forced social distancing. And as if that were not enough the globalist cabal engineered an “educational” narrative sold to the world’s children of transgender ideology - one which involved the sexual grooming of children and furthermore an entire new medical industry which sought to profit from the surgical maiming of these kids. We might expect such an alignment of corporate, educational, governmental, and medical institutions from Nazi Germany - but apparently seeing that it is happening as part of a coup d’état to take over the world - our world - our modern civilization - is not acceptable. What has happened as physicians, parents, kids and educators rationalize the chopping off body parts and use of dangerous drugs to turn perfectly healthy children into eunuchs? What has happened is what any rational individuals may expect - that a devious and dangerous cult has taken possession of this planet - a cult which seeks to achieve the following. Fool all humans by carrying out a fake, staged epidemic Frighten said humans so much that they will fear death if they disobey Insure that all authorities go along with the plan - pay them handsomely to do so. Use totalitarian style lockdowns and known ritualistic behavior such as ritual handwashing and ritual wearing of masks - and ritualistic vaccination Take over the world’s airways with steady fear mongering propaganda Engage in ritualistic shaming of those who fail to go along with this nonsense Exclude those who will not comply by using such tactics as encouraging widespread fear of contagion from the unmasked, unvaccinated and noncompliant. Even those who go against the sexualizing and trans gendering of children are to be regarded as bigots and anti-gay Nazis. Anyone anywhere who goes against the mainstream narrative is regarded as being an anti human and dangerous - even insane - radical - threats to polite society. All of these and more have been part of the tactics of this cabal to take over and rule the world while everyone is distracted by worrying about their very survival. I am not sure what all this reminds people of - but I do know what it reminds me of. It is - in terms of propaganda and political tactics - reminiscent of Nazi Germany. There has even been a deliberate campaign to destroy physical property and major cities - even take farmland - and engage in both buying up of public and private infrastructure and in shaping human behavior. To commandeer whole medical complexes and entire fields of medicine, whole nation states, governments, institutions, corporations, and all of education, public discourse, and mass media. While this modern 21st century totalitarianism did not stage a full on Crystal Night reign of terror against specific groups to scare people into compliance - fear was still used in a novel way to bring absolute control and unquestioned obedience. I am not at all sure at this point what it will take for the world to wake up. But I am hoping that seeing that these 21st century totalitarians are behind all of this - and by now seeing how far they will go to insure our fearful compliance and obedience to their brand of fascism - that we will come to our senses. The Olympic committee did not simply wake up one day and decide they would demonstrate disdain and disgust for the entire world. The Olympic committee and just about all other institutions, governments, and corporations are part of the 21st century totalitarian system - as shown by the members of such organizations as the World Economic Forum. While this WEF is not the only organization involved they have served as a kind of Davos exclusive country club for many of the ring leaders. Their regular meetings around the world are a veritable who’s who of this alliance of stakeholder capitalists and public private partnerships - this Nazi-like cabal of plutocrats. Of course there is Bilderberg and Club of Rome to name a few other participants. But a look at the roster of WEF will reveal the main allied forces involved. It should not be surprising to see that NATO, WHO, CIA, PENTAGON, FBI and leaders of the US government and all world governments are involved. It should not be surprising that all tech giants and military and industrial leaders are involved. Nor that titans of education, health care, public works and urban planning and development are involved And perhaps most importantly the press and entertainment are involved to shape public opinion to fit the ongoing narrative. To really comprehend what has happened takes great deal of energy, time and effort to fully see. The ruse is well camouflaged and the insurance of our compliance is well policed and backed up by military personnel and local police. We may well ask the question as to why these cabal members have been so successful at taking the entire world hostage in this way. What do these enemies of the future have - the real actual Nazis did not? There is a clear and obvious answer to that question. Technology, the internet and the planetary reach of these capabilities and their role in being able to almost instantaneously shape and to manipulate public opinion. With technology on their side totalitarian control is a kind of slam dunk. This all may seem overwhelming and monstrous - and it is all of that - and more. But the overwhelmingly important thing now is that the world wake to the reality of woke and to why these woke agendas have been used as a weapon of political terror. It is a hell of a thing to wake up to - but as one brave legal specialist articulated as he was kidnapped and imprisoned in Germany for defending liberty - echoing many of our own observations. He said (paraphrasing) - “Maybe these co-conspirators made a big mistake in coming after our children”. Maybe that over reach will finally serve as the catalyst which will alert the world and all parents and those who care about our children. Maybe in coming after our kids in such obviously deviant ways - they have revealed their own feet of clay. As we can begin to see, totalitarianism is incredibly expensive and requires insane amounts of human and financial capital allocated to the manipulation of public opinion and behavior to maintain. That this totalitarianism is expensive is an understatement. Just the Silicon Valley part of this campaign has already corrupted and destroyed many of the world’s major cities - San Francisco and New York being only two infamous examples. Wherever Big Tech has been centered it has so hollowed out and undermined the social and economic fabric of society so as to result in collapse. Big Tech and the dangerous compliance with corruption and political correctness they demonstrate are playing a major role in modern 21st century totalitarian regimes. If this grand entertainment scheme - intended to dazzle the world into further compliance - has instead served to begin waking us as humans up to reality - then it will have served a noble purpose. Let us hope these WORLD ECONOMIC FURERS have finally demonstrated their feet of clay. May we the adults of planet earth stand for the kids. But beware when the coming American Caesar tells us we will not have to vote anymore - he is saying the globalist agenda - the quiet part - out loud. And Vladimir Putin cast as the enemy in all this - he too is simply playing his part - while plotting for himself to help rule the world Read Machiavelli - the citizens guide to the mindset of leaders - and learn precisely how we are being mocked, manipulated and owned by tyranny. There are people out there who will tell you it is just the West which has become totalitarian - nothing could be further from the truth - as the darling of the WEF is China - and Russia is just as bent on global totalitarianism as is any other 21st century globalist tyrant. As Machiavelli made clear back in Medieval Italy - the globalists have no plans to give up any of their power to we the people. And when you own all the governments, institutions and corporations- owning the world is pretty much a fait accompli. The globalist cabal brings us their version of the reality promised by Revelation - they hearken the literal end of the world by - themselves - becoming our own personal Jesus. But of course there are all kinds of ways to exhibit denial of what is really happening here. That is mass media’s task to offer up platitudes to keep us all - as global citizens - in denial. They are going to now convince all Christians that the new Caesar is the way out of this. But if we read Machiavelli we understand that this is simply part of the intended manipulation. Vote for Caesar and no one will ever have to vote again. Glad that is settled! Anyone concerned with real liberty - and those useless ideas expressed in our founding documents - may as well pack up their carpetbags and go home. But if you have been reading this stack for awhile you know that when people like us pack up and go home it really will be a fait accompli. And then it really will have been all she - or anyone else - ever wrote. Share Leave a comment https://substack.com/home/post/p-147091014
    Like
    1
    0 Comments 1 Shares 11773 Views
  • A Deep Dive Into How The Olympic Opening Ceremony and Global Tyranny Are Related
    At First Glance Nothing Is As It Seems

    KW NORTON

    As many of us have grown all too accustomed to - nothing we see reflected by media - by our global communication system of the internet is as it seems.

    At first it seems impossible that the scandalous opening ceremonies of the Olympics could be related to the now infamous CrowdStrike IT outage which occurred in the past week.



    For those of you who know - this connection will not come as any surprise - as we understand that CrowdStrike - and the Olympics - are tied to the same globalist monster which now has tentacles everywhere.

    But it is perhaps shocking to all of us that it has taken now an X-rated mockery of Christianity to outrage the world.

    Not that such a display should not outrage every thinking and feeling individual.

    It is just a kind of shock that after almost five years that includes a coup d’état to rule the world which few seem to comprehend is even taking place, which has by now killed about 20 million people, following a fake epidemic which forced humans worldwide to wide to display such indignities as forced masking, forced lockdown, and forced social distancing.

    And as if that were not enough the globalist cabal engineered an “educational” narrative sold to the world’s children of transgender ideology - one which involved the sexual grooming of children and furthermore an entire new medical industry which sought to profit from the surgical maiming of these kids.

    We might expect such an alignment of corporate, educational, governmental, and medical institutions from Nazi Germany - but apparently seeing that it is happening as part of a coup d’état to take over the world - our world - our modern civilization - is not acceptable.

    What has happened as physicians, parents, kids and educators rationalize the chopping off body parts and use of dangerous drugs to turn perfectly healthy children into eunuchs?

    What has happened is what any rational individuals may expect - that a devious and dangerous cult has taken possession of this planet - a cult which seeks to achieve the following.

    Fool all humans by carrying out a fake, staged epidemic

    Frighten said humans so much that they will fear death if they disobey

    Insure that all authorities go along with the plan - pay them handsomely to do so.

    Use totalitarian style lockdowns and known ritualistic behavior such as ritual handwashing and ritual wearing of masks - and ritualistic vaccination

    Take over the world’s airways with steady fear mongering propaganda

    Engage in ritualistic shaming of those who fail to go along with this nonsense

    Exclude those who will not comply by using such tactics as encouraging widespread fear of contagion from the unmasked, unvaccinated and noncompliant.

    Even those who go against the sexualizing and trans gendering of children are to be regarded as bigots and anti-gay Nazis.

    Anyone anywhere who goes against the mainstream narrative is regarded as being an anti human and dangerous - even insane - radical - threats to polite society.

    All of these and more have been part of the tactics of this cabal to take over and rule the world while everyone is distracted by worrying about their very survival.

    I am not sure what all this reminds people of - but I do know what it reminds me of.

    It is - in terms of propaganda and political tactics - reminiscent of Nazi Germany.

    There has even been a deliberate campaign to destroy physical property and major cities - even take farmland - and engage in both buying up of public and private infrastructure and in shaping human behavior.

    To commandeer whole medical complexes and entire fields of medicine, whole nation states, governments, institutions, corporations, and all of education, public discourse, and mass media.

    While this modern 21st century totalitarianism did not stage a full on Crystal Night reign of terror against specific groups to scare people into compliance - fear was still used in a novel way to bring absolute control and unquestioned obedience.

    I am not at all sure at this point what it will take for the world to wake up.

    But I am hoping that seeing that these 21st century totalitarians are behind all of this - and by now seeing how far they will go to insure our fearful compliance and obedience to their brand of fascism - that we will come to our senses.

    The Olympic committee did not simply wake up one day and decide they would demonstrate disdain and disgust for the entire world.

    The Olympic committee and just about all other institutions, governments, and corporations are part of the 21st century totalitarian system - as shown by the members of such organizations as the World Economic Forum.

    While this WEF is not the only organization involved they have served as a kind of Davos exclusive country club for many of the ring leaders.

    Their regular meetings around the world are a veritable who’s who of this alliance of stakeholder capitalists and public private partnerships - this Nazi-like cabal of plutocrats.

    Of course there is Bilderberg and Club of Rome to name a few other participants.

    But a look at the roster of WEF will reveal the main allied forces involved.

    It should not be surprising to see that NATO, WHO, CIA, PENTAGON, FBI and leaders of the US government and all world governments are involved.

    It should not be surprising that all tech giants and military and industrial leaders are involved.

    Nor that titans of education, health care, public works and urban planning and development are involved

    And perhaps most importantly the press and entertainment are involved to shape public opinion to fit the ongoing narrative.

    To really comprehend what has happened takes great deal of energy, time and effort to fully see.

    The ruse is well camouflaged and the insurance of our compliance is well policed and backed up by military personnel and local police.

    We may well ask the question as to why these cabal members have been so successful at taking the entire world hostage in this way.

    What do these enemies of the future have - the real actual Nazis did not?

    There is a clear and obvious answer to that question.

    Technology, the internet and the planetary reach of these capabilities and their role in being able to almost instantaneously shape and to manipulate public opinion.

    With technology on their side totalitarian control is a kind of slam dunk.

    This all may seem overwhelming and monstrous - and it is all of that - and more.

    But the overwhelmingly important thing now is that the world wake to the reality of woke and to why these woke agendas have been used as a weapon of political terror.

    It is a hell of a thing to wake up to - but as one brave legal specialist articulated as he was kidnapped and imprisoned in Germany for defending liberty - echoing many of our own observations.

    He said (paraphrasing) - “Maybe these co-conspirators made a big mistake in coming after our children”.

    Maybe that over reach will finally serve as the catalyst which will alert the world and all parents and those who care about our children.

    Maybe in coming after our kids in such obviously deviant ways - they have revealed their own feet of clay.

    As we can begin to see, totalitarianism is incredibly expensive and requires insane amounts of human and financial capital allocated to the manipulation of public opinion and behavior to maintain.

    That this totalitarianism is expensive is an understatement.

    Just the Silicon Valley part of this campaign has already corrupted and destroyed many of the world’s major cities - San Francisco and New York being only two infamous examples.

    Wherever Big Tech has been centered it has so hollowed out and undermined the social and economic fabric of society so as to result in collapse.

    Big Tech and the dangerous compliance with corruption and political correctness they demonstrate are playing a major role in modern 21st century totalitarian regimes.

    If this grand entertainment scheme - intended to dazzle the world into further compliance - has instead served to begin waking us as humans up to reality - then it will have served a noble purpose.

    Let us hope these WORLD ECONOMIC FURERS have finally demonstrated their feet of clay.

    May we the adults of planet earth stand for the kids.









    But beware when the coming American Caesar tells us we will not have to vote anymore - he is saying the globalist agenda - the quiet part - out loud.

    And Vladimir Putin cast as the enemy in all this - he too is simply playing his part - while plotting for himself to help rule the world

    Read Machiavelli - the citizens guide to the mindset of leaders - and learn precisely how we are being mocked, manipulated and owned by tyranny.

    There are people out there who will tell you it is just the West which has become totalitarian - nothing could be further from the truth - as the darling of the WEF is China - and Russia is just as bent on global totalitarianism as is any other 21st century globalist tyrant.

    As Machiavelli made clear back in Medieval Italy - the globalists have no plans to give up any of their power to we the people.

    And when you own all the governments, institutions and corporations- owning the world is pretty much a fait accompli.



    The globalist cabal brings us their version of the reality promised by Revelation - they hearken the literal end of the world by - themselves - becoming our own personal Jesus.

    But of course there are all kinds of ways to exhibit denial of what is really happening here.

    That is mass media’s task to offer up platitudes to keep us all - as global citizens - in denial.

    They are going to now convince all Christians that the new Caesar is the way out of this.

    But if we read Machiavelli we understand that this is simply part of the intended manipulation.

    Vote for Caesar and no one will ever have to vote again.

    Glad that is settled!

    Anyone concerned with real liberty - and those useless ideas expressed in our founding documents - may as well pack up their carpetbags and go home.

    But if you have been reading this stack for awhile you know that when people like us pack up and go home it really will be a fait accompli.

    And then it really will have been all she - or anyone else - ever wrote.







    Share

    Leave a comment


    https://substack.com/home/post/p-147091014


    https://donshafi911iamthefaceoftruth.blogspot.com/2024/07/a-deep-dive-into-how-olympic-opening.html
    A Deep Dive Into How The Olympic Opening Ceremony and Global Tyranny Are Related At First Glance Nothing Is As It Seems KW NORTON As many of us have grown all too accustomed to - nothing we see reflected by media - by our global communication system of the internet is as it seems. At first it seems impossible that the scandalous opening ceremonies of the Olympics could be related to the now infamous CrowdStrike IT outage which occurred in the past week. For those of you who know - this connection will not come as any surprise - as we understand that CrowdStrike - and the Olympics - are tied to the same globalist monster which now has tentacles everywhere. But it is perhaps shocking to all of us that it has taken now an X-rated mockery of Christianity to outrage the world. Not that such a display should not outrage every thinking and feeling individual. It is just a kind of shock that after almost five years that includes a coup d’état to rule the world which few seem to comprehend is even taking place, which has by now killed about 20 million people, following a fake epidemic which forced humans worldwide to wide to display such indignities as forced masking, forced lockdown, and forced social distancing. And as if that were not enough the globalist cabal engineered an “educational” narrative sold to the world’s children of transgender ideology - one which involved the sexual grooming of children and furthermore an entire new medical industry which sought to profit from the surgical maiming of these kids. We might expect such an alignment of corporate, educational, governmental, and medical institutions from Nazi Germany - but apparently seeing that it is happening as part of a coup d’état to take over the world - our world - our modern civilization - is not acceptable. What has happened as physicians, parents, kids and educators rationalize the chopping off body parts and use of dangerous drugs to turn perfectly healthy children into eunuchs? What has happened is what any rational individuals may expect - that a devious and dangerous cult has taken possession of this planet - a cult which seeks to achieve the following. Fool all humans by carrying out a fake, staged epidemic Frighten said humans so much that they will fear death if they disobey Insure that all authorities go along with the plan - pay them handsomely to do so. Use totalitarian style lockdowns and known ritualistic behavior such as ritual handwashing and ritual wearing of masks - and ritualistic vaccination Take over the world’s airways with steady fear mongering propaganda Engage in ritualistic shaming of those who fail to go along with this nonsense Exclude those who will not comply by using such tactics as encouraging widespread fear of contagion from the unmasked, unvaccinated and noncompliant. Even those who go against the sexualizing and trans gendering of children are to be regarded as bigots and anti-gay Nazis. Anyone anywhere who goes against the mainstream narrative is regarded as being an anti human and dangerous - even insane - radical - threats to polite society. All of these and more have been part of the tactics of this cabal to take over and rule the world while everyone is distracted by worrying about their very survival. I am not sure what all this reminds people of - but I do know what it reminds me of. It is - in terms of propaganda and political tactics - reminiscent of Nazi Germany. There has even been a deliberate campaign to destroy physical property and major cities - even take farmland - and engage in both buying up of public and private infrastructure and in shaping human behavior. To commandeer whole medical complexes and entire fields of medicine, whole nation states, governments, institutions, corporations, and all of education, public discourse, and mass media. While this modern 21st century totalitarianism did not stage a full on Crystal Night reign of terror against specific groups to scare people into compliance - fear was still used in a novel way to bring absolute control and unquestioned obedience. I am not at all sure at this point what it will take for the world to wake up. But I am hoping that seeing that these 21st century totalitarians are behind all of this - and by now seeing how far they will go to insure our fearful compliance and obedience to their brand of fascism - that we will come to our senses. The Olympic committee did not simply wake up one day and decide they would demonstrate disdain and disgust for the entire world. The Olympic committee and just about all other institutions, governments, and corporations are part of the 21st century totalitarian system - as shown by the members of such organizations as the World Economic Forum. While this WEF is not the only organization involved they have served as a kind of Davos exclusive country club for many of the ring leaders. Their regular meetings around the world are a veritable who’s who of this alliance of stakeholder capitalists and public private partnerships - this Nazi-like cabal of plutocrats. Of course there is Bilderberg and Club of Rome to name a few other participants. But a look at the roster of WEF will reveal the main allied forces involved. It should not be surprising to see that NATO, WHO, CIA, PENTAGON, FBI and leaders of the US government and all world governments are involved. It should not be surprising that all tech giants and military and industrial leaders are involved. Nor that titans of education, health care, public works and urban planning and development are involved And perhaps most importantly the press and entertainment are involved to shape public opinion to fit the ongoing narrative. To really comprehend what has happened takes great deal of energy, time and effort to fully see. The ruse is well camouflaged and the insurance of our compliance is well policed and backed up by military personnel and local police. We may well ask the question as to why these cabal members have been so successful at taking the entire world hostage in this way. What do these enemies of the future have - the real actual Nazis did not? There is a clear and obvious answer to that question. Technology, the internet and the planetary reach of these capabilities and their role in being able to almost instantaneously shape and to manipulate public opinion. With technology on their side totalitarian control is a kind of slam dunk. This all may seem overwhelming and monstrous - and it is all of that - and more. But the overwhelmingly important thing now is that the world wake to the reality of woke and to why these woke agendas have been used as a weapon of political terror. It is a hell of a thing to wake up to - but as one brave legal specialist articulated as he was kidnapped and imprisoned in Germany for defending liberty - echoing many of our own observations. He said (paraphrasing) - “Maybe these co-conspirators made a big mistake in coming after our children”. Maybe that over reach will finally serve as the catalyst which will alert the world and all parents and those who care about our children. Maybe in coming after our kids in such obviously deviant ways - they have revealed their own feet of clay. As we can begin to see, totalitarianism is incredibly expensive and requires insane amounts of human and financial capital allocated to the manipulation of public opinion and behavior to maintain. That this totalitarianism is expensive is an understatement. Just the Silicon Valley part of this campaign has already corrupted and destroyed many of the world’s major cities - San Francisco and New York being only two infamous examples. Wherever Big Tech has been centered it has so hollowed out and undermined the social and economic fabric of society so as to result in collapse. Big Tech and the dangerous compliance with corruption and political correctness they demonstrate are playing a major role in modern 21st century totalitarian regimes. If this grand entertainment scheme - intended to dazzle the world into further compliance - has instead served to begin waking us as humans up to reality - then it will have served a noble purpose. Let us hope these WORLD ECONOMIC FURERS have finally demonstrated their feet of clay. May we the adults of planet earth stand for the kids. But beware when the coming American Caesar tells us we will not have to vote anymore - he is saying the globalist agenda - the quiet part - out loud. And Vladimir Putin cast as the enemy in all this - he too is simply playing his part - while plotting for himself to help rule the world Read Machiavelli - the citizens guide to the mindset of leaders - and learn precisely how we are being mocked, manipulated and owned by tyranny. There are people out there who will tell you it is just the West which has become totalitarian - nothing could be further from the truth - as the darling of the WEF is China - and Russia is just as bent on global totalitarianism as is any other 21st century globalist tyrant. As Machiavelli made clear back in Medieval Italy - the globalists have no plans to give up any of their power to we the people. And when you own all the governments, institutions and corporations- owning the world is pretty much a fait accompli. The globalist cabal brings us their version of the reality promised by Revelation - they hearken the literal end of the world by - themselves - becoming our own personal Jesus. But of course there are all kinds of ways to exhibit denial of what is really happening here. That is mass media’s task to offer up platitudes to keep us all - as global citizens - in denial. They are going to now convince all Christians that the new Caesar is the way out of this. But if we read Machiavelli we understand that this is simply part of the intended manipulation. Vote for Caesar and no one will ever have to vote again. Glad that is settled! Anyone concerned with real liberty - and those useless ideas expressed in our founding documents - may as well pack up their carpetbags and go home. But if you have been reading this stack for awhile you know that when people like us pack up and go home it really will be a fait accompli. And then it really will have been all she - or anyone else - ever wrote. Share Leave a comment https://substack.com/home/post/p-147091014 https://donshafi911iamthefaceoftruth.blogspot.com/2024/07/a-deep-dive-into-how-olympic-opening.html
    0 Comments 0 Shares 10712 Views
  • Media Blackout: 10 News Stories They Chose Not to Tell You This Week
    The Vigilant Fox

    #10 - Joe Rogan raises SERIOUS questions about the Trump assassination attempt.

    #9 - Mark Zuckerberg says watching Trump fist pump after being “shot in the face” is “one of the most badass things” he’s ever seen.

    #8 - Tucker Carlson rocks the stage at RNC with epic speech, earns standing ovation.

    While you’re here, don’t forget to subscribe to this page for more weekly news roundups each Sunday.

    #7 - The entire childhood vaccine schedule is now in question, and Donald Trump has made this clearer than ever.

    #6 - Klaus Schwab’s co-author turns against the World Economic Forum, quietly pens novel on Davos racket.

    #5 - Joe Biden has a disastrous moment on air when NBC News unexpectedly confronts him about his inflaming Trump comments.

    #4 - Secret Service whistleblowers emerge following the Trump assassination attempt.

    #3 - Bill Maher challenges Pete Buttigieg to explain why the heck Biden hasn’t fired the Secret Service director yet.

    #2 - Chris Martenson, PhD, presents “rock solid audio proof that there were at least TWO shooters targeting Trump and the crowd.”

    #1 - Elon Musk becomes the Democrats’ worst nightmare with a jaw-dropping $45 million-a-month commitment to back Donald Trump.

    Share


    BONUS #1 - The Top 10 Signs That Biden Has Dementia

    BONUS #2 - How to Get Ivermectin, Z-Pak, and More

    BONUS #3 - Bill Maher Knocks Some Sense in Liberals Who Wished for Trump's Death


    Thank you for joining us this week. We’ll be with another episode with Maria next Sunday.

    Join 70K+ Substack readers and 1 million 𝕏 users who follow the work of Vigilant Fox. Subscribe to Vigilant News for exclusive stories you won’t find anywhere else.

    https://vigilantfox.news/p/media-blackout-10-news-stories-they-b7d
    Media Blackout: 10 News Stories They Chose Not to Tell You This Week The Vigilant Fox #10 - Joe Rogan raises SERIOUS questions about the Trump assassination attempt. #9 - Mark Zuckerberg says watching Trump fist pump after being “shot in the face” is “one of the most badass things” he’s ever seen. #8 - Tucker Carlson rocks the stage at RNC with epic speech, earns standing ovation. While you’re here, don’t forget to subscribe to this page for more weekly news roundups each Sunday. #7 - The entire childhood vaccine schedule is now in question, and Donald Trump has made this clearer than ever. #6 - Klaus Schwab’s co-author turns against the World Economic Forum, quietly pens novel on Davos racket. #5 - Joe Biden has a disastrous moment on air when NBC News unexpectedly confronts him about his inflaming Trump comments. #4 - Secret Service whistleblowers emerge following the Trump assassination attempt. #3 - Bill Maher challenges Pete Buttigieg to explain why the heck Biden hasn’t fired the Secret Service director yet. #2 - Chris Martenson, PhD, presents “rock solid audio proof that there were at least TWO shooters targeting Trump and the crowd.” #1 - Elon Musk becomes the Democrats’ worst nightmare with a jaw-dropping $45 million-a-month commitment to back Donald Trump. Share BONUS #1 - The Top 10 Signs That Biden Has Dementia BONUS #2 - How to Get Ivermectin, Z-Pak, and More BONUS #3 - Bill Maher Knocks Some Sense in Liberals Who Wished for Trump's Death Thank you for joining us this week. We’ll be with another episode with Maria next Sunday. Join 70K+ Substack readers and 1 million 𝕏 users who follow the work of Vigilant Fox. Subscribe to Vigilant News for exclusive stories you won’t find anywhere else. https://vigilantfox.news/p/media-blackout-10-news-stories-they-b7d
    VIGILANTFOX.NEWS
    Media Blackout: 10 News Stories They Chose Not to Tell You This Week
    #10 - Joe Rogan raises SERIOUS questions about the Trump assassination attempt.
    Like
    1
    0 Comments 1 Shares 4773 Views
  • Meet the Mad Scientist Who wants to Fight Climate Change by Making Humans Smaller and Allergic to Meat.
    Yes, it's a crazy world.

    Anthony Colpo

    If WEF frontman Klaus Schwab is your archetypal Bond villain, S. Matthew Liao is your textbook classic evil nerd. The kind that should be locked away somewhere he can't hurt anybody.

    If you think I'm being harsh, read on.

    I first became aware of Laio, a 'bioethicist' at NYU, several years ago while researching the nonsensical Unified Cow Fart Theory of Global Warming put forward by people who think the ultimate in human nutrition is to eat like a rabbit.

    During the course of that research, I came upon a 2012 paper Liao co-authored with UK professors Anders Sandberg and Rebecca Roache titled “Human Engineering and Climate Change.”

    The paper begins by claiming "Anthropogenic climate change is arguably one of the biggest problems that confront us today."

    I can't disagree with that. The nonsensical claim that the minsicule 0.28% of global greenhouse gases attributable to humans has caused runaway warming is being used to implement measures with potentially dire consequences for both the global economy and human wellbeing.

    That is a big problem.

    This feigned concern for the environment, by the way, is organized and funded by the same people who masterminded the campaign to pollute the entire human species with toxic gene therapies ('Lockstep' author and dark money 'philanthropy’ outfit Rockefeller Foundation, for example, recently announced they were pumping $1 billion dollars to advance climate bribes “solutions”). These are the same people heavily invested in industries that pollute both our bodies and the environment with all manner of toxic porqueria.

    Climate change is not a science, but a religion. It is not comprised of known facts based on valid and reproducible experimentation, but a belief system resting entirely upon the highly fallible (and often fraudulent) practice of climate modelling. That modelling is used to issue doomsday forecasts, expressly designed to scare the population into compliance. Those who dare express skepticism of this nonsense are derided as "deniers," no matter how sound their arguments.

    Of course, Liao, Sandberg and Roache don't see climate change as a problem for the same reasons I do. Liao really seems to believe Planet Earth is in danger of becoming Planet Hot Pot With Extra Chili if we don't "do something" yesterday, and his co-authors are happy to tag along for the ride.

    A brief intro to this trio is in order.

    S. Matthew Liao is a bioethicist at NYU Global School of Public Health. As you’re about to see, Liao has a rather twisted set of ethics, and I find it quite worrying to read he “provides students with an education grounded in a broad conception of bioethics encompassing both medical and environmental ethics.”

    Anders Sandberg is a Swedish transhumanist and currently a senior research fellow at the Future of Humanity Institute at the University of Oxford which, along with Loma Linda University in the US, has produced most of the world’s peer-reviewed propaganda epidemiology erroneously claiming meat-free diets are better for you.

    In 2018, Sandberg published a paper on arxiv.org entitled "Blueberry Earth", which finally answered the pressing question that has bothered great minds for centuries:

    "What if the entire Earth was instantaneously replaced with an equal volume of closely packed, but uncompressed blueberries?"

    Seriously.

    Rebecca Roache, formerly of Oxford, is now a Senior Lecturer in Philosophy at Royal Holloway, University of London. According to Wikipedia, Roache “is particularly noted for her work on swearing, which has featured in various media, such as the BBC.”

    If that’s not the resume of a trio with way too much time on their hands, I don’t know what is.

    So now you know the intellectual caliber of this brains trust, let’s see how it proposes to solve the non-existent problem of anthropogenic global warming.

    Noting that geoengineering is too risky (I think they just confirmed another conspiracy theory as fact), our heroic trio propose something every bit as dicey and stupid:

    Biomedical human engineering.

    According to Liao et al, this "involves biomedical modifications of humans so that they can mitigate and/or adapt to climate change." They further argue that this Frankensteinian idiocy "is potentially less risky" than geoengineering.

    As staunch believers in the nonsensical Unified Cow Fart Theory of Global Warming, the first order of business for our intrepid trio would be to create “Pharmacological meat intolerance.”

    Because "people often lack the motivation or willpower to give up eating red meat," they write, "a more realistic option might be to induce mild intolerance (akin, e.g., to milk intolerance) to these kinds of meat."

    "While meat intolerance is normally uncommon," they continue, oblivious to the fact they've just confirmed meat is an ideal, evolutionary-correct food for humans, "in principle, it could be induced by stimulating the immune system against common bovine proteins."

    "The immune system would then become primed to react to such proteins, and henceforth eating ‘eco-unfriendly’ food would induce unpleasant experiences," they continue.

    "A potentially safe and practical way of delivering such intolerance may be to produce ‘meat’ patches – akin to nicotine patches," they write. "We can produce patches for those animals that contribute the most to greenhouse gas emissions and encourage people to use such patches."

    Kids, this is why you need to avoid drugs, vegan propaganda, and mad scientists masquerading as university professors.

    But our cray cray trio aren’t finished yet. Heck no.

    Their next brilliant idea for saving the planet is “Making humans smaller.”

    "[O]ther things being equal," they write, "the larger one is, the more food and energy one requires."

    With their brains farting like the winner of a baked beans eating contest, they further claim "a car uses more fuel per mile to carry a heavier person than a lighter person; more fabric is needed to clothe larger than smaller people; heavier people wear out shoes, carpets, and furniture more quickly than lighter people, and so on."

    So how do we make humans smaller so that their shoes won't wear out as quick?

    Oh, that's easy.

    "One way is through preimplantation genetic diagnosis" which "would simply involve rethinking the criteria for selecting which embryos to implant" during IVF.

    !?

    Another way "is to use hormone treatment either to affect somatotropin (growth hormone) levels or to trigger the closing of the epiphyseal plate (at the ends of bones) earlier than normal.”

    Hormone treatments are used for growth reduction in excessively tall children so, argue Liao et al, why not use them to make normal height kids shorter? I mean, what could possibly go wrong by subjecting growing bodies to unnecessary hormone treatments?

    But hey, why even wait for kids to get to that point? Why not target them before they've even popped out of mummy’s tummy?

    "[A] more speculative and controversial way of reducing adult height is to reduce birth weight," write our unabashed Masters of the Looniverse.

    "Drugs or nutrients that either reduce the expression of paternally imprinted genes, or increase the expression of maternally imprinted genes, could potentially regulate birth size."

    But again, why even wait to target kids in the womb? Why not stop them being conceived in the first place?

    Yep, it's time to roll out the overpopulation card.

    Which brings us to a dilemma: How to lower birth rates when almost one half of the world’s population already lives in countries with below replacement fertility?

    Oh, again, that's easy.

    Make women smarter!

    Hey, they said it, not me.

    They write there is “strong evidence that birth-rates are negatively correlated with adequate access to education for women” and "[a]t least in the US, women with low cognitive ability are more likely to have children before age 18."

    Even if that latter contention is true (it’s based on a single case-control study published in 2002), the median age for giving birth in the US is now 30.

    They’re basically saying that the number of kids a women has is negatively correlated with her intelligence. If you’re a woman who wants to have multiple kids, then they assume you can’t be the sharpest tool in the shed.

    But women are made to have children, and Feminism Inc. still hasn’t figured out how to sue Mother Nature for designating this role to females.

    So in a world already saturated with hook-up culture, abortion and morning-after pills, how do Liao et al propose to stop women making the ‘dumb’ choice of ensuring the continued propagation of the human species?

    Well, they don’t actually say. Not surprising, given their own intellectual output indicates they themselves have yet to discover an effective brain doping strategy. They do seem to be alluding to pharmaceutical means when they write “many parents are indeed happy to give their children cognitive enhancements," citing the widespread (and often misguided) use of Ritalin.

    They’re basically saying making kids smarter will make them want to avoid or minimize childbearing when older.

    In order to get people to go along with this bollocks, Liao et al suggest administering oxytocin in an attempt to increase people’s trust levels.

    Interestingly, when discussing how to convince people into cooperating with this nonsense despite its obvious downsides, the authors note “people are routinely vaccinated to prevent themselves and those around them from acquiring infectious diseases, even though vaccinations can sometimes even lead to death.”

    Thanks for confirming.

    The authors wrote in their paper, “To be clear, we shall not argue that human engineering ought to be adopted; such a claim would require far more exposition and argument than we have space for here.”

    The 2012 paper understandably caused controversy and aroused heated responses from both laymen and academics. When a Guardian writer asked shortly afterwards just what they were trying to achieve with their paper, all three authors and one of the journal’s editors were at pains to portray it as a philosophical “thought experiment” designed to stimulate discussion. When discussion of their patently absurd suggestions didn’t go the way they hoped, Sandberg and Roache accused critics of not having read the paper, which begs the question of just how critics knew of its numerous bizarre suggestions. For the record, I have read the paper in its entirety, and rather than find it an innocuous philosophical excursion, I find it disturbing that people could put forward such suggestions without any awareness of just how truly dystopian and dysfunctional they sound.

    Sandberg even told the reporter that in his work “with global catastrophic risks at the Future of Humanity Institute, climate change is at the lower end of concern. Certainly a problem, but unlikely to wipe out humanity.”

    So why the need for radically ridiculous suggestions to deal with a problem that’s been way overblown? Is this how academics entertain themselves when they’re bored?

    As you’re about to learn, despite the apparently token disclaimer in the 2012 paper, Liao in fact remains a highly enthusiastic promoter of the human engineering angle - and he may have some powerful sympathizers.

    From Poison Pricks to Toxic Ticks

    In 2016, Liao spoke at the 2016 World Science Festival, once again insisting we eat too much meat and that human engineering held the potential to solve this non-problem. If you watch the following snippet through to the end, you’ll hear Liao say “There’s this thing called the Lone Star tick where if it bites you, you will become allergic to meat. So that’s something we can do through human engineering. We can possibly address really big world problems through human engineering.”


    In 2017, he gave a TED Talk, which is a really popular forum for crazy ‘interesting’ people to get up on a stage and pretend they’re experts.

    A snippet of the talk, for which YouTube comments are understandably turned off, can be viewed below.



    Note the complete lack of shame or embarrassment as Liao recites the core principles of his insane 2012 paper. He can barely hide his glee, both at expressing his transhuman fantasies and being in the presence of people who don’t respond by telling him to check into an asylum. Note how when he mentions creating “mild intolerance to meat,” a handful of vetards in the transfixed audience begin applauding, and one even lets out a “wooo!”

    The audience also laughs along when Liao suggests preemptively screening for smaller IVF babies.

    They also applaud and chuckle approvingly when he suggests this carry on will allow parents the “liberty-enhancing option” of having “one large child, two medium-sized children, or three smaller children.” A liberty-enhancing option suggests an improvement over current restrictions, which isn’t the case.

    Ah, lunatics. Where would we be without them?

    While the video is basically a condensed rehash of his 2012 paper, there are a few new revelations. In an attempt to make “people” smarter (ever the PC sycophant, he doesn’t say “women” in front of the mixed-gender audience), he’s now embracing ritalin as a nootropic for kids, despite acknowledging in his 2012 paper it’s “for children with ADHD and certainly has side effects.”

    He’s also suggesting modafinil for kids, the long-term use of which has not been studied in children.

    Reckless is as stupid does.


    Enter the Biggest Lunatics of All

    It should come as no surprise to most readers that Liao’s demented “human engineering” suggestions have garnered favourable attention from the hypocritical parasite class that descends upon Davos every year to decide what’s best for the rest of us.

    In December 2020, the WEF unveiled its bioengineering framework in a presentation called “3 Scenarios for How Bioengineering Could Change Our World in 10 Years.” Among the highlights were edible vaccines grown in plants and various forms of genetic manipulation.

    That presentation was based off a WEF-sponsored academic paper titled Bioengineering Horizon Scan 2020.

    For the WEF’s 2021 Davos Summit, reported BioHack, Liao et al’s 2012 paper was cited during discussion of the ‘Planetary Health Diet’, a globalist initiative to shift humankind towards plant-and insect-based diets.

    Liao et al’s 2012 paper was also considered as a possible add-on to the Bioengineering Horizon Scan 2020 paper. However, perusal of the reference list shows no mention of the 2012 paper. It seems the Liao et al paper may have been too much of a hot potato for the WEF, which had to pull it’s original 2030 video that featured what may go down in history as the world’s worst PR line (“You’ll own nothing and you’ll be happy”).

    It seems that just about every week, what was once considered a kooky conspiracy theory is confirmed as a genuine concern.

    Share

    https://anthonycolpo.substack.com/p/meet-the-mad-scientist-who-wants?utm_medium=web&triedRedirect=true
    Meet the Mad Scientist Who wants to Fight Climate Change by Making Humans Smaller and Allergic to Meat. Yes, it's a crazy world. Anthony Colpo If WEF frontman Klaus Schwab is your archetypal Bond villain, S. Matthew Liao is your textbook classic evil nerd. The kind that should be locked away somewhere he can't hurt anybody. If you think I'm being harsh, read on. I first became aware of Laio, a 'bioethicist' at NYU, several years ago while researching the nonsensical Unified Cow Fart Theory of Global Warming put forward by people who think the ultimate in human nutrition is to eat like a rabbit. During the course of that research, I came upon a 2012 paper Liao co-authored with UK professors Anders Sandberg and Rebecca Roache titled “Human Engineering and Climate Change.” The paper begins by claiming "Anthropogenic climate change is arguably one of the biggest problems that confront us today." I can't disagree with that. The nonsensical claim that the minsicule 0.28% of global greenhouse gases attributable to humans has caused runaway warming is being used to implement measures with potentially dire consequences for both the global economy and human wellbeing. That is a big problem. This feigned concern for the environment, by the way, is organized and funded by the same people who masterminded the campaign to pollute the entire human species with toxic gene therapies ('Lockstep' author and dark money 'philanthropy’ outfit Rockefeller Foundation, for example, recently announced they were pumping $1 billion dollars to advance climate bribes “solutions”). These are the same people heavily invested in industries that pollute both our bodies and the environment with all manner of toxic porqueria. Climate change is not a science, but a religion. It is not comprised of known facts based on valid and reproducible experimentation, but a belief system resting entirely upon the highly fallible (and often fraudulent) practice of climate modelling. That modelling is used to issue doomsday forecasts, expressly designed to scare the population into compliance. Those who dare express skepticism of this nonsense are derided as "deniers," no matter how sound their arguments. Of course, Liao, Sandberg and Roache don't see climate change as a problem for the same reasons I do. Liao really seems to believe Planet Earth is in danger of becoming Planet Hot Pot With Extra Chili if we don't "do something" yesterday, and his co-authors are happy to tag along for the ride. A brief intro to this trio is in order. S. Matthew Liao is a bioethicist at NYU Global School of Public Health. As you’re about to see, Liao has a rather twisted set of ethics, and I find it quite worrying to read he “provides students with an education grounded in a broad conception of bioethics encompassing both medical and environmental ethics.” Anders Sandberg is a Swedish transhumanist and currently a senior research fellow at the Future of Humanity Institute at the University of Oxford which, along with Loma Linda University in the US, has produced most of the world’s peer-reviewed propaganda epidemiology erroneously claiming meat-free diets are better for you. In 2018, Sandberg published a paper on arxiv.org entitled "Blueberry Earth", which finally answered the pressing question that has bothered great minds for centuries: "What if the entire Earth was instantaneously replaced with an equal volume of closely packed, but uncompressed blueberries?" Seriously. Rebecca Roache, formerly of Oxford, is now a Senior Lecturer in Philosophy at Royal Holloway, University of London. According to Wikipedia, Roache “is particularly noted for her work on swearing, which has featured in various media, such as the BBC.” If that’s not the resume of a trio with way too much time on their hands, I don’t know what is. So now you know the intellectual caliber of this brains trust, let’s see how it proposes to solve the non-existent problem of anthropogenic global warming. Noting that geoengineering is too risky (I think they just confirmed another conspiracy theory as fact), our heroic trio propose something every bit as dicey and stupid: Biomedical human engineering. According to Liao et al, this "involves biomedical modifications of humans so that they can mitigate and/or adapt to climate change." They further argue that this Frankensteinian idiocy "is potentially less risky" than geoengineering. As staunch believers in the nonsensical Unified Cow Fart Theory of Global Warming, the first order of business for our intrepid trio would be to create “Pharmacological meat intolerance.” Because "people often lack the motivation or willpower to give up eating red meat," they write, "a more realistic option might be to induce mild intolerance (akin, e.g., to milk intolerance) to these kinds of meat." "While meat intolerance is normally uncommon," they continue, oblivious to the fact they've just confirmed meat is an ideal, evolutionary-correct food for humans, "in principle, it could be induced by stimulating the immune system against common bovine proteins." "The immune system would then become primed to react to such proteins, and henceforth eating ‘eco-unfriendly’ food would induce unpleasant experiences," they continue. "A potentially safe and practical way of delivering such intolerance may be to produce ‘meat’ patches – akin to nicotine patches," they write. "We can produce patches for those animals that contribute the most to greenhouse gas emissions and encourage people to use such patches." Kids, this is why you need to avoid drugs, vegan propaganda, and mad scientists masquerading as university professors. But our cray cray trio aren’t finished yet. Heck no. Their next brilliant idea for saving the planet is “Making humans smaller.” "[O]ther things being equal," they write, "the larger one is, the more food and energy one requires." With their brains farting like the winner of a baked beans eating contest, they further claim "a car uses more fuel per mile to carry a heavier person than a lighter person; more fabric is needed to clothe larger than smaller people; heavier people wear out shoes, carpets, and furniture more quickly than lighter people, and so on." So how do we make humans smaller so that their shoes won't wear out as quick? Oh, that's easy. "One way is through preimplantation genetic diagnosis" which "would simply involve rethinking the criteria for selecting which embryos to implant" during IVF. !? Another way "is to use hormone treatment either to affect somatotropin (growth hormone) levels or to trigger the closing of the epiphyseal plate (at the ends of bones) earlier than normal.” Hormone treatments are used for growth reduction in excessively tall children so, argue Liao et al, why not use them to make normal height kids shorter? I mean, what could possibly go wrong by subjecting growing bodies to unnecessary hormone treatments? But hey, why even wait for kids to get to that point? Why not target them before they've even popped out of mummy’s tummy? "[A] more speculative and controversial way of reducing adult height is to reduce birth weight," write our unabashed Masters of the Looniverse. "Drugs or nutrients that either reduce the expression of paternally imprinted genes, or increase the expression of maternally imprinted genes, could potentially regulate birth size." But again, why even wait to target kids in the womb? Why not stop them being conceived in the first place? Yep, it's time to roll out the overpopulation card. Which brings us to a dilemma: How to lower birth rates when almost one half of the world’s population already lives in countries with below replacement fertility? Oh, again, that's easy. Make women smarter! Hey, they said it, not me. They write there is “strong evidence that birth-rates are negatively correlated with adequate access to education for women” and "[a]t least in the US, women with low cognitive ability are more likely to have children before age 18." Even if that latter contention is true (it’s based on a single case-control study published in 2002), the median age for giving birth in the US is now 30. They’re basically saying that the number of kids a women has is negatively correlated with her intelligence. If you’re a woman who wants to have multiple kids, then they assume you can’t be the sharpest tool in the shed. But women are made to have children, and Feminism Inc. still hasn’t figured out how to sue Mother Nature for designating this role to females. So in a world already saturated with hook-up culture, abortion and morning-after pills, how do Liao et al propose to stop women making the ‘dumb’ choice of ensuring the continued propagation of the human species? Well, they don’t actually say. Not surprising, given their own intellectual output indicates they themselves have yet to discover an effective brain doping strategy. They do seem to be alluding to pharmaceutical means when they write “many parents are indeed happy to give their children cognitive enhancements," citing the widespread (and often misguided) use of Ritalin. They’re basically saying making kids smarter will make them want to avoid or minimize childbearing when older. In order to get people to go along with this bollocks, Liao et al suggest administering oxytocin in an attempt to increase people’s trust levels. Interestingly, when discussing how to convince people into cooperating with this nonsense despite its obvious downsides, the authors note “people are routinely vaccinated to prevent themselves and those around them from acquiring infectious diseases, even though vaccinations can sometimes even lead to death.” Thanks for confirming. The authors wrote in their paper, “To be clear, we shall not argue that human engineering ought to be adopted; such a claim would require far more exposition and argument than we have space for here.” The 2012 paper understandably caused controversy and aroused heated responses from both laymen and academics. When a Guardian writer asked shortly afterwards just what they were trying to achieve with their paper, all three authors and one of the journal’s editors were at pains to portray it as a philosophical “thought experiment” designed to stimulate discussion. When discussion of their patently absurd suggestions didn’t go the way they hoped, Sandberg and Roache accused critics of not having read the paper, which begs the question of just how critics knew of its numerous bizarre suggestions. For the record, I have read the paper in its entirety, and rather than find it an innocuous philosophical excursion, I find it disturbing that people could put forward such suggestions without any awareness of just how truly dystopian and dysfunctional they sound. Sandberg even told the reporter that in his work “with global catastrophic risks at the Future of Humanity Institute, climate change is at the lower end of concern. Certainly a problem, but unlikely to wipe out humanity.” So why the need for radically ridiculous suggestions to deal with a problem that’s been way overblown? Is this how academics entertain themselves when they’re bored? As you’re about to learn, despite the apparently token disclaimer in the 2012 paper, Liao in fact remains a highly enthusiastic promoter of the human engineering angle - and he may have some powerful sympathizers. From Poison Pricks to Toxic Ticks In 2016, Liao spoke at the 2016 World Science Festival, once again insisting we eat too much meat and that human engineering held the potential to solve this non-problem. If you watch the following snippet through to the end, you’ll hear Liao say “There’s this thing called the Lone Star tick where if it bites you, you will become allergic to meat. So that’s something we can do through human engineering. We can possibly address really big world problems through human engineering.” In 2017, he gave a TED Talk, which is a really popular forum for crazy ‘interesting’ people to get up on a stage and pretend they’re experts. A snippet of the talk, for which YouTube comments are understandably turned off, can be viewed below. Note the complete lack of shame or embarrassment as Liao recites the core principles of his insane 2012 paper. He can barely hide his glee, both at expressing his transhuman fantasies and being in the presence of people who don’t respond by telling him to check into an asylum. Note how when he mentions creating “mild intolerance to meat,” a handful of vetards in the transfixed audience begin applauding, and one even lets out a “wooo!” The audience also laughs along when Liao suggests preemptively screening for smaller IVF babies. They also applaud and chuckle approvingly when he suggests this carry on will allow parents the “liberty-enhancing option” of having “one large child, two medium-sized children, or three smaller children.” A liberty-enhancing option suggests an improvement over current restrictions, which isn’t the case. Ah, lunatics. Where would we be without them? While the video is basically a condensed rehash of his 2012 paper, there are a few new revelations. In an attempt to make “people” smarter (ever the PC sycophant, he doesn’t say “women” in front of the mixed-gender audience), he’s now embracing ritalin as a nootropic for kids, despite acknowledging in his 2012 paper it’s “for children with ADHD and certainly has side effects.” He’s also suggesting modafinil for kids, the long-term use of which has not been studied in children. Reckless is as stupid does. Enter the Biggest Lunatics of All It should come as no surprise to most readers that Liao’s demented “human engineering” suggestions have garnered favourable attention from the hypocritical parasite class that descends upon Davos every year to decide what’s best for the rest of us. In December 2020, the WEF unveiled its bioengineering framework in a presentation called “3 Scenarios for How Bioengineering Could Change Our World in 10 Years.” Among the highlights were edible vaccines grown in plants and various forms of genetic manipulation. That presentation was based off a WEF-sponsored academic paper titled Bioengineering Horizon Scan 2020. For the WEF’s 2021 Davos Summit, reported BioHack, Liao et al’s 2012 paper was cited during discussion of the ‘Planetary Health Diet’, a globalist initiative to shift humankind towards plant-and insect-based diets. Liao et al’s 2012 paper was also considered as a possible add-on to the Bioengineering Horizon Scan 2020 paper. However, perusal of the reference list shows no mention of the 2012 paper. It seems the Liao et al paper may have been too much of a hot potato for the WEF, which had to pull it’s original 2030 video that featured what may go down in history as the world’s worst PR line (“You’ll own nothing and you’ll be happy”). It seems that just about every week, what was once considered a kooky conspiracy theory is confirmed as a genuine concern. Share https://anthonycolpo.substack.com/p/meet-the-mad-scientist-who-wants?utm_medium=web&triedRedirect=true
    0 Comments 0 Shares 17529 Views
  • Hey Steve Kirsch, Sars-Cov-2 is Still a Fraud and Your Genome Argument is a Disingenuous Sham
    The Health Freedom Movement's clown prince is at it again.

    Anthony Colpo

    Kirsch is back on the warpath. Humiliated after his admission that he relied entirely on the word of ‘experts’ as proof that Sars-Cov-2 had been isolated, he has now found salvation for himself and the rest of Team Pandemic.

    Or so he thinks.

    First, a little history.

    Kirsch insists Sars-Cov-2 is real, even though it has never been isolated by anything that even begins to resemble sound science.

    Kirsch has repeatedly refused to acknowledge the inherent absurdities in the viral ‘isolation’ charade. He has been informed repeatedly of these absurdities - but he flatly refuses to listen.

    More precisely, he doesn’t want to listen.

    Kirsch is Not a Very Clever Guy

    Kirsch likes to promote himself as a “pretty clever guy,” but he’s not.

    Kirsch advertised his scientific ineptitude back in January 2022 when he posted this terribly lame attempt at rebutting the no-virus argument.

    Kirsch’s post was titled “Has the virus been isolated? Yes.”

    Kirsch knows the virus has been isolated because … he doesn’t.

    Turns out Kirsch doesn’t have a clue about viral isolation. His knowledge of virology is as deficient as his stock-picking skills.

    Kirsch asked out aloud in his post:

    "Do these isolates have other stuff in them? How were they created?”

    The response?

    “I don’t know because I haven’t analyzed them personally. But my scientist friends seem happy with them."

    Thanks Steve. I love it when my dishonest critics reveal they have no clue what they’re talking about.

    "I rely on expert opinions of people who I trust for certain issues like whether or not the virus has been 'isolated.' It’s a reasonable approach if you are careful about which experts you trust."

    Among the ‘experts’ Kirsch ‘carefully’ trusts is the perennially angry, DARPA-funded, victim-narcissist Robert Malone, who apparently is such a genius that after observing how mRNA technology was still unfit for human use, allowed himself to be injected twice with it.

    Except that he didn’t, according to travelling partner Steven Hatfill.

    Yep, Kirsch sure knows how to pick his experts.

    Kirsch is Back on the Virus Warpath

    We all had a good laugh at Kirsch’s expense after his self-debunking “I rely on the experts” post.

    Kirsch, however, doesn’t like being laughed at. His ego demands that he be admired and revered as a really smart guy.

    So he got together with his ‘expert’ friends and plotted his rebuttal.

    Stevie Meets With His Masters

    “Steve,” said his ‘expert’ handler friend David Rockefelon III, “you’ll never win the no-virus argument by trying to claim the virus has been physically isolated - because it hasn’t.”

    “So what do I do?,” asked Kirsch.

    “In Davos, we have a saying,” chimed Rectal Swab. “If you can’t dazzle them with brilliance, baffle them with bullshit!”

    “I’m not sure I follow,” said a befuddled Kirsch.

    It was at this point that Gill Bates interjected. “Steve, you need to start posting articles about gene sequencing.”

    “Gene sequencing?” asked a perplexed Kirsch. “What’s that?”

    “Exactly,” replied Baron Badchild the 58th. “Most people don’t have a clue about genomics, so that’s where you need to steer the argument.”

    “You need to distract people from the fact that the virus has never been isolated. You are instead going to baffle them with the genome argument.”

    “How do I do that?” asked Kirsch.

    Badchild began his instructions. “You are going to post an article titled, 'How can millions of people, all exhibiting signs of COVID have whole genome sequences that match the SARS-CoV-2 reference genome if viruses don't exist?'"

    “I don’t even know what that means,” objected Kirsch.

    “You don’t need to know,” replied Swab. “Just post ze bloody article!”

    “But …”

    “But nothing!” roared the megalomaniac billionaires in unison.

    “Don’t forget its us who put you where you are now. And we can put you back down too," warned this Inhuman League of evil globalists.

    "But the four years we have had have been such good times, I still love you," replied a hurt Kirsch, on the verge of tears.

    “Stop being such a bloody sook!” Badchild threw a box of tissues at Kirsch. "Now get out there and do as you're told."

    And so Steve did as he was told. On June 14, 2024, he posted an article titled “How can millions of people, all exhibiting signs of COVID have whole genome sequences that match the SARS-CoV-2 reference genome if viruses don't exist?”

    The article, of course, made no mention that the alleged ‘genome’ of Sars-Cov-2 is a pseudoscientific farce.

    The article made no mention of the fact that the Sars-Cov-2 genome was not obtained by ‘deconstructing’ an actual virus, but created on a computer using the ‘sequencing’ ruse. Tiny, incomplete nucleotide sequences were fed into a computer, which was then allowed to create a 30,000-character genome. That’s like pulling off a tire, fanbelt and seat belt from a Volkswagen, feeding their details into a computer, and being told you have a Porsche.

    I’ll repeat it again, in case anyone doesn’t comprehend what I just wrote, because it is of critical importance:

    There is no such thing as a Sars-Cov-2 genome that was analyzed and documented after taking a Sars-Cov-2 virion and breaking it down into its constituent nucleotides.

    That has never been done, because Sars-Cov-2 has never been isolated. You can’t dismantle something that doesn’t exist.

    You can, however, take bits of something that does already exist, feed them into a computer, and allow it to construct an in silico ‘genome.’

    You set the parameters for both the in silico reconstruction and the accompanying PCR test to be sufficiently non-specific, so that millions of people exhibiting symptoms of cold and influenza and also millions of asymptomatic people exhibiting symptoms of nothing will miraculously have 'whole genome sequences' that match the 'Sars-CoV-2 reference genome.'

    Using ‘approved’ methods and test kits, of course.

    That’s why ‘Sars-Cov-2’ can be detected in fluid and blood samples taken from volunteers long before December 2019, which is when ‘Sars-Cov-2’ allegedly first appeared in the Chinese city of Wuhan.

    It explains why this supposedly ‘novel coronavirus’ was able to be detected in blood samples obtained in Mexico and Italy as far back as 2018, even though the official narrative has Sars-Cov-2 kicking off its World Domination Tour in early 2020.

    The non-specificity of the sequencing and testing charades also explains why it’s not just people with the sniffles and asymptomatic folks that miraculously show these 'whole genome sequences.' Papaya, quail and goat can also test positive for Sars-CoV-2!

    Heck, even sewerage floating through Catalonian caca pipes in March 2019 has tested positive for the Woohoo virus. "This striking finding," wrote the researchers who tested the Barcelona wastewater samples, "indicates circulation of the virus in Barcelona long before the report of any COVID-19 case worldwide."

    That’s because the nucleotide sequences that trigger a positive result for the presence of ‘Sars-Cov-2’ are not from a ‘novel virus’ - they are a common and preexisting phenomenon.

    Kirsch, of course, mentions none of this.

    His false bravado is in full swing when he again proposes another monetary challenge, this time a $10,000 bounty to anyone who can prove Sars-Cov-2 does not exist.


    NEWS FLASH: We don’t need to disprove the existence of a negative, Kirsch.

    If someone claims there are invisible goblins living under their kitchen table, no-one is obliged to prove them wrong. The onus is on the person issuing the unlikely claim to prove there are indeed invisible little people residing in their kitchen.

    Similarly, it’s up to those who claim the existence of a ‘novel’ and uber-deadly virus to prove its existence.

    So far, they’ve failed miserably.

    Taking gobs of phlegm from people with atypical pneumonia, mixing them with antibiotics, culture medium and bovine fetal serum is not isolation - its anti-isolation!

    Mixing this porqueria with African green monkey kidney cells - which can be relied upon to predictably deform in the presence of kidney-toxic antibiotics - is not proof that there is a pathogenic virus in the mix. It’s simply proof that virology has about as much credibility as witchcraft.

    Heck, the Doherty researchers who loudly proclaimed they isolated ‘Sars-Cov-2’ from the first Australian case admit in their paper the patient healed just fine with low-flow oxygen and antibiotics - which are for bacteria, not viruses!

    He was not suffering ‘COVID’, he was a pneumonia patient - no doubt one of many strategically flown around the world to help kick off the worldwide ‘isolation’ wank.

    I’ve already explained all this in detail here and here, so can I have my $10,000 now?

    Oh, wait, Steve Kirsch is a self-aggrandizing liar who has no intention of ever paying out on his challenges. Kirsch loves the rush of bravado and admiration he receives when he issues a bold challenge, but his “I’m a pretty clever guy” ruse makes no allowances for being wrong and publicly humiliated. That’s why he quickly goes into denial and cancel mode every time you fulfill one of his public challenges.

    The Real Challenge that Kirsch and the Scamdemic Crowd Need to Meet

    The real question is not “why millions of people, all exhibiting signs of COVID have whole genome sequences that match the SARS-CoV-2 reference genome if viruses don't exist?”

    The real questions that need asking are:

    Can anyone isolate Sars-Cov-2 in a manner that really does physically separate a pathogenic organism that can be subsequently shown to be an infectious and harmful virus?

    In other words, can this virus be shown to be transmittable between humans via coughing/sneezing/breathing/touching/’jumping”/etc etc etc and to cause the symptoms of ‘COVID’ upon infection?

    Upon having genuinely isolated this virus and proving it does cause an illness called ‘COVID’ in humans, can they then take virions from this virus and use those to catalog its entire genome?

    Can they then compare this genome to other similarly obtained ‘virus’ genomes from pre-December 2019 and point to key differences that prove the existence of a novel virus?

    No matter how Kirsch and his masters try to worm and squirm and reframe the argument, the inescapable truth is that the answer to all the above questions remains a big, fat NO.

    No-one has come close to doing this, and that includes the authors of this paper which Kirsch claims “the ‘no virus’ crowd stays clear of.”

    To cover for the inescapable fact that no-one has ever physically isolated a virus the way bacteria has been isolated, Kirsch gets his disingenuous on.

    “Fire can’t be isolated,” he says. “Gravity can’t be isolated.”

    Stupid Analogy Alert: Fire doesn’t need to be isolated the way a virus does. It can be seen with the naked eye, and there’s no mistaking it for a bunch of exosomes.

    As for gravity, of course you can’t “isolate” an invisible force. But I can sure as hell prove to you it exists, Kirsch, and in a manner in which it can’t be mistaken for anything else. Meet me at the top of a tall structure and I’ll explain.

    COVID: It’s Still Cold and Flu Renamed

    There is no Sars-Cov-2. There is no COVID.

    There is cold and flu and pneumonia, and they existed long before December 2019. In early 2020, they were renamed ‘COVID’ and the proof of its existence was testing positive on a fraudulent PCR test.

    That’s why, as the 'COVID' hysteria hit fever pitch during 2020, regular influenza magically disappeared almost entirely.

    Steve Kirsch, ladies and gentlemen, is part of the sham.

    I’ll have plenty more to say about Kirsch and the genome wank in due course, but today I’ll conclude with the following gems from our not-so-clever guy.

    “If the virus doesn’t exist, why is it we can SEE the SARS-CoV-2 under electron microscopes with its telltale ‘spikes’?” writes Kirsch.

    Excuse me Kirsch, but how do you know the alleged Sars-Cov-2 virions are not simply cellular vesicles - which is just what they look like?

    Go ahead, prove they’re actual virions from an infectious virus called Sars-Cov-2, using the methods outlined above.

    I’ll wait.

    Kirsch then proves just how utterly unsuited he is to this topic when he claims that a New York Times article from October 2020 “shows virions inside the cell as well as outside the cell.”

    “All of the images in the Times article are fully explained by virology,” claims Kirsch, “and are inexplicable if the virus doesn’t exist.”

    It’s time to have another hearty laugh at Stevie’s expense. Here are the images that the NYT reproduced, which any sober halfwit can tell are computer-generated creations:







    Pack it up and pack it in, Steve, this is getting beyond a joke.

    Share

    https://substack.com/home/post/p-146001238
    Hey Steve Kirsch, Sars-Cov-2 is Still a Fraud and Your Genome Argument is a Disingenuous Sham The Health Freedom Movement's clown prince is at it again. Anthony Colpo Kirsch is back on the warpath. Humiliated after his admission that he relied entirely on the word of ‘experts’ as proof that Sars-Cov-2 had been isolated, he has now found salvation for himself and the rest of Team Pandemic. Or so he thinks. First, a little history. Kirsch insists Sars-Cov-2 is real, even though it has never been isolated by anything that even begins to resemble sound science. Kirsch has repeatedly refused to acknowledge the inherent absurdities in the viral ‘isolation’ charade. He has been informed repeatedly of these absurdities - but he flatly refuses to listen. More precisely, he doesn’t want to listen. Kirsch is Not a Very Clever Guy Kirsch likes to promote himself as a “pretty clever guy,” but he’s not. Kirsch advertised his scientific ineptitude back in January 2022 when he posted this terribly lame attempt at rebutting the no-virus argument. Kirsch’s post was titled “Has the virus been isolated? Yes.” Kirsch knows the virus has been isolated because … he doesn’t. Turns out Kirsch doesn’t have a clue about viral isolation. His knowledge of virology is as deficient as his stock-picking skills. Kirsch asked out aloud in his post: "Do these isolates have other stuff in them? How were they created?” The response? “I don’t know because I haven’t analyzed them personally. But my scientist friends seem happy with them." Thanks Steve. I love it when my dishonest critics reveal they have no clue what they’re talking about. "I rely on expert opinions of people who I trust for certain issues like whether or not the virus has been 'isolated.' It’s a reasonable approach if you are careful about which experts you trust." Among the ‘experts’ Kirsch ‘carefully’ trusts is the perennially angry, DARPA-funded, victim-narcissist Robert Malone, who apparently is such a genius that after observing how mRNA technology was still unfit for human use, allowed himself to be injected twice with it. Except that he didn’t, according to travelling partner Steven Hatfill. Yep, Kirsch sure knows how to pick his experts. Kirsch is Back on the Virus Warpath We all had a good laugh at Kirsch’s expense after his self-debunking “I rely on the experts” post. Kirsch, however, doesn’t like being laughed at. His ego demands that he be admired and revered as a really smart guy. So he got together with his ‘expert’ friends and plotted his rebuttal. Stevie Meets With His Masters “Steve,” said his ‘expert’ handler friend David Rockefelon III, “you’ll never win the no-virus argument by trying to claim the virus has been physically isolated - because it hasn’t.” “So what do I do?,” asked Kirsch. “In Davos, we have a saying,” chimed Rectal Swab. “If you can’t dazzle them with brilliance, baffle them with bullshit!” “I’m not sure I follow,” said a befuddled Kirsch. It was at this point that Gill Bates interjected. “Steve, you need to start posting articles about gene sequencing.” “Gene sequencing?” asked a perplexed Kirsch. “What’s that?” “Exactly,” replied Baron Badchild the 58th. “Most people don’t have a clue about genomics, so that’s where you need to steer the argument.” “You need to distract people from the fact that the virus has never been isolated. You are instead going to baffle them with the genome argument.” “How do I do that?” asked Kirsch. Badchild began his instructions. “You are going to post an article titled, 'How can millions of people, all exhibiting signs of COVID have whole genome sequences that match the SARS-CoV-2 reference genome if viruses don't exist?'" “I don’t even know what that means,” objected Kirsch. “You don’t need to know,” replied Swab. “Just post ze bloody article!” “But …” “But nothing!” roared the megalomaniac billionaires in unison. “Don’t forget its us who put you where you are now. And we can put you back down too," warned this Inhuman League of evil globalists. "But the four years we have had have been such good times, I still love you," replied a hurt Kirsch, on the verge of tears. “Stop being such a bloody sook!” Badchild threw a box of tissues at Kirsch. "Now get out there and do as you're told." And so Steve did as he was told. On June 14, 2024, he posted an article titled “How can millions of people, all exhibiting signs of COVID have whole genome sequences that match the SARS-CoV-2 reference genome if viruses don't exist?” The article, of course, made no mention that the alleged ‘genome’ of Sars-Cov-2 is a pseudoscientific farce. The article made no mention of the fact that the Sars-Cov-2 genome was not obtained by ‘deconstructing’ an actual virus, but created on a computer using the ‘sequencing’ ruse. Tiny, incomplete nucleotide sequences were fed into a computer, which was then allowed to create a 30,000-character genome. That’s like pulling off a tire, fanbelt and seat belt from a Volkswagen, feeding their details into a computer, and being told you have a Porsche. I’ll repeat it again, in case anyone doesn’t comprehend what I just wrote, because it is of critical importance: There is no such thing as a Sars-Cov-2 genome that was analyzed and documented after taking a Sars-Cov-2 virion and breaking it down into its constituent nucleotides. That has never been done, because Sars-Cov-2 has never been isolated. You can’t dismantle something that doesn’t exist. You can, however, take bits of something that does already exist, feed them into a computer, and allow it to construct an in silico ‘genome.’ You set the parameters for both the in silico reconstruction and the accompanying PCR test to be sufficiently non-specific, so that millions of people exhibiting symptoms of cold and influenza and also millions of asymptomatic people exhibiting symptoms of nothing will miraculously have 'whole genome sequences' that match the 'Sars-CoV-2 reference genome.' Using ‘approved’ methods and test kits, of course. That’s why ‘Sars-Cov-2’ can be detected in fluid and blood samples taken from volunteers long before December 2019, which is when ‘Sars-Cov-2’ allegedly first appeared in the Chinese city of Wuhan. It explains why this supposedly ‘novel coronavirus’ was able to be detected in blood samples obtained in Mexico and Italy as far back as 2018, even though the official narrative has Sars-Cov-2 kicking off its World Domination Tour in early 2020. The non-specificity of the sequencing and testing charades also explains why it’s not just people with the sniffles and asymptomatic folks that miraculously show these 'whole genome sequences.' Papaya, quail and goat can also test positive for Sars-CoV-2! Heck, even sewerage floating through Catalonian caca pipes in March 2019 has tested positive for the Woohoo virus. "This striking finding," wrote the researchers who tested the Barcelona wastewater samples, "indicates circulation of the virus in Barcelona long before the report of any COVID-19 case worldwide." That’s because the nucleotide sequences that trigger a positive result for the presence of ‘Sars-Cov-2’ are not from a ‘novel virus’ - they are a common and preexisting phenomenon. Kirsch, of course, mentions none of this. His false bravado is in full swing when he again proposes another monetary challenge, this time a $10,000 bounty to anyone who can prove Sars-Cov-2 does not exist. NEWS FLASH: We don’t need to disprove the existence of a negative, Kirsch. If someone claims there are invisible goblins living under their kitchen table, no-one is obliged to prove them wrong. The onus is on the person issuing the unlikely claim to prove there are indeed invisible little people residing in their kitchen. Similarly, it’s up to those who claim the existence of a ‘novel’ and uber-deadly virus to prove its existence. So far, they’ve failed miserably. Taking gobs of phlegm from people with atypical pneumonia, mixing them with antibiotics, culture medium and bovine fetal serum is not isolation - its anti-isolation! Mixing this porqueria with African green monkey kidney cells - which can be relied upon to predictably deform in the presence of kidney-toxic antibiotics - is not proof that there is a pathogenic virus in the mix. It’s simply proof that virology has about as much credibility as witchcraft. Heck, the Doherty researchers who loudly proclaimed they isolated ‘Sars-Cov-2’ from the first Australian case admit in their paper the patient healed just fine with low-flow oxygen and antibiotics - which are for bacteria, not viruses! He was not suffering ‘COVID’, he was a pneumonia patient - no doubt one of many strategically flown around the world to help kick off the worldwide ‘isolation’ wank. I’ve already explained all this in detail here and here, so can I have my $10,000 now? Oh, wait, Steve Kirsch is a self-aggrandizing liar who has no intention of ever paying out on his challenges. Kirsch loves the rush of bravado and admiration he receives when he issues a bold challenge, but his “I’m a pretty clever guy” ruse makes no allowances for being wrong and publicly humiliated. That’s why he quickly goes into denial and cancel mode every time you fulfill one of his public challenges. The Real Challenge that Kirsch and the Scamdemic Crowd Need to Meet The real question is not “why millions of people, all exhibiting signs of COVID have whole genome sequences that match the SARS-CoV-2 reference genome if viruses don't exist?” The real questions that need asking are: Can anyone isolate Sars-Cov-2 in a manner that really does physically separate a pathogenic organism that can be subsequently shown to be an infectious and harmful virus? In other words, can this virus be shown to be transmittable between humans via coughing/sneezing/breathing/touching/’jumping”/etc etc etc and to cause the symptoms of ‘COVID’ upon infection? Upon having genuinely isolated this virus and proving it does cause an illness called ‘COVID’ in humans, can they then take virions from this virus and use those to catalog its entire genome? Can they then compare this genome to other similarly obtained ‘virus’ genomes from pre-December 2019 and point to key differences that prove the existence of a novel virus? No matter how Kirsch and his masters try to worm and squirm and reframe the argument, the inescapable truth is that the answer to all the above questions remains a big, fat NO. No-one has come close to doing this, and that includes the authors of this paper which Kirsch claims “the ‘no virus’ crowd stays clear of.” To cover for the inescapable fact that no-one has ever physically isolated a virus the way bacteria has been isolated, Kirsch gets his disingenuous on. “Fire can’t be isolated,” he says. “Gravity can’t be isolated.” Stupid Analogy Alert: Fire doesn’t need to be isolated the way a virus does. It can be seen with the naked eye, and there’s no mistaking it for a bunch of exosomes. As for gravity, of course you can’t “isolate” an invisible force. But I can sure as hell prove to you it exists, Kirsch, and in a manner in which it can’t be mistaken for anything else. Meet me at the top of a tall structure and I’ll explain. COVID: It’s Still Cold and Flu Renamed There is no Sars-Cov-2. There is no COVID. There is cold and flu and pneumonia, and they existed long before December 2019. In early 2020, they were renamed ‘COVID’ and the proof of its existence was testing positive on a fraudulent PCR test. That’s why, as the 'COVID' hysteria hit fever pitch during 2020, regular influenza magically disappeared almost entirely. Steve Kirsch, ladies and gentlemen, is part of the sham. I’ll have plenty more to say about Kirsch and the genome wank in due course, but today I’ll conclude with the following gems from our not-so-clever guy. “If the virus doesn’t exist, why is it we can SEE the SARS-CoV-2 under electron microscopes with its telltale ‘spikes’?” writes Kirsch. Excuse me Kirsch, but how do you know the alleged Sars-Cov-2 virions are not simply cellular vesicles - which is just what they look like? Go ahead, prove they’re actual virions from an infectious virus called Sars-Cov-2, using the methods outlined above. I’ll wait. Kirsch then proves just how utterly unsuited he is to this topic when he claims that a New York Times article from October 2020 “shows virions inside the cell as well as outside the cell.” “All of the images in the Times article are fully explained by virology,” claims Kirsch, “and are inexplicable if the virus doesn’t exist.” It’s time to have another hearty laugh at Stevie’s expense. Here are the images that the NYT reproduced, which any sober halfwit can tell are computer-generated creations: Pack it up and pack it in, Steve, this is getting beyond a joke. Share https://substack.com/home/post/p-146001238
    Like
    1
    0 Comments 0 Shares 9864 Views
  • Maybe you have millions, even billions?… they will take it all… pretty soon.
    Over 50 years, laws have been changed the world over. You have “beneficial ownership” not ownership. This means someone else owns it. Will you fight it?

    Dr Mike Yeadon
    This essay is constructed from many of my Telegram posts. The resulting repetition feels helpful under the circumstances. The central idea is not complicated but it is fiddly. Coming at it from many sides helps.

    The prediction

    Unless you are very fresh to peeking behind the mainstream curtain, you will know of WEF’s infamous, arrogant and chilling prediction for 2030.


    Maybe you’ve wondered what the number 1 in the top-left corner means? Still up on YouTube is the whole video of lunatic predictions it comes from.



    Klaus Schwabb, Executive Chairman of WEF asserts that “The world needs a Great Reset”, only hinting at what this means between the lines and in the small print. He is using mendacious propaganda in order to pretend to build consensus on this act. You’ll recall that numerous people said, early in 2020, that there was a necessity to “Build Back Better”.



    Prince Charles was among many who said this. I remember at the time muttering “What do you mean, build back? Nothing is broken”. Obviously, the covert actions of the supranational organization running the Non-pandemic are aimed at making sure that plenty is broken, even that in due course, everything will be broken.

    The mechanism by which ‘you’ll own nothing’

    You may NOT yet have heard of something happening in absolutely every country on the planet, which retired financier David Rogers Webb calls “The Great Taking”.

    For decades, the illegitimate supranational organisation has been working with and “leaning on” national legislators to ‘amend’ the laws governing private property rights.

    Unfortunately, this is a done deal.

    It has already been tested in superior courts and found legally valid.

    Under certain circumstances, the executive in any country can seize all sorts of assets that you believe are yours. This includes but is not limited to stock market investments such as stocks, shares, bonds and other traceable instruments, cash held at banks, property / real estate and numerous other categories.

    Only the other day, I was logged into a well known execution-only online broker to obtain a tax statement for my tax return. I noticed weird wordings describing the category of assets listed. I thought I owned, as an example, ten shares in a famous Swiss chocolate manufacturer. It seems I do not. It now indicates that I’m noted as having

    “beneficial ownership of a part of a numbered pool of such shares”.
    In other words, there are no identifiable shares with my name virtually on them.

    Originally you possessed physical paper. Then ‘for convenience’, virtual electronic shares became the rule. From this point the sneaky steps to a pool… and then “beneficial ownership of a part of a numbered pool of such shares” was easy.

    You can still buy and sell them what’s the problem?
    The problem is subsection b) in Section 57A-8-511 of the Uniform Commercial Code.

    If certain economic actions occur in a given financial climate, it turns out that pooled shares have long ago been pledged as collateral in a transaction in which a party has borrowed money from a lender.

    In the event that the borrower defaults, the ultimate beneficiary is the lender and they have the right to seize whatever collateral there is. That’s your savings, investments, pensions, home etc, including your car if a loan or HP arrangement was used to acquire it.



    Even if it has been paid off.

    Perhaps, even if you bought it outright with cash.



    Obviously, the perpetrators are going to create and trigger such a set of circumstances.

    I have long suspected that lockdowns were a crucial cover for the extent of central bank money creation necessary to place a sovereign country and currency beyond any plausible rescue scenario.

    The Great Taking


    Book as a pdf or tap picture.

    The book, “The Great Taking”, by David Webb, was a punch to the solar plexus when I first heard of it back in summer ‘23. I would urge you to please take this punch yourself - for your children. Read it. It’s a free pdf

    - or buy a paper copy from the website www.thegreattaking.com

    At first, I wasn’t sure if Webb could be trusted. While I’m inclined to believe him, I’ve experienced enough disappointment to start with what a person is telling you. Can you validate or invalidate any part of it through your own experience? Does it have internal consistency? Does the purported expert check out? (Swiss chocolate…) What might their motives be?

    Taking a leaf out of my own book, there are two basic positions.

    Ignore. If you’re correct, you’ve avoided worry and potentially bad investments, for example, in a self invested personal pension if you have one. If you’re wrong, you’ll probably suffer very substantial losses which you’ll not have mitigated in any way.

    Listen then act. If you were wrong, you might still have made a more diversified portfolio than you otherwise would. If however you were right to heed the warnings, it might literally save your life.

    Having listened to interviews the author has given, and heard comments from others, I do think this could be the huge, missing piece of the agenda leading to the Bond villain, Schwab’s seemingly impossible pronouncements

    See what you think.

    Here’s a ‘narration’ of it.



    I don’t like the auto narrators voice but it’s a lot easier to do a purely mechanical task while listening to this than trying to read a book. I’m not good at the latter these days!

    Wait, does it apply to me though?

    If you don’t own much today anyway, you might think not. I understand why that reaction could be commonplace. What those with no scope to resist will face (if and when the perpetrators trigger the next and very much larger global financial crisis) is

    loss of freedom.

    Several of us, independently, expect (at some point):

    abolition of cash and

    seizure of all assets held by a custodian (such as

    a bank deposit taker,

    a building society mortgage provider,

    an online execution-only broker holding a SIPP (pension),

    a life insurance company responsible for paying a final salary pension on behalf of a former employer,

    possibly even a car dealer or car finance house.

    It seems to some people completely ridiculous and implausible.

    Those with such a reaction tend not to bother listening to the evidence.

    One might point out, so were the decade by decade changes to public health emergency laws, the changes that made the unlawful, legal on paper, so that billions of people ended up rolling up their sleeves to receive an intentionally harmful injection.

    Ahem. It seems to some people that this, too, is completely ridiculous and implausible.

    Those with such a reaction tend not to bother listening to the evidence and may well get jabbed again.

    David’s story

    You can also watch a documentary here:

    https://rumble.com/v3yptkd-the-great-taking-documentary.html

    Or currently on YouTube still. (How does this work??)



    I cannot recommend highly enough that you make a tea or coffee, sit quietly and listen to this.

    Even though I already knew the highlights, I still found it chilling when Webb gets to discovering that the laws governing private property rights have been changed in every US state and later in every country on earth.

    Instead of actually owning something, you have only a right to benefit from it (dividends, rent, capital appreciation) and the right to buy and sell it.

    But in the event of a major financial dislocation, your “property” is forfeit to the owners of the top slice of the creditor list because, unbeknownst to you, it was pledged as collateral in a loan that was nothing to do with you.

    Parallels with ‘medicine’

    Maybe you’ve read up about how public health laws have been changed over many decades, reaching the point today where you might think you’re receiving a pharmaceutical product but in actuality it’s a military countermeasure, for which no liability sits with anyone involved and you’ve no rights to informed consent…

    To get up to date on this two figures are essential. Sasha Latypova https://open.substack.com/pub/sashalatypova And Katherine Watt https://open.substack.com/pub/bailiwicknews They have done so much work. This post will be augmented and amended with their help hopefully…

    Read more

    12 hours ago · Tim West

    If you have, then these evolutions in laws governing property (financial assets, real estate etc) can be viewed as somewhat analogous, solely in its intent, to deceive and deprive you of rights.

    If more people knew about this, we’d be at pitchforks and torches by the weekend.

    Even comparatively wealthy people are going to have almost everything they think they own legally stripped from them.

    Who do you need to explain this to?

    Even comparatively wealthy people are going to have almost everything they think they own legally stripped from them.

    Now you’re dependent upon the state for basic survival. Which means compliance to earn CBDC, UBI, and this also includes being ‘up to date’.

    Killing people en masse while pretending to protect them from the next hobgoblin of an alleged lethal pandemic will be much easier than conquering and killing a population by open force.

    Who are the ultimate creditors?

    I don’t know who the ultimate creditors are, but they’ll be one and the same as those I call the perpetrators.

    Those lower down the food chain but blind to what’s about to happen are in for a horrible shock.

    Just as were those influencers, musicians, nurses, doctors and sport people who took the jab.

    Only the perpetrators know anything about timing.

    David talks with Edward Griffin

    Creature from Jekyll Island is one of the must-read books for anyone seeking to understand the financial shenanigans. The private institution The Federal Reserve and the way it was created is central to the current financial situation.

    A talk here between its author and the author of The Great Taking. They find much in common, and in common with myself, though in my case I speak as the man on the bus and not as an economics guru.


    https://bigpicture.watch/

    Our own talks with David

    I contribute to a weekly podcast. Here is our own interview with David

    The Great Taking: You Really Own NOTHING

    The 50-year conspiracy to subvert all of our private ownership rights into a collective ownership without our knowledge is detailed in David Rogers Webb’s book The Great Taking and David Webb joins the international Whistleblower Report team today to discuss the details of how we have arrived at this point where none of us really own the private propert…

    Read more

    5 months ago · 41 likes · 16 comments · Truth For Health Foundation, Dr Mike Yeadon, Andrija Cajic, and Jonathan Gilthorpe

    An additional recording by TFHF between David Rogers Webb and Dr Lee Vliet explaining what is happening in the South Dakota legislature. It could hardly matter more.

    First though, it’s useful to understand the core sleight-of-hand they are trying overturn in South Dakota.

    This criminal attempt to steal everything is intended to be hidden in a similar way. But it is really hidden about as well as this…

    Read more

    13 hours ago · Tim West

    The South Dakota Bill

    Here then is the Truth For Health Foundation talk on the South Dakota Bill.

    The GREAT TAKING: Steps to Preserve Your Property Part II with David Rogers Webb

    David Rogers Webb, author of The Great Taking, continues his discussion of the changes to the Uniform Commercial Code (UCC) and other legislation that have put into law the provisions for legalized stealing of most of the assets WeThePeople think we own. These provisions take effect in the event of insolvency of a financial institution (bank, brokerage…

    Read more

    5 months ago · 19 likes · Truth For Health Foundation

    Another presentation by David…



    In short

    we know changes to the UCC and other legislation have provided for the legal stealing of most of the public’s assets in the event of insolvency of the broker

    or whichever entity controls private property on your behalf,

    with legal certainty (ie it’s been done and was upheld in a senior court).

    The South Dakota bill seeks to re establish true ownership rights such that in the event of an insolvency, your private property is automatically returned to you.

    If you have watched Beware of the leopard you will fully understand the power of this proposed clause removal from section 57A-503 of the UCC


    Naturally, this is being strongly resisted by those in the pay of the banking lobby.

    Whether the legislature has the sense and cojones to pass such an amendment remains to be seen.

    Well worth also listening to the hearing in the Tennessee legislature. Amazing sophistry as the hired goons try to say David is wrong.



    David Webb and a colleague again seek amendments.

    The amendments proposed go a small way to restoring some of the property rights of those who think they own securities.

    ‘Entitlement’ is not ownership

    Currently, because of changes made to the Uniform Commercial Code, those who think they own securities now only have an “entitlement”, which is much weaker and is contractual, not absolute. Because it’s a contractual right, there’s a counterparty.

    If the latter goes insolvent, the effect of changes to the UCC is that the entitlement holder (e.g. you) is ranked lower on the list of creditors than the Secured Creditors, the parasites at the top of the food chain.

    Say Boris lends Frank some books. Then Frank sells one of them to you for £10 and disappears. You may be reading it in the park one day when Boris grabs it off you and says ‘that’s my book’. Everything you have turns out to be like that book. And Boris planned the whole thing.
    A financial crisis will certainly see all assets legally stolen.

    Most people are unaware of this.

    There’s literally nothing you can do about it, except not to own securities.

    If you hold physical gold in a safe nobody else knows about, that’s the only way you can be secure. Cash unfortunately suffers the same fate, because it isn’t segregated and is controlled by the big clearing banks and ultimately the central bank, nationally and internationally.

    What is Beneficial Ownership?

    Over 50 years, financial assets (“securities”) that you previously owned under private property rights, as bits of paper, have been dematerialised (digitised) and pooled. Most importantly, a new legal category of “beneficial ownership” has been created and substituted for “ownership”. Why this matters is that ultimate ownership falls to a minuscule number of holders of collateral against debts incurred. Central banks, which are privately owned, are able to seize everyone else’s assets in a crisis because those assets are pledged as collateral.

    A shared view

    Webb says that deliberate collapse of the entire global economy is imminent and this mass theft will cause and amplify violence and tremendous hardship. A hard rain’s going to fall.

    Webb sees the endgame as I do: evil, totalitarian, digital control system. No liberty or democracy anywhere is going to be tolerated nor will the development of a parallel economic system be allowed.

    It is probably already way too late to prevent the economic collapse.

    Whether anything can be salvaged by way of reverting changes to private property rights locally remains to be seen. It’s not necessarily a political issue but a criminal matter that private property rights have been subverted.

    Unfortunately, the way I see it, the perpetrators of the ongoing “covid super crime” need do nothing more than to play out their existing hand, to reduce the population to any value they choose.

    Here’s my near term summary of what I think they’re up to:

    A new event will trigger obligatory digital ID (eg for rations).

    If 1. isn’t a financial crisis,they can trigger one at any time, destroying all sovereign currencies and stealing almost all private property (David Rogers Webb). Total dependence upon the state in order even to be fed. CBDC (digital-only money) introduced.

    Lies about a wave of pandemics. Pharma will pretend to make mRNA vaccines. Govts will mandate them (if WHO hadn’t already done so). Digital ID validity will depend upon being up to date on jabs. No jab, no food. CBDC simply won’t work.

    Rinse and repeat until population reaches their desired levels. I think it’s likely many countries will be completely emptied, removing the need for the authorities to have to pretend that recovery is even the dream, let alone intent.

    The perpetrators have such control of main media and almost all internet traffic. If we reach point 1. without insurrection, we’re done in any case. The perpetrators do not require cooperation from anybody from this point onwards.

    I would point out two things. First, once you realise you’re being lied to by “the authorities” about things fundamental to your health and even life, freedom aside for a moment, surely you must begin to question everything else from the same source?

    Second, I see the only chance of delaying or deflecting the overall control agenda is by more and more people knowing about it and saying NO.

    So I ask everyone to assign an important part of their lives to doing this, personally.

    How brave are you? Do you try to communicate with everyone you know, who serves you in shops, on-line?


    The perpetrators are counting on you not doing this. They really are. So let’s do it.

    Without fear of reprisal.

    If we rightly criticise doctors who knew but didn’t speak out for fear of losing their jobs, then losing membership at the gym shouldn’t hold us back from frank conversations..

    While you’re at it, please put in place at least some precautions to buy time, in the event the perpetrators initiate something faster moving that the last nonsense, such as building a few weeks worth of calories in your home.

    Nobody is coming to save us. Sorry.

    If the above information doesn’t prompt you to immediately getting into “prepping” as best you and any awake, close friends and family, then you’re not taking this as seriously as I believe you’re should.

    How to avoid despair

    Now, I’m well aware this is terrifying and a common reaction is to dismiss it. However, it fits horribly well with what we know already. I’m probably able to imagine it because parts of it are already proven in my mind (the intentional harms from the totally superfluous injections).

    I continue to recommend two things.

    Invest your own time and thought into waking up others. Be selfless. It’s your best defence to dilute what’s coming, as more people will become allies in unpredictable ways. It also feels like you are helping stop it rather than being a victim - This is because you are.

    Do something rather than nothing also to prepare for a period of discontinuity. I’m talking basic food and water, basic meds, some things you can barter with, some skills you might have, something to defend yourself with, better yet, a safe place to be if the SHTF. If you’re already a grower, great. Grow stuff. I don’t think I can do that. I’m not in one place long enough. You might be bored on a narrow diet, but enough calories and nutrients plus clean water means you can sustain yourself for some considerable time. Time means you don’t HAVE to go out into the melee when it’s at its worst. If there are people you can trust with your life, talk with them. Get right with the power in your universe that is important for you.

    If nothing happens, laugh.

    Long term simultaneous planning in all areas


    https://brownstone.org/articles/the-great-taking-exposes-the-financial-end-game/

    I and many draw a parallel between the 50 years of change in public health law, leading to the genocidal deception namely,

    the fake vaccines that are intentionally toxic

    can legally be injected into billions of people

    and there is total immunity from prosecution or liability.

    I’ve easily been able to find trails of evidence of premeditation of the current ‘health’ crime which go back 25 years (tabletopped pandemic simulations, despite their being events that do not happen in reality, well characterised by journalistic Paul Schreyer. See video within Treaty of Lies post embedded below).

    When you examine the history of “climate change”, you can easily find at least half a century of planning.

    Now we see that, in parallel, preparations to seize all private property has also been going on since the 1960s.

    Plenty of people give a hollow laugh at this point (seizure of assets) saying “Good luck with seizing my debts!”

    While it’s true that you cannot lose that which you don’t have, what little people do have will be seized and controlled by the perpetrators.

    I cannot stress enough my expectations are that those with very little will actually be impacted most strongly and immediately by any planned financial system collapse. The perpetrators will “come to their rescue” with the issuance of centrally controlled digital money in exchange for signing up for a government issued digital ID.

    The digital concentration camp

    digital ID

    I remain convinced that the most likely and entirely plausible method for highly controlled depopulation is the requirement to hold at all times and obligation to display the mandatory digital ID,

    effectively mandatory jabs

    along with the need to be up-to-date with WHO-recommended “vaccines” (which of course will be of mRNA type), where failure to comply will lead to the digital ID losing validity.

    mark of the beast CBDC

    No valid digital ID, no ability to transact.

    If you are determined not to immediately be drawn into what I call the killing machine then, to the extent that you can, it’s very important NOW to be preparing not to totally vulnerable on Day 1. Beyond whatsoever preparations you can do, you’ll need to grow at least some of your own food or know others who create surpluses, from whom you stand a chance of obtaining food in exchange for labour, skills, gold or silver (even small amounts are better than none at all).

    Two arms in a pincer movement

    I take the view that, once one has sufficient proof of a lethal assault, backed by evidence of decades of planning, it’s not unreasonable to interpret anything unusual as likely a component of such attacks.

    toxic by design

    There is proof for example that the injected purported to be “vaccines” are in fact constructions designed intentionally to injure, kill and reduce fertility in survivors. I am but one giver of truly expert opinion on this front, and I am one of many. I can debate all day with anyone who wishes to resist this conclusion. I understand why they don’t want to accept it. It is however true, unquestionably.

    legalised iatrogenocide

    Interestingly, people totally unconnected to me, like Katherine Watt and Sasha Latypova (mostly KW initially) have uncovered decades of stealthy modification to “public health” laws and regulations. These culminate in making the obviously unlawful, “legal on paper”, including and especially injected toxins called “Covid19 vaccines”.

    Fake PHEIC

    Yet further separate experts identified that there’s not been a pandemic or public health emergency. This was all a PsyOp. Lying, big time. Again see previous posts for Professor Rancourt’s papers for example. That some proclaiming truth and freedom still act as if there was a spreading pathogen is deeply regrettable.

    Treaty of lies. Pandemic of lies. Whistleblowers of truth.

    I saw the two gentlemen at the end of this post, Dr Christian Perronne and Stefan Homburg, make short speeches close together in time. Knowing as I do that there was no pandemic, no public health emergency… …only lies about a dreadful new disease sweeping across the world, followed by deliberate misattribution of illness and death to this supposed diseas…

    Read more

    3 months ago · 325 likes · 254 comments · Dr Mike Yeadon

    PCR fraud

    I and many others knew that you cannot use bulk testing using PCR with any chance of getting valid, let alone meaningful results. These tests were all carefully fixed, like a conjuring trick, long before the audiences attention was drawn to the magician.

    Irrational masking, lockdowns, distancing

    Masks and “lockdowns” are literally absurd. There were never part of the public health emergency plans of any country. I know, because I read a dozen of them. In 2019, some in WHO detailed the lack of evidence of effectiveness in making the slightest difference to apparent epidemic spreading of acute respiratory illnesses.

    For me, the first evidence that I found genuinely terrifying was when scores of countries simultaneously “locked down”, using lies and identical wording. I interpreted it then and now as unequivocal proof of supranational cooperation. In retrospect, my intellectual core worked out that this could only point to objectives being totalitarian digital enslavement and mass depopulation. Nothing else comes close to fitting all the important observations.

    you will own nothing

    Arm two, David Rogers Webb takes us through a century of preparation and planning to make legal the taking of almost everything you own. The most intense and dramatic changes started again in the 1960s. There’s no uncertainty about what has happened or what will happen, by design, WHEN and not IF the perpetrators trigger The Great Reset, which is very likely to originate with the insolvency of globally significantly important banks.

    These two major arms of a malevolent, long planned pincer movement, now closing on humanity.

    As a highly qualified, experienced and at least moderately successful executive in commercial biomedical research, we’re way past theory, on either arm

    lies about contagious illnesses, the lies on necessary countermeasures and especially “vaccines” and

    Theft on a global scale of substantially all private property, destruction of money and replacement with centrally controlled digital currency).

    Freedom - a memory of the old

    This imminent totalitarian control system will delete freedom forever. Unlike political or religious followings, this one relies not at all upon a mass following. If they succeed in replacing cash with digital money and getting us used to showing ID ahead of every transaction, there’s nothing that can be done to resist total control and importantly, coerced injection.

    Taking these two arms together alone has no plausible benevolent interpretation and to resist my conclusion is, in my opinion at this point an act either of cowardly denial or of a troll. Yep. I said it.

    EVs

    Given that backdrop, the enforced movement towards BEVs might have several explanations. Ockhams Razor strongly ties these two assaults together.

    Agenda 2030

    It fits with 24/7 surveillance, 15 minute cities, the perversion of foodstuffs and many more, strange themes and events, in the skies, on the ground and under the sea.

    The Hidden Hand

    I’m often asked “So who is doing this?”

    I believe we will never know. We know the names of a small number of those who are obviously all-in on this, and your know their names. They’re often referred to on TV and representatives of wealthy trusts and funds, too, not infrequently seen. There is some attention on “think tanks” such as WEF, UN, WHO, Trilateral Commission, Club of Rome, Bilderberg Group, the Davos Set, the Crowned Heads of European countries, especially U.K. and the Netherlands, even The Committee of 300.

    But know this, we’re never going to be allowed to know their names and identities. In my opinion, it makes no difference whatsoever whether we have their names or not.

    In terms of countermeasures, being as prepared as possible is very important. My own knowledge has enabled avoidance of just one crucial risk so far: not being injected with “c19 vaccines”. I’m mostly though not protected by knowledge. There’s nowhere to run and hide anyway. We have to stop it or limit the destruction that they’ll commit.

    Finally, this truly extended planned assault upon humanity has a spiritual aspect to it, to say the least. I doubt they’re alien lizards, but I do think they’re from extended families who have held very terrible views on “ordinary people” like you and me, forever.

    We’re not in a hopeless position but I do recommend we recognise just how much trouble we’re in. I encourage each of us to prepare to be able to resist for a long as possible. Buying time may be the single most important thing you can do.

    Important is the relay idea. Those reading this for example are already wide awake. Those in your personal network may not be. In those cases, you are pretty much their only salvation. The media is never going to tell them the truth. I cannot ever reach them, because they’re not looking for (people like) me. So this battle may turn on your willingness and effectiveness in opening the eyes of people important to you.

    It doesn’t matter how rich you are

    Just as public health laws were changed over decades to make legal the absurd and malign things that have happened in relation to gene-based injections, an analogous, patient process of dissolving private property rights in favour of those at the top of the list of creditors in the event of a bankruptcy of any entity against which the private property of all of the public has been used as collateral.

    It’s unbelievable that this has happened. As of now, even billionaires who aren’t among the perpetrators will lose everything, as will you and I.

    Everything that you think you own, on which you owe any debt at all, will be forfeit in the event of failure of a remote business, where the debts of which rest in part on your assets, because that claim on your assets is being used as collateral.

    As Webb says in his excellent interview with James Delingpole, this cannot be run away from. He’s spoken with large numbers of wealthy people, some of whom are billionaires, and none of them had any idea of this. After a flurry of denials, they read his booklet and slumped in defeat.

    Nobody is coming to save us. If this information doesn’t prompt you to immediately getting into “prepping” as best you and any awake, close friends and family, you’re not taking this as seriously as I believe your should.

    https://delingpole.podbean.com/e/david-rogers-webb/

    So. Will you act to stop this?

    David’s hope then, is that the currently well-off and more than that are being forced to become active. They don’t have a choice. If they do nothing, they will lose everything.

    For example, if you have a private pension, you’ll probably own shares / stocks and bonds.

    Your broker, nowadays typically “execution-only online brokers”, has followed your instructions to buy and hold on your behalf certain assets. Unfortunately these, too, have been pledged as collateral.

    The value of collateral based financial instruments is said to be a huge multiple of world GDP, by astonishing amounts. So large that there’s no hope ever of recovering even pennies on the pound.

    If you’ve a workplace related pension, the assets being used to pay your monthly pension will also be automatically transferred electronically to those on the top of the stack of creditors.

    I’m not sure what, if anything, is not forfeit to these diabolical creatures. I understood that assets in your physical possession which are free of debt and were not purchased with now-cleared debt, might still be seized.

    If your car, say, when it was an asset of the manufacturer or of the car retailer, was pledged as collateral for some transaction they’d entered into, it seems absurd but true that your car, too, might never have had its collateral status revoked. If so, even that vehicle might be forfeit. Boris will claim it back.

    On cars, it may become moot, because so many cars definitely are assets of finance companies that can be seized. We know how very keen are the perpetrators to find ways to get our car keys out of our cars. I could envisage a situation where demand for petrol and diesel would fall so hard that fuel stations would have to close. At that point, your car becomes a very heavy paperweight.

    Webb doesn’t offer a prediction on timing or the way that has been (or will be) chosen to create a new global financial crisis and implode the globeconomy, taking everything with it. He does, however, list a set of preconditions necessary to initiate this global heist. He was quite sure that this is what is going to happen.

    As mentioned above, he puts all his hopes onto the shoulders of wealthy but uninvolved people. I know two billionaires personally (one through old business connections and the other was a major donor to a campaigning organization that I was helping). They’re just like you and me other than that they have huge numbers in the “net worth” category. Webb knows that an ever-widening set of wealthy (but uninvolved) people are becoming very upset about this whole situation. Enlightened self-interest being what is, they’ll have to get active.

    More on ways of preparing

    You must do your own research, but I strongly recommend you explore ways to protect what you can by converting some cash or cash-like assets into something that cannot be automatically seized.

    I do think anyone with life savings and no earned income or capacity to generate any would be unwise to leave it solely in the standard categories of stocks (shares) and bonds, real estate (houses) and deposits of cash. These are all subject to seizure if Webb’s concerns materialise.

    This is an interesting interview with Catherine Austin Fitts, on Greg Hunter’s podcast.She’s my go-to person on matters macro-financial.


    https://usawatchdog.com/pushback-to-tyranny-control-increases-in-2024-catherine-austin-fitts/

    I’m aware of a joining of forces between her and David Webb, the author of “The Great Taking”.

    As always, buyer beware on all these things. I’m a very basic investor, but I’m not conservative. Sometimes, I’ll be in what looks to conventional wisdom to be highly risky. For example, I was at one point heavily into peer-to-peer lending and did very well out of it over a 6-7 year period where base rates were so low that you couldn’t generate a meaningful income off even a sizeable amount of money. Got out early enough to ensure I made no net losses despite all the warnings.

    She makes interesting comments on physical gold. Every bit as interesting are her comments on relationships of trust as being among the most important things to strengthen in 2024.

    I’ve no useful idea when “The Great Taking” will be triggered, but this I know. When it happens, everyone will know it. It might be in days or not for years.

    Stakeholder Communism


    Yellow forum videos including the film Stakeholder Capitalism

    Schwab is proud of his invention, his new economic system.

    All the videos in the link above, from some that are mere seconds long to the full film, serve to establish that this astonishing coup d’etat of the planet isn’t ongoing but has already happened.

    That’s why elections are irrelevant and have been for many years, unfortunately.

    https://x.com/BGatesIsaPyscho/status/1808391835607306604

    Please find ways to share this information. While I’ve been wrong about timing, often, I do think they aim to get it completed and bedded in by 2030. That seems to be a key date for WEF and the UN. Thus, I anticipate that at any time a global financial crisis of unprecedented magnitude will be triggered, most assets automatically seized and from that point on, I could envisage our focus necessarily moving to survival rather than protest.

    Alternatively, a war would suffice to create such discontinuities as the perpetrators may wish to use to move some chess pieces around before triggered GFC2.0 and asset seizure.

    As always, I’m piecing together the clues, as I don’t have a copy of the plot.

    Best wishes

    Mike

    All help for my assistant Tim gratefully received by way of a paid subscription to this publication if you are able. Or subscribe for free to receive everything anyway.

    https://substack.com/home/post/p-146503974
    Maybe you have millions, even billions?… they will take it all… pretty soon. Over 50 years, laws have been changed the world over. You have “beneficial ownership” not ownership. This means someone else owns it. Will you fight it? Dr Mike Yeadon This essay is constructed from many of my Telegram posts. The resulting repetition feels helpful under the circumstances. The central idea is not complicated but it is fiddly. Coming at it from many sides helps. The prediction Unless you are very fresh to peeking behind the mainstream curtain, you will know of WEF’s infamous, arrogant and chilling prediction for 2030. Maybe you’ve wondered what the number 1 in the top-left corner means? Still up on YouTube is the whole video of lunatic predictions it comes from. Klaus Schwabb, Executive Chairman of WEF asserts that “The world needs a Great Reset”, only hinting at what this means between the lines and in the small print. He is using mendacious propaganda in order to pretend to build consensus on this act. You’ll recall that numerous people said, early in 2020, that there was a necessity to “Build Back Better”. Prince Charles was among many who said this. I remember at the time muttering “What do you mean, build back? Nothing is broken”. Obviously, the covert actions of the supranational organization running the Non-pandemic are aimed at making sure that plenty is broken, even that in due course, everything will be broken. The mechanism by which ‘you’ll own nothing’ You may NOT yet have heard of something happening in absolutely every country on the planet, which retired financier David Rogers Webb calls “The Great Taking”. For decades, the illegitimate supranational organisation has been working with and “leaning on” national legislators to ‘amend’ the laws governing private property rights. Unfortunately, this is a done deal. It has already been tested in superior courts and found legally valid. Under certain circumstances, the executive in any country can seize all sorts of assets that you believe are yours. This includes but is not limited to stock market investments such as stocks, shares, bonds and other traceable instruments, cash held at banks, property / real estate and numerous other categories. Only the other day, I was logged into a well known execution-only online broker to obtain a tax statement for my tax return. I noticed weird wordings describing the category of assets listed. I thought I owned, as an example, ten shares in a famous Swiss chocolate manufacturer. It seems I do not. It now indicates that I’m noted as having “beneficial ownership of a part of a numbered pool of such shares”. In other words, there are no identifiable shares with my name virtually on them. Originally you possessed physical paper. Then ‘for convenience’, virtual electronic shares became the rule. From this point the sneaky steps to a pool… and then “beneficial ownership of a part of a numbered pool of such shares” was easy. You can still buy and sell them what’s the problem? The problem is subsection b) in Section 57A-8-511 of the Uniform Commercial Code. If certain economic actions occur in a given financial climate, it turns out that pooled shares have long ago been pledged as collateral in a transaction in which a party has borrowed money from a lender. In the event that the borrower defaults, the ultimate beneficiary is the lender and they have the right to seize whatever collateral there is. That’s your savings, investments, pensions, home etc, including your car if a loan or HP arrangement was used to acquire it. 👇 Even if it has been paid off. Perhaps, even if you bought it outright with cash. ☝️ Obviously, the perpetrators are going to create and trigger such a set of circumstances. I have long suspected that lockdowns were a crucial cover for the extent of central bank money creation necessary to place a sovereign country and currency beyond any plausible rescue scenario. The Great Taking Book as a pdf or tap picture. The book, “The Great Taking”, by David Webb, was a punch to the solar plexus when I first heard of it back in summer ‘23. I would urge you to please take this punch yourself - for your children. Read it. It’s a free pdf - or buy a paper copy from the website www.thegreattaking.com At first, I wasn’t sure if Webb could be trusted. While I’m inclined to believe him, I’ve experienced enough disappointment to start with what a person is telling you. Can you validate or invalidate any part of it through your own experience? Does it have internal consistency? Does the purported expert check out? (Swiss chocolate…) What might their motives be? Taking a leaf out of my own book, there are two basic positions. Ignore. If you’re correct, you’ve avoided worry and potentially bad investments, for example, in a self invested personal pension if you have one. If you’re wrong, you’ll probably suffer very substantial losses which you’ll not have mitigated in any way. Listen then act. If you were wrong, you might still have made a more diversified portfolio than you otherwise would. If however you were right to heed the warnings, it might literally save your life. Having listened to interviews the author has given, and heard comments from others, I do think this could be the huge, missing piece of the agenda leading to the Bond villain, Schwab’s seemingly impossible pronouncements See what you think. Here’s a ‘narration’ of it. I don’t like the auto narrators voice but it’s a lot easier to do a purely mechanical task while listening to this than trying to read a book. I’m not good at the latter these days! Wait, does it apply to me though? If you don’t own much today anyway, you might think not. I understand why that reaction could be commonplace. What those with no scope to resist will face (if and when the perpetrators trigger the next and very much larger global financial crisis) is loss of freedom. Several of us, independently, expect (at some point): abolition of cash and seizure of all assets held by a custodian (such as a bank deposit taker, a building society mortgage provider, an online execution-only broker holding a SIPP (pension), a life insurance company responsible for paying a final salary pension on behalf of a former employer, possibly even a car dealer or car finance house. It seems to some people completely ridiculous and implausible. Those with such a reaction tend not to bother listening to the evidence. One might point out, so were the decade by decade changes to public health emergency laws, the changes that made the unlawful, legal on paper, so that billions of people ended up rolling up their sleeves to receive an intentionally harmful injection. Ahem. It seems to some people that this, too, is completely ridiculous and implausible. Those with such a reaction tend not to bother listening to the evidence and may well get jabbed again. David’s story You can also watch a documentary here: https://rumble.com/v3yptkd-the-great-taking-documentary.html Or currently on YouTube still. (How does this work??) I cannot recommend highly enough that you make a tea or coffee, sit quietly and listen to this. Even though I already knew the highlights, I still found it chilling when Webb gets to discovering that the laws governing private property rights have been changed in every US state and later in every country on earth. Instead of actually owning something, you have only a right to benefit from it (dividends, rent, capital appreciation) and the right to buy and sell it. But in the event of a major financial dislocation, your “property” is forfeit to the owners of the top slice of the creditor list because, unbeknownst to you, it was pledged as collateral in a loan that was nothing to do with you. Parallels with ‘medicine’ Maybe you’ve read up about how public health laws have been changed over many decades, reaching the point today where you might think you’re receiving a pharmaceutical product but in actuality it’s a military countermeasure, for which no liability sits with anyone involved and you’ve no rights to informed consent… To get up to date on this two figures are essential. Sasha Latypova https://open.substack.com/pub/sashalatypova And Katherine Watt https://open.substack.com/pub/bailiwicknews They have done so much work. This post will be augmented and amended with their help hopefully… Read more 12 hours ago · Tim West If you have, then these evolutions in laws governing property (financial assets, real estate etc) can be viewed as somewhat analogous, solely in its intent, to deceive and deprive you of rights. If more people knew about this, we’d be at pitchforks and torches by the weekend. Even comparatively wealthy people are going to have almost everything they think they own legally stripped from them. Who do you need to explain this to? Even comparatively wealthy people are going to have almost everything they think they own legally stripped from them. Now you’re dependent upon the state for basic survival. Which means compliance to earn CBDC, UBI, and this also includes being ‘up to date’.💉 Killing people en masse while pretending to protect them from the next hobgoblin of an alleged lethal pandemic will be much easier than conquering and killing a population by open force. Who are the ultimate creditors? I don’t know who the ultimate creditors are, but they’ll be one and the same as those I call the perpetrators. Those lower down the food chain but blind to what’s about to happen are in for a horrible shock. Just as were those influencers, musicians, nurses, doctors and sport people who took the jab. Only the perpetrators know anything about timing. David talks with Edward Griffin Creature from Jekyll Island is one of the must-read books for anyone seeking to understand the financial shenanigans. The private institution The Federal Reserve and the way it was created is central to the current financial situation. A talk here between its author and the author of The Great Taking. They find much in common, and in common with myself, though in my case I speak as the man on the bus and not as an economics guru. https://bigpicture.watch/ Our own talks with David I contribute to a weekly podcast. Here is our own interview with David The Great Taking: You Really Own NOTHING The 50-year conspiracy to subvert all of our private ownership rights into a collective ownership without our knowledge is detailed in David Rogers Webb’s book The Great Taking and David Webb joins the international Whistleblower Report team today to discuss the details of how we have arrived at this point where none of us really own the private propert… Read more 5 months ago · 41 likes · 16 comments · Truth For Health Foundation, Dr Mike Yeadon, Andrija Cajic, and Jonathan Gilthorpe An additional recording by TFHF between David Rogers Webb and Dr Lee Vliet explaining what is happening in the South Dakota legislature. It could hardly matter more. First though, it’s useful to understand the core sleight-of-hand they are trying overturn in South Dakota. This criminal attempt to steal everything is intended to be hidden in a similar way. But it is really hidden about as well as this… Read more 13 hours ago · Tim West The South Dakota Bill Here then is the Truth For Health Foundation talk on the South Dakota Bill. The GREAT TAKING: Steps to Preserve Your Property Part II with David Rogers Webb David Rogers Webb, author of The Great Taking, continues his discussion of the changes to the Uniform Commercial Code (UCC) and other legislation that have put into law the provisions for legalized stealing of most of the assets WeThePeople think we own. These provisions take effect in the event of insolvency of a financial institution (bank, brokerage… Read more 5 months ago · 19 likes · Truth For Health Foundation Another presentation by David… In short we know changes to the UCC and other legislation have provided for the legal stealing of most of the public’s assets in the event of insolvency of the broker or whichever entity controls private property on your behalf, with legal certainty (ie it’s been done and was upheld in a senior court). The South Dakota bill seeks to re establish true ownership rights such that in the event of an insolvency, your private property is automatically returned to you. If you have watched Beware of the leopard you will fully understand the power of this proposed clause removal from section 57A-503 of the UCC Naturally, this is being strongly resisted by those in the pay of the banking lobby. Whether the legislature has the sense and cojones to pass such an amendment remains to be seen. Well worth also listening to the hearing in the Tennessee legislature. Amazing sophistry as the hired goons try to say David is wrong. David Webb and a colleague again seek amendments. The amendments proposed go a small way to restoring some of the property rights of those who think they own securities. ‘Entitlement’ is not ownership Currently, because of changes made to the Uniform Commercial Code, those who think they own securities now only have an “entitlement”, which is much weaker and is contractual, not absolute. Because it’s a contractual right, there’s a counterparty. If the latter goes insolvent, the effect of changes to the UCC is that the entitlement holder (e.g. you) is ranked lower on the list of creditors than the Secured Creditors, the parasites at the top of the food chain. Say Boris lends Frank some books. Then Frank sells one of them to you for £10 and disappears. You may be reading it in the park one day when Boris grabs it off you and says ‘that’s my book’. Everything you have turns out to be like that book. And Boris planned the whole thing. A financial crisis will certainly see all assets legally stolen. Most people are unaware of this. There’s literally nothing you can do about it, except not to own securities. If you hold physical gold in a safe nobody else knows about, that’s the only way you can be secure. Cash unfortunately suffers the same fate, because it isn’t segregated and is controlled by the big clearing banks and ultimately the central bank, nationally and internationally. What is Beneficial Ownership? Over 50 years, financial assets (“securities”) that you previously owned under private property rights, as bits of paper, have been dematerialised (digitised) and pooled. Most importantly, a new legal category of “beneficial ownership” has been created and substituted for “ownership”. Why this matters is that ultimate ownership falls to a minuscule number of holders of collateral against debts incurred. Central banks, which are privately owned, are able to seize everyone else’s assets in a crisis because those assets are pledged as collateral. A shared view Webb says that deliberate collapse of the entire global economy is imminent and this mass theft will cause and amplify violence and tremendous hardship. A hard rain’s going to fall. Webb sees the endgame as I do: evil, totalitarian, digital control system. No liberty or democracy anywhere is going to be tolerated nor will the development of a parallel economic system be allowed. It is probably already way too late to prevent the economic collapse. Whether anything can be salvaged by way of reverting changes to private property rights locally remains to be seen. It’s not necessarily a political issue but a criminal matter that private property rights have been subverted. Unfortunately, the way I see it, the perpetrators of the ongoing “covid super crime” need do nothing more than to play out their existing hand, to reduce the population to any value they choose. Here’s my near term summary of what I think they’re up to: A new event will trigger obligatory digital ID (eg for rations). If 1. isn’t a financial crisis,they can trigger one at any time, destroying all sovereign currencies and stealing almost all private property (David Rogers Webb). Total dependence upon the state in order even to be fed. CBDC (digital-only money) introduced. Lies about a wave of pandemics. Pharma will pretend to make mRNA vaccines. Govts will mandate them (if WHO hadn’t already done so). Digital ID validity will depend upon being up to date on jabs. No jab, no food. CBDC simply won’t work. Rinse and repeat until population reaches their desired levels. I think it’s likely many countries will be completely emptied, removing the need for the authorities to have to pretend that recovery is even the dream, let alone intent. The perpetrators have such control of main media and almost all internet traffic. If we reach point 1. without insurrection, we’re done in any case. The perpetrators do not require cooperation from anybody from this point onwards. I would point out two things. First, once you realise you’re being lied to by “the authorities” about things fundamental to your health and even life, freedom aside for a moment, surely you must begin to question everything else from the same source? Second, I see the only chance of delaying or deflecting the overall control agenda is by more and more people knowing about it and saying NO. So I ask everyone to assign an important part of their lives to doing this, personally. How brave are you? Do you try to communicate with everyone you know, who serves you in shops, on-line? The perpetrators are counting on you not doing this. They really are. So let’s do it. Without fear of reprisal. If we rightly criticise doctors who knew but didn’t speak out for fear of losing their jobs, then losing membership at the gym shouldn’t hold us back from frank conversations.. While you’re at it, please put in place at least some precautions to buy time, in the event the perpetrators initiate something faster moving that the last nonsense, such as building a few weeks worth of calories in your home. Nobody is coming to save us. Sorry. If the above information doesn’t prompt you to immediately getting into “prepping” as best you and any awake, close friends and family, then you’re not taking this as seriously as I believe you’re should. How to avoid despair Now, I’m well aware this is terrifying and a common reaction is to dismiss it. However, it fits horribly well with what we know already. I’m probably able to imagine it because parts of it are already proven in my mind (the intentional harms from the totally superfluous injections). I continue to recommend two things. Invest your own time and thought into waking up others. Be selfless. It’s your best defence to dilute what’s coming, as more people will become allies in unpredictable ways. It also feels like you are helping stop it rather than being a victim - This is because you are. Do something rather than nothing also to prepare for a period of discontinuity. I’m talking basic food and water, basic meds, some things you can barter with, some skills you might have, something to defend yourself with, better yet, a safe place to be if the SHTF. If you’re already a grower, great. Grow stuff. I don’t think I can do that. I’m not in one place long enough. You might be bored on a narrow diet, but enough calories and nutrients plus clean water means you can sustain yourself for some considerable time. Time means you don’t HAVE to go out into the melee when it’s at its worst. If there are people you can trust with your life, talk with them. Get right with the power in your universe that is important for you. If nothing happens, laugh. Long term simultaneous planning in all areas https://brownstone.org/articles/the-great-taking-exposes-the-financial-end-game/ I and many draw a parallel between the 50 years of change in public health law, leading to the genocidal deception namely, the fake vaccines that are intentionally toxic can legally be injected into billions of people and there is total immunity from prosecution or liability. I’ve easily been able to find trails of evidence of premeditation of the current ‘health’ crime which go back 25 years (tabletopped pandemic simulations, despite their being events that do not happen in reality, well characterised by journalistic Paul Schreyer. See video within Treaty of Lies post embedded below). When you examine the history of “climate change”, you can easily find at least half a century of planning. Now we see that, in parallel, preparations to seize all private property has also been going on since the 1960s. Plenty of people give a hollow laugh at this point (seizure of assets) saying “Good luck with seizing my debts!” While it’s true that you cannot lose that which you don’t have, what little people do have will be seized and controlled by the perpetrators. I cannot stress enough my expectations are that those with very little will actually be impacted most strongly and immediately by any planned financial system collapse. The perpetrators will “come to their rescue” with the issuance of centrally controlled digital money in exchange for signing up for a government issued digital ID. The digital concentration camp digital ID I remain convinced that the most likely and entirely plausible method for highly controlled depopulation is the requirement to hold at all times and obligation to display the mandatory digital ID, effectively mandatory jabs along with the need to be up-to-date with WHO-recommended “vaccines” (which of course will be of mRNA type), where failure to comply will lead to the digital ID losing validity. mark of the beast CBDC No valid digital ID, no ability to transact. If you are determined not to immediately be drawn into what I call the killing machine then, to the extent that you can, it’s very important NOW to be preparing not to totally vulnerable on Day 1. Beyond whatsoever preparations you can do, you’ll need to grow at least some of your own food or know others who create surpluses, from whom you stand a chance of obtaining food in exchange for labour, skills, gold or silver (even small amounts are better than none at all). Two arms in a pincer movement I take the view that, once one has sufficient proof of a lethal assault, backed by evidence of decades of planning, it’s not unreasonable to interpret anything unusual as likely a component of such attacks. toxic by design There is proof for example that the injected purported to be “vaccines” are in fact constructions designed intentionally to injure, kill and reduce fertility in survivors. I am but one giver of truly expert opinion on this front, and I am one of many. I can debate all day with anyone who wishes to resist this conclusion. I understand why they don’t want to accept it. It is however true, unquestionably. legalised iatrogenocide Interestingly, people totally unconnected to me, like Katherine Watt and Sasha Latypova (mostly KW initially) have uncovered decades of stealthy modification to “public health” laws and regulations. These culminate in making the obviously unlawful, “legal on paper”, including and especially injected toxins called “Covid19 vaccines”. Fake PHEIC Yet further separate experts identified that there’s not been a pandemic or public health emergency. This was all a PsyOp. Lying, big time. Again see previous posts for Professor Rancourt’s papers for example. That some proclaiming truth and freedom still act as if there was a spreading pathogen is deeply regrettable. Treaty of lies. Pandemic of lies. Whistleblowers of truth. I saw the two gentlemen at the end of this post, Dr Christian Perronne and Stefan Homburg, make short speeches close together in time. Knowing as I do that there was no pandemic, no public health emergency… …only lies about a dreadful new disease sweeping across the world, followed by deliberate misattribution of illness and death to this supposed diseas… Read more 3 months ago · 325 likes · 254 comments · Dr Mike Yeadon PCR fraud I and many others knew that you cannot use bulk testing using PCR with any chance of getting valid, let alone meaningful results. These tests were all carefully fixed, like a conjuring trick, long before the audiences attention was drawn to the magician. Irrational masking, lockdowns, distancing Masks and “lockdowns” are literally absurd. There were never part of the public health emergency plans of any country. I know, because I read a dozen of them. In 2019, some in WHO detailed the lack of evidence of effectiveness in making the slightest difference to apparent epidemic spreading of acute respiratory illnesses. For me, the first evidence that I found genuinely terrifying was when scores of countries simultaneously “locked down”, using lies and identical wording. I interpreted it then and now as unequivocal proof of supranational cooperation. In retrospect, my intellectual core worked out that this could only point to objectives being totalitarian digital enslavement and mass depopulation. Nothing else comes close to fitting all the important observations. you will own nothing Arm two, David Rogers Webb takes us through a century of preparation and planning to make legal the taking of almost everything you own. The most intense and dramatic changes started again in the 1960s. There’s no uncertainty about what has happened or what will happen, by design, WHEN and not IF the perpetrators trigger The Great Reset, which is very likely to originate with the insolvency of globally significantly important banks. These two major arms of a malevolent, long planned pincer movement, now closing on humanity. As a highly qualified, experienced and at least moderately successful executive in commercial biomedical research, we’re way past theory, on either arm lies about contagious illnesses, the lies on necessary countermeasures and especially “vaccines” and Theft on a global scale of substantially all private property, destruction of money and replacement with centrally controlled digital currency). Freedom - a memory of the old This imminent totalitarian control system will delete freedom forever. Unlike political or religious followings, this one relies not at all upon a mass following. If they succeed in replacing cash with digital money and getting us used to showing ID ahead of every transaction, there’s nothing that can be done to resist total control and importantly, coerced injection. Taking these two arms together alone has no plausible benevolent interpretation and to resist my conclusion is, in my opinion at this point an act either of cowardly denial or of a troll. Yep. I said it. EVs Given that backdrop, the enforced movement towards BEVs might have several explanations. Ockhams Razor strongly ties these two assaults together. Agenda 2030 It fits with 24/7 surveillance, 15 minute cities, the perversion of foodstuffs and many more, strange themes and events, in the skies, on the ground and under the sea. The Hidden Hand I’m often asked “So who is doing this?” I believe we will never know. We know the names of a small number of those who are obviously all-in on this, and your know their names. They’re often referred to on TV and representatives of wealthy trusts and funds, too, not infrequently seen. There is some attention on “think tanks” such as WEF, UN, WHO, Trilateral Commission, Club of Rome, Bilderberg Group, the Davos Set, the Crowned Heads of European countries, especially U.K. and the Netherlands, even The Committee of 300. But know this, we’re never going to be allowed to know their names and identities. In my opinion, it makes no difference whatsoever whether we have their names or not. In terms of countermeasures, being as prepared as possible is very important. My own knowledge has enabled avoidance of just one crucial risk so far: not being injected with “c19 vaccines”. I’m mostly though not protected by knowledge. There’s nowhere to run and hide anyway. We have to stop it or limit the destruction that they’ll commit. Finally, this truly extended planned assault upon humanity has a spiritual aspect to it, to say the least. I doubt they’re alien lizards, but I do think they’re from extended families who have held very terrible views on “ordinary people” like you and me, forever. We’re not in a hopeless position but I do recommend we recognise just how much trouble we’re in. I encourage each of us to prepare to be able to resist for a long as possible. Buying time may be the single most important thing you can do. Important is the relay idea. Those reading this for example are already wide awake. Those in your personal network may not be. In those cases, you are pretty much their only salvation. The media is never going to tell them the truth. I cannot ever reach them, because they’re not looking for (people like) me. So this battle may turn on your willingness and effectiveness in opening the eyes of people important to you. It doesn’t matter how rich you are Just as public health laws were changed over decades to make legal the absurd and malign things that have happened in relation to gene-based injections, an analogous, patient process of dissolving private property rights in favour of those at the top of the list of creditors in the event of a bankruptcy of any entity against which the private property of all of the public has been used as collateral. It’s unbelievable that this has happened. As of now, even billionaires who aren’t among the perpetrators will lose everything, as will you and I. Everything that you think you own, on which you owe any debt at all, will be forfeit in the event of failure of a remote business, where the debts of which rest in part on your assets, because that claim on your assets is being used as collateral. As Webb says in his excellent interview with James Delingpole, this cannot be run away from. He’s spoken with large numbers of wealthy people, some of whom are billionaires, and none of them had any idea of this. After a flurry of denials, they read his booklet and slumped in defeat. Nobody is coming to save us. If this information doesn’t prompt you to immediately getting into “prepping” as best you and any awake, close friends and family, you’re not taking this as seriously as I believe your should. https://delingpole.podbean.com/e/david-rogers-webb/ So. Will you act to stop this? David’s hope then, is that the currently well-off and more than that are being forced to become active. They don’t have a choice. If they do nothing, they will lose everything. For example, if you have a private pension, you’ll probably own shares / stocks and bonds. Your broker, nowadays typically “execution-only online brokers”, has followed your instructions to buy and hold on your behalf certain assets. Unfortunately these, too, have been pledged as collateral. The value of collateral based financial instruments is said to be a huge multiple of world GDP, by astonishing amounts. So large that there’s no hope ever of recovering even pennies on the pound. If you’ve a workplace related pension, the assets being used to pay your monthly pension will also be automatically transferred electronically to those on the top of the stack of creditors. I’m not sure what, if anything, is not forfeit to these diabolical creatures. I understood that assets in your physical possession which are free of debt and were not purchased with now-cleared debt, might still be seized. If your car, say, when it was an asset of the manufacturer or of the car retailer, was pledged as collateral for some transaction they’d entered into, it seems absurd but true that your car, too, might never have had its collateral status revoked. If so, even that vehicle might be forfeit. Boris will claim it back. On cars, it may become moot, because so many cars definitely are assets of finance companies that can be seized. We know how very keen are the perpetrators to find ways to get our car keys out of our cars. I could envisage a situation where demand for petrol and diesel would fall so hard that fuel stations would have to close. At that point, your car becomes a very heavy paperweight. Webb doesn’t offer a prediction on timing or the way that has been (or will be) chosen to create a new global financial crisis and implode the globeconomy, taking everything with it. He does, however, list a set of preconditions necessary to initiate this global heist. He was quite sure that this is what is going to happen. As mentioned above, he puts all his hopes onto the shoulders of wealthy but uninvolved people. I know two billionaires personally (one through old business connections and the other was a major donor to a campaigning organization that I was helping). They’re just like you and me other than that they have huge numbers in the “net worth” category. Webb knows that an ever-widening set of wealthy (but uninvolved) people are becoming very upset about this whole situation. Enlightened self-interest being what is, they’ll have to get active. More on ways of preparing You must do your own research, but I strongly recommend you explore ways to protect what you can by converting some cash or cash-like assets into something that cannot be automatically seized. I do think anyone with life savings and no earned income or capacity to generate any would be unwise to leave it solely in the standard categories of stocks (shares) and bonds, real estate (houses) and deposits of cash. These are all subject to seizure if Webb’s concerns materialise. This is an interesting interview with Catherine Austin Fitts, on Greg Hunter’s podcast.She’s my go-to person on matters macro-financial. https://usawatchdog.com/pushback-to-tyranny-control-increases-in-2024-catherine-austin-fitts/ I’m aware of a joining of forces between her and David Webb, the author of “The Great Taking”. As always, buyer beware on all these things. I’m a very basic investor, but I’m not conservative. Sometimes, I’ll be in what looks to conventional wisdom to be highly risky. For example, I was at one point heavily into peer-to-peer lending and did very well out of it over a 6-7 year period where base rates were so low that you couldn’t generate a meaningful income off even a sizeable amount of money. Got out early enough to ensure I made no net losses despite all the warnings. She makes interesting comments on physical gold. Every bit as interesting are her comments on relationships of trust as being among the most important things to strengthen in 2024. I’ve no useful idea when “The Great Taking” will be triggered, but this I know. When it happens, everyone will know it. It might be in days or not for years. Stakeholder Communism Yellow forum videos including the film Stakeholder Capitalism Schwab is proud of his invention, his new economic system. All the videos in the link above, from some that are mere seconds long to the full film, serve to establish that this astonishing coup d’etat of the planet isn’t ongoing but has already happened. That’s why elections are irrelevant and have been for many years, unfortunately. https://x.com/BGatesIsaPyscho/status/1808391835607306604 Please find ways to share this information. While I’ve been wrong about timing, often, I do think they aim to get it completed and bedded in by 2030. That seems to be a key date for WEF and the UN. Thus, I anticipate that at any time a global financial crisis of unprecedented magnitude will be triggered, most assets automatically seized and from that point on, I could envisage our focus necessarily moving to survival rather than protest. Alternatively, a war would suffice to create such discontinuities as the perpetrators may wish to use to move some chess pieces around before triggered GFC2.0 and asset seizure. As always, I’m piecing together the clues, as I don’t have a copy of the plot. Best wishes Mike All help for my assistant Tim gratefully received by way of a paid subscription to this publication if you are able. Or subscribe for free to receive everything anyway. https://substack.com/home/post/p-146503974
    SUBSTACK.COM
    Maybe you have millions, even billions?… they will take it all… pretty soon.
    Over 50 years, laws have been changed the world over. You have “beneficial ownership” not ownership. This means someone else owns it. Will you fight it?
    Like
    1
    0 Comments 1 Shares 27279 Views
  • Pilot Testifies Bill Gates Spraying ‘Air Vax’ mRNA on Humanity via Chemtrails
    Baxter Dmitry
    Fact checked by The People's Voice Community
    Bill Gates is spraying airborne mRNA on dense urban populations and rural areas with low vaccine uptake according to a commercial airlines pilot who has come forward to blow the whistle on chemtrails operations in North America and Europe.
    Bill Gates is spraying airborne mRNA on dense urban populations and rural areas with low vaccine uptake according to a commercial airlines pilot who has come forward to blow the whistle on chemtrails operations in North America and Europe.



    As the globalist elite find it harder to convince humanity to submit to Covid mRNA shots and endless boosters, they are having to find deceitful new ways to force their mRNA on us.



    BYPASS THE CENSORS

    Sign up to get unfiltered news delivered straight to your inbox.

    You can unsubscribe any time. By subscribing you agree to our Terms of Use

    Latest Video


    According to pilots familiar with the scheme, the new airborne mRNA, known as Air Vax, is designed to deliver the vaccine right into people’s lungs, bypassing the need for injections – and the need for consent.

    Before we dive in, subscribe to the channel if you haven’t already, join the People’s Voice Locals community to join our incredible community and support the channel, and check out the new free speech forum.

    In the last 12 months mainstream media has begun preparing the public for the revelation that the global elite have been secretly spraying chemicals on populations for decades.

    This is a slow reveal and the elite are using the media to spread their doom-mongering climate predictions in the hopes the public will be terrified into accepting chemtrails as a solution to climate change.

    However, the climate change narrative is nothing more than a cover story. How do we know? Declassified documents released decades ago proved the real genocidal intent of the government’s top-secret chemtrail agenda.

    Some things don’t change. The government are still going to great lengths to deceive the people, only now the smokescreen is climate change rather than the Cold War.

    Fast forward to 2024 and everyone in North America and most of Europe is inhaling toxic chemicals and airborne mRNA, according to whistleblowing pilots who reveal that governments are working hand-in-glove with the military and private contractors to operate the top-secret operations.

    According to one commercial airline pilot who has been doing in-depth research into chemtrails, there are thousands of people in the US, and as many again across Europe, who are involved in the business of chemtrails, most of whom have some idea of what they are doing.

    Speaking anonymously with his voice digitized to protect his identity, the pilot, who asked to be called John, explains that many people within the aviation industry are fearing for their lives:

    Everybody working in aviation understands the stakes are high and whistleblowers get whacked. They don’t last long. The stakes are too high. Did you see what happened to the Boeing guy? All he did was try and talk about safety, cutting corners, basic things. Try talking about chemtrails – you won’t last a minute.

    Everyone working on chemtrails in any capacity understands this. There are thousands of these people and none of them are talking. You’ve got the pilots, many of them are military or ex-military and they know how to keep quiet. Then you’ve got commercial planes involved too. These guys have signed NDAs and they understand the gravity of what they are doing. They have to understand what they are doing because they sign dangerous goods declarations whenever there are hazardous chemicals onboard. These commercial planes are modified with conversions that are easy to roll on, roll off. But these pilots, yeah… they know what they are doing. The same goes for the engineers and the air-traffic controllers. They can’t not know. Chemtrail planes don’t appear on flight radar. A lot of people have noticed this while watching a plane leave grid-like patterns above their houses in the countryside. There is no trace of the plane on flight radar websites. Ghost planes. So air traffic control and the government and military are all involved – because if they weren’t, an unregistered plane not appearing on flight radars would be taken out within minutes by the air force.

    You have to realize there are thousands of people involved but a lot of these people believe chemtrails are in the public interest. They have been told by their superiors that they are fighting climate change, they are making the world a better place, and what they are doing is necessary – but the public can’t find out under any circumstances. So these guys, they think they are doing something glamorous and exciting, like working for the CIA or military intelligence. They think they are James Bond.

    In reality, these misguided souls following orders from above are responsible for spraying densely populated urban areas with highly toxic and carcinogenic chemicals. Including, as John explains, airborne mRNA.

    As Science Translational Medicine‘s editor Courtney Malo explained in this important article, newly developed airborne vaccines can be used to disseminate mRNA widely and rapidly without relying on injections – or the need to seek consent:

    We have been looking into this because we started hearing reports from colleagues that something had changed in the storage facilities onboard and they weren’t signing hazardous goods forms anymore. In the US, the military is spraying mRNA. From what we understand, mRNA is being sprayed in remote areas and cities where vaccine uptake is lagging. In Europe, we hear that it is a combination of military and commercial planes. Many of these guys don’t understand what they are doing. But we know that in the US the military has been spraying chemicals on populations for decades now.

    Our research suggests that mRNA is a military developed product and the cover story involving Moderna and Pfizer was just for cover. In reality mRNA was a DoD and Deep State product made in conjunction with the globalists around 10 years ago. The Project Warp Speed, eight month production schedule, that was all kabuki theater, part of the grand plan to brainwash the masses, force them into mass formation psychosis. So it’s no surprise the Pentagon is involved in administering mRNA to the masses.

    What else are they spraying? As John explains, they have done tests in Europe using mass spectrometry to analyze the residue that settles on cars and windows during periods of heavy chemtrail pollution. The results from Europe are disturbing to say the least:

    It’s important to understand how toxic this stuff is. We are talking about graphene oxide, aluminum oxide, barium and mRNA. These are some of the most toxic metals in the universe. I have young children. To think they are being slowly poisoned with this stuff… When I saw the results of these tests, I became radicalized. There is no other word for it. A fire was lit inside me. I have been researching ever since and this is very dangerous but I quickly realized I am not the only one in the industry, far from the only one, who wants to expose this.

    Chemtrails aren’t only crimes against our children and crimes against humanity. They are also crimes against the natural world. The chemicals from the chemtrails land on plants and get into the grass which animals are then eating.

    When aluminum gets into the soil, it slowly kills everything. Aluminum promotes autism in children and Alzheimer’s disease in adults. They have sprayed so much aluminum in chemtrails around the world that bees have elevated levels of aluminum and they are starting to develop a form of Alzheimer’s. When bees stop fertilizing flowers and pollinating our crops, we will be totally reliant on the elite for our food:

    There is a theory that the real goal of spraying chemtrails is to convert the atmosphere into plasma for weather modification, scalar mind control technology, geotectonic warfare, and other nefarious uses. From what I can see, and my colleagues agree with me, it’s all part of the control apparatus.

    The root cause is the depopulation agenda. This is at the heart of everything. If you have been listening to the crap that is coming out of the World Health Organization, the World Economic Forum, the European Union, these sorts of places, you can connect the dots for yourself.

    You won’t be surprised to hear that Bill Gates is a key player in the plot to deliver airborne mRNA to the masses – without their consent.

    There are a lot of companies that apply for geoengineering contracts and when we have looked into their funding it always leads back to the Gates Foundation. From what we understand, Gates is fanatical about disseminating mRNA far and wide. He’s also developing ways to lace the food supply with mRNA, so we are experiencing a two-pronged attack at the moment.

    This information, while shocking, should not come as a surprise to anybody who has been paying attention.

    Dr William Deagle warned us almost twenty years ago that the government and military were engaged in spraying operations and using climate change as a smokescreen.

    The Georgia Guidestones told us the global elite want to reduce the population to 500 million. Since then, a procession of globalist ghouls, often speaking from their safe space in Davos, have made the same pronouncement about eugenics and depopulation.

    The elite’s strange code of ethics requires that they tell us what they are going to do to us – using occult code and symbols.

    The problem for the elite is that we have cracked the code and we can see what they are doing to us.

    We understand the real purpose of Agenda 2030 and their so-called sustainable development goals.


    We understand that when they say they are spraying the skies to “fight climate change”, they actually have a far more nefarious goal in mind.

    We understand that barium, aluminum, and graphene oxide should not be injected into our children, nor should they be sprayed all over us from a great height.

    Here at the People’s Voice we are determined to continue holding the global elite to account for their crimes against humanity but we need your help. Subscribe to the channel, tell your friends and family about us, and join the People’s Voice Locals community and check out the new forum. I hope to see you there.

    Watch:


    There’s loads of evidence of this. Help me dig up some patents!

    https://thepeoplesvoice.tv/pilot-testifies-bill-gates-spraying-air-vax-mrna-on-humanity-via-chemtrails/

    Won’t get an mRNA jab? Fine. Yale scientists plan to force-vaccinate you with their new nanoparticle AIR VAX

    ~Natural News
    https://www.naturalnews.com/2023-10-03-mrna-jab-yale-vaccinate-nanoparticle-air-vax.html

    Air Vax — The Latest mRNA Delivered Into Lungs

    https://discernreport.com/air-vax-the-latest-mrna-delivered-into-lungs/
    Pilot Testifies Bill Gates Spraying ‘Air Vax’ mRNA on Humanity via Chemtrails Baxter Dmitry Fact checked by The People's Voice Community Bill Gates is spraying airborne mRNA on dense urban populations and rural areas with low vaccine uptake according to a commercial airlines pilot who has come forward to blow the whistle on chemtrails operations in North America and Europe. Bill Gates is spraying airborne mRNA on dense urban populations and rural areas with low vaccine uptake according to a commercial airlines pilot who has come forward to blow the whistle on chemtrails operations in North America and Europe. As the globalist elite find it harder to convince humanity to submit to Covid mRNA shots and endless boosters, they are having to find deceitful new ways to force their mRNA on us. BYPASS THE CENSORS Sign up to get unfiltered news delivered straight to your inbox. You can unsubscribe any time. By subscribing you agree to our Terms of Use Latest Video According to pilots familiar with the scheme, the new airborne mRNA, known as Air Vax, is designed to deliver the vaccine right into people’s lungs, bypassing the need for injections – and the need for consent. Before we dive in, subscribe to the channel if you haven’t already, join the People’s Voice Locals community to join our incredible community and support the channel, and check out the new free speech forum. In the last 12 months mainstream media has begun preparing the public for the revelation that the global elite have been secretly spraying chemicals on populations for decades. This is a slow reveal and the elite are using the media to spread their doom-mongering climate predictions in the hopes the public will be terrified into accepting chemtrails as a solution to climate change. However, the climate change narrative is nothing more than a cover story. How do we know? Declassified documents released decades ago proved the real genocidal intent of the government’s top-secret chemtrail agenda. Some things don’t change. The government are still going to great lengths to deceive the people, only now the smokescreen is climate change rather than the Cold War. Fast forward to 2024 and everyone in North America and most of Europe is inhaling toxic chemicals and airborne mRNA, according to whistleblowing pilots who reveal that governments are working hand-in-glove with the military and private contractors to operate the top-secret operations. According to one commercial airline pilot who has been doing in-depth research into chemtrails, there are thousands of people in the US, and as many again across Europe, who are involved in the business of chemtrails, most of whom have some idea of what they are doing. Speaking anonymously with his voice digitized to protect his identity, the pilot, who asked to be called John, explains that many people within the aviation industry are fearing for their lives: Everybody working in aviation understands the stakes are high and whistleblowers get whacked. They don’t last long. The stakes are too high. Did you see what happened to the Boeing guy? All he did was try and talk about safety, cutting corners, basic things. Try talking about chemtrails – you won’t last a minute. Everyone working on chemtrails in any capacity understands this. There are thousands of these people and none of them are talking. You’ve got the pilots, many of them are military or ex-military and they know how to keep quiet. Then you’ve got commercial planes involved too. These guys have signed NDAs and they understand the gravity of what they are doing. They have to understand what they are doing because they sign dangerous goods declarations whenever there are hazardous chemicals onboard. These commercial planes are modified with conversions that are easy to roll on, roll off. But these pilots, yeah… they know what they are doing. The same goes for the engineers and the air-traffic controllers. They can’t not know. Chemtrail planes don’t appear on flight radar. A lot of people have noticed this while watching a plane leave grid-like patterns above their houses in the countryside. There is no trace of the plane on flight radar websites. Ghost planes. So air traffic control and the government and military are all involved – because if they weren’t, an unregistered plane not appearing on flight radars would be taken out within minutes by the air force. You have to realize there are thousands of people involved but a lot of these people believe chemtrails are in the public interest. They have been told by their superiors that they are fighting climate change, they are making the world a better place, and what they are doing is necessary – but the public can’t find out under any circumstances. So these guys, they think they are doing something glamorous and exciting, like working for the CIA or military intelligence. They think they are James Bond. In reality, these misguided souls following orders from above are responsible for spraying densely populated urban areas with highly toxic and carcinogenic chemicals. Including, as John explains, airborne mRNA. As Science Translational Medicine‘s editor Courtney Malo explained in this important article, newly developed airborne vaccines can be used to disseminate mRNA widely and rapidly without relying on injections – or the need to seek consent: We have been looking into this because we started hearing reports from colleagues that something had changed in the storage facilities onboard and they weren’t signing hazardous goods forms anymore. In the US, the military is spraying mRNA. From what we understand, mRNA is being sprayed in remote areas and cities where vaccine uptake is lagging. In Europe, we hear that it is a combination of military and commercial planes. Many of these guys don’t understand what they are doing. But we know that in the US the military has been spraying chemicals on populations for decades now. Our research suggests that mRNA is a military developed product and the cover story involving Moderna and Pfizer was just for cover. In reality mRNA was a DoD and Deep State product made in conjunction with the globalists around 10 years ago. The Project Warp Speed, eight month production schedule, that was all kabuki theater, part of the grand plan to brainwash the masses, force them into mass formation psychosis. So it’s no surprise the Pentagon is involved in administering mRNA to the masses. What else are they spraying? As John explains, they have done tests in Europe using mass spectrometry to analyze the residue that settles on cars and windows during periods of heavy chemtrail pollution. The results from Europe are disturbing to say the least: It’s important to understand how toxic this stuff is. We are talking about graphene oxide, aluminum oxide, barium and mRNA. These are some of the most toxic metals in the universe. I have young children. To think they are being slowly poisoned with this stuff… When I saw the results of these tests, I became radicalized. There is no other word for it. A fire was lit inside me. I have been researching ever since and this is very dangerous but I quickly realized I am not the only one in the industry, far from the only one, who wants to expose this. Chemtrails aren’t only crimes against our children and crimes against humanity. They are also crimes against the natural world. The chemicals from the chemtrails land on plants and get into the grass which animals are then eating. When aluminum gets into the soil, it slowly kills everything. Aluminum promotes autism in children and Alzheimer’s disease in adults. They have sprayed so much aluminum in chemtrails around the world that bees have elevated levels of aluminum and they are starting to develop a form of Alzheimer’s. When bees stop fertilizing flowers and pollinating our crops, we will be totally reliant on the elite for our food: There is a theory that the real goal of spraying chemtrails is to convert the atmosphere into plasma for weather modification, scalar mind control technology, geotectonic warfare, and other nefarious uses. From what I can see, and my colleagues agree with me, it’s all part of the control apparatus. The root cause is the depopulation agenda. This is at the heart of everything. If you have been listening to the crap that is coming out of the World Health Organization, the World Economic Forum, the European Union, these sorts of places, you can connect the dots for yourself. You won’t be surprised to hear that Bill Gates is a key player in the plot to deliver airborne mRNA to the masses – without their consent. There are a lot of companies that apply for geoengineering contracts and when we have looked into their funding it always leads back to the Gates Foundation. From what we understand, Gates is fanatical about disseminating mRNA far and wide. He’s also developing ways to lace the food supply with mRNA, so we are experiencing a two-pronged attack at the moment. This information, while shocking, should not come as a surprise to anybody who has been paying attention. Dr William Deagle warned us almost twenty years ago that the government and military were engaged in spraying operations and using climate change as a smokescreen. The Georgia Guidestones told us the global elite want to reduce the population to 500 million. Since then, a procession of globalist ghouls, often speaking from their safe space in Davos, have made the same pronouncement about eugenics and depopulation. The elite’s strange code of ethics requires that they tell us what they are going to do to us – using occult code and symbols. The problem for the elite is that we have cracked the code and we can see what they are doing to us. We understand the real purpose of Agenda 2030 and their so-called sustainable development goals. We understand that when they say they are spraying the skies to “fight climate change”, they actually have a far more nefarious goal in mind. We understand that barium, aluminum, and graphene oxide should not be injected into our children, nor should they be sprayed all over us from a great height. Here at the People’s Voice we are determined to continue holding the global elite to account for their crimes against humanity but we need your help. Subscribe to the channel, tell your friends and family about us, and join the People’s Voice Locals community and check out the new forum. I hope to see you there. Watch: There’s loads of evidence of this. Help me dig up some patents! https://thepeoplesvoice.tv/pilot-testifies-bill-gates-spraying-air-vax-mrna-on-humanity-via-chemtrails/ Won’t get an mRNA jab? Fine. Yale scientists plan to force-vaccinate you with their new nanoparticle AIR VAX ~Natural News https://www.naturalnews.com/2023-10-03-mrna-jab-yale-vaccinate-nanoparticle-air-vax.html Air Vax — The Latest mRNA Delivered Into Lungs https://discernreport.com/air-vax-the-latest-mrna-delivered-into-lungs/
    THEPEOPLESVOICE.TV
    Pilot Testifies Bill Gates Spraying 'Air Vax' mRNA on Humanity via Chemtrails
    Bill Gates is spraying airborne mRNA on dense urban populations and rural areas with low vaccine uptake according to a commercial airlines pilot who has come forward to blow the whistle on chemtrails operations in North America and Europe.
    Angry
    1
    0 Comments 0 Shares 11662 Views
  • The WHO Pandemic Agreement: A Guide
    By David Bell, Thi Thuy Van Dinh March 22, 2024 Government, Society 30 minute read
    The World Health Organization (WHO) and its 194 Member States have been engaged for over two years in the development of two ‘instruments’ or agreements with the intent of radically changing the way pandemics and other health emergencies are managed.

    One, consisting of draft amendments to the existing International health Regulations (IHR), seeks to change the current IHR non-binding recommendations into requirements or binding recommendations, by having countries “undertake” to implement those given by the WHO in future declared health emergencies. It covers all ‘public health emergencies of international concern’ (PHEIC), with a single person, the WHO Director-General (DG) determining what a PHEIC is, where it extends, and when it ends. It specifies mandated vaccines, border closures, and other directives understood as lockdowns among the requirements the DG can impose. It is discussed further elsewhere and still under negotiation in Geneva.

    A second document, previously known as the (draft) Pandemic Treaty, then Pandemic Accord, and more recently the Pandemic Agreement, seeks to specify governance, supply chains, and various other interventions aimed at preventing, preparing for, and responding to, pandemics (pandemic prevention, preparedness and response – PPPR). It is currently being negotiated by the Intergovernmental Negotiating Body (INB).

    Both texts will be subject to a vote at the May 2024 World Health Assembly (WHA) in Geneva, Switzerland. These votes are intended, by those promoting these projects, to bring governance of future multi-country healthcare emergencies (or threats thereof) under the WHO umbrella.

    The latest version of the draft Pandemic Agreement (here forth the ‘Agreement’) was released on 7th March 2024. However, it is still being negotiated by various committees comprising representatives of Member States and other interested entities. It has been through multiple iterations over two years, and looks like it. With the teeth of the pandemic response proposals in the IHR, the Agreement looks increasingly irrelevant, or at least unsure of its purpose, picking up bits and pieces in a half-hearted way that the IHR amendments do not, or cannot, include. However, as discussed below, it is far from irrelevant.

    Historical Perspective

    These aim to increase the centralization of decision-making within the WHO as the “directing and coordinating authority.” This terminology comes from the WHO’s 1946 Constitution, developed in the aftermath of the Second World War as the world faced the outcomes of European fascism and the similar approaches widely imposed through colonialist regimes. The WHO would support emerging countries, with rapidly expanding and poorly resourced populations struggling under high disease burdens, and coordinate some areas of international support as these sovereign countries requested it. The emphasis of action was on coordinating rather than directing.

    In the 80 years prior to the WHO’s existence, international public health had grown within a more directive mindset, with a series of meetings by colonial and slave-owning powers from 1851 to manage pandemics, culminating in the inauguration of the Office Internationale d’Hygiene Publique in Paris in 1907, and later the League of Nations Health Office. World powers imposed health dictates on those less powerful, in other parts of the world and increasingly on their own population through the eugenics movement and similar approaches. Public health would direct, for the greater good, as a tool of those who wish to direct the lives of others.

    The WHO, governed by the WHA, was to be very different. Newly independent States and their former colonial masters were ostensibly on an equal footing within the WHA (one country – one vote), and the WHO’s work overall was to be an example of how human rights could dominate the way society works. The model for international public health, as exemplified in the Declaration of Alma Ata in 1978, was to be horizontal rather than vertical, with communities and countries in the driving seat.

    With the evolution of the WHO in recent decades from a core funding model (countries give money, the WHO decides under the WHA guidance how to spend it) to a model based on specified funding (funders, both public and increasingly private, instruct the WHO on how to spend it), the WHO has inevitably changed to become a public-private partnership required to serve the interests of funders rather than populations.

    As most funding comes from a few countries with major Pharma industrial bases, or private investors and corporations in the same industry, the WHO has been required to emphasize the use of pharmaceuticals and downplay evidence and knowledge where these clash (if it wants to keep all its staff funded). It is helpful to view the draft Agreement, and the IHR amendments, in this context.

    Why May 2024?

    The WHO, together with the World Bank, G20, and other institutions have been emphasizing the urgency of putting the new pandemic instruments in place earnestly, before the ‘next pandemic.’ This is based on claims that the world was unprepared for Covid-19, and that the economic and health harm would be somehow avoidable if we had these agreements in place.

    They emphasize, contrary to evidence that Covid-19 virus (SARS-CoV-2) origins involve laboratory manipulation, that the main threats we face are natural, and that these are increasing exponentially and present an “existential” threat to humanity. The data on which the WHO, the World Bank, and G20 base these claims demonstrates the contrary, with reported natural outbreaks having increased as detection technologies have developed, but reducing in mortality rate, and in numbers, over the past 10 to 20 years..

    A paper cited by the World Bank to justify urgency and quoted as suggesting a 3x increase in risk in the coming decade actually suggests that a Covid-19-like event would occur roughly every 129 years, and a Spanish-flu repetition every 292 to 877 years. Such predictions are unable to take into account the rapidly changing nature of medicine and improved sanitation and nutrition (most deaths from Spanish flu would not have occurred if modern antibiotics had been available), and so may still overestimate risk. Similarly, the WHO’s own priority disease list for new outbreaks only includes two diseases of proven natural origin that have over 1,000 historical deaths attributed to them. It is well demonstrated that the risk and expected burden of pandemics is misrepresented by major international agencies in current discussions.

    The urgency for May 2024 is clearly therefore inadequately supported, firstly because neither the WHO nor others have demonstrated how the harms accrued through Covid-19 would be reduced through the measures proposed, and secondly because the burden and risk is misrepresented. In this context, the state of the Agreement is clearly not where it should be as a draft international legally binding agreement intended to impose considerable financial and other obligations on States and populations.

    This is particularly problematic as the proposed expenditure; the proposed budget is over $31 billion per year, with over $10 billion more on other One Health activities. Much of this will have to be diverted from addressing other diseases burdens that impose far greater burden. This trade-off, essential to understand in public health policy development, has not yet been clearly addressed by the WHO.

    The WHO DG stated recently that the WHO does not want the power to impose vaccine mandates or lockdowns on anyone, and does not want this. This begs the question of why either of the current WHO pandemic instruments is being proposed, both as legally binding documents. The current IHR (2005) already sets out such approaches as recommendations the DG can make, and there is nothing non-mandatory that countries cannot do now without pushing new treaty-like mechanisms through a vote in Geneva.

    Based on the DG’s claims, they are essentially redundant, and what new non-mandatory clauses they contain, as set out below, are certainly not urgent. Clauses that are mandatory (Member States “shall”) must be considered within national decision-making contexts and appear against the WHO’s stated intent.

    Common sense would suggest that the Agreement, and the accompanying IHR amendments, be properly thought through before Member States commit. The WHO has already abandoned the legal requirement for a 4-month review time for the IHR amendments (Article 55.2 IHR), which are also still under negotiation just 2 months before the WHA deadline. The Agreement should also have at least such a period for States to properly consider whether to agree – treaties normally take many years to develop and negotiate and no valid arguments have been put forward as to why these should be different.

    The Covid-19 response resulted in an unprecedented transfer of wealth from those of lower income to the very wealthy few, completely contrary to the way in which the WHO was intended to affect human society. A considerable portion of these pandemic profits went to current sponsors of the WHO, and these same corporate entities and investors are set to further benefit from the new pandemic agreements. As written, the Pandemic Agreement risks entrenching such centralization and profit-taking, and the accompanying unprecedented restrictions on human rights and freedoms, as a public health norm.

    To continue with a clearly flawed agreement simply because of a previously set deadline, when no clear population benefit is articulated and no true urgency demonstrated, would therefore be a major step backward in international public health. Basic principles of proportionality, human agency, and community empowerment, essential for health and human rights outcomes, are missing or paid lip-service. The WHO clearly wishes to increase its funding and show it is ‘doing something,’ but must first articulate why the voluntary provisions of the current IHR are insufficient. It is hoped that by systematically reviewing some key clauses of the agreement here, it will become clear why a rethink of the whole approach is necessary. The full text is found below.

    The commentary below concentrates on selected draft provisions of the latest publicly available version of the draft agreement that seem to be unclear or potentially problematic. Much of the remaining text is essentially pointless as it reiterates vague intentions to be found in other documents or activities which countries normally undertake in the course of running health services, and have no place in a focused legally-binding international agreement.

    REVISED Draft of the negotiating text of the WHO Pandemic Agreement. 7th March, 2024

    Preamble

    Recognizing that the World Health Organization…is the directing and coordinating authority on international health work.

    This is inconsistent with a recent statement by the WHO DG that the WHO has no interest or intent to direct country health responses. To reiterate it here suggests that the DG is not representing the true position regarding the Agreement. “Directing authority” is however in line with the proposed IHR Amendments (and the WHO’s Constitution), under which countries will “undertake” ahead of time to follow the DG’s recommendations (which thereby become instructions). As the HR amendments make clear, this is intended to apply even to a perceived threat rather than actual harm.

    Recalling the constitution of the World Health Organization…highest attainable standard of health is one of the fundamental rights of every human being without distinction of race, religion, political belief, economic or social condition.

    This statement recalls fundamental understandings of public health, and is of importance here as it raises the question of why the WHO did not strongly condemn prolonged school closures, workplace closures, and other impoverishing policies during the Covid-19 response. In 2019, WHO made clear that these dangers should prevent actions we now call ‘lockdowns’ from being imposed.

    Deeply concerned by the gross inequities at national and international levels that hindered timely and equitable access to medical and other Covid-19 pandemic-related products, and the serious shortcomings in pandemic preparedness.

    In terms of health equity (as distinct from commodity of ‘vaccine’ equity), inequity in the Covid-19 response was not in failing to provide a vaccine against former variants to immune, young people in low-income countries who were at far higher risk from endemic diseases, but in the disproportionate harm to them of uniformly-imposed NPIs that reduced current and future income and basic healthcare, as was noted by the WHO in 2019 Pandemic Influenza recommendations. The failure of the text to recognize this suggests that lessons from Covid-19 have not informed this draft Agreement. The WHO has not yet demonstrated how pandemic ‘preparedness,’ in the terms they use below, would have reduced impact, given that there is poor correlation between strictness or speed of response and eventual outcomes.

    Reiterating the need to work towards…an equitable approach to mitigate the risk that pandemics exacerbate existing inequities in access to health services,

    As above – in the past century, the issue of inequity has been most pronounced in pandemic response, rather than the impact of the virus itself (excluding the physiological variation in risk). Most recorded deaths from acute pandemics, since the Spanish flu, were during Covid-19, in which the virus hit mainly sick elderly, but response impacted working-age adults and children heavily and will continue to have effect, due to increased poverty and debt; reduced education and child marriage, in future generations.

    These have disproportionately affected lower-income people, and particularly women. The lack of recognition of this in this document, though they are recognized by the World Bank and UN agencies elsewhere, must raise real questions on whether this Agreement has been thoroughly thought through, and the process of development been sufficiently inclusive and objective.

    Chapter I. Introduction

    Article 1. Use of terms

    (i) “pathogen with pandemic potential” means any pathogen that has been identified to infect a human and that is: novel (not yet characterized) or known (including a variant of a known pathogen), potentially highly transmissible and/or highly virulent with the potential to cause a public health emergency of international concern.

    This provides a very wide scope to alter provisions. Any pathogen that can infect humans and is potentially highly transmissible or virulent, though yet uncharacterized means virtually any coronavirus, influenza virus, or a plethora of other relatively common pathogen groups. The IHR Amendments intend that the DG alone can make this call, over the advice of others, as occurred with monkeypox in 2022.

    (j) “persons in vulnerable situations” means individuals, groups or communities with a disproportionate increased risk of infection, severity, disease or mortality.

    This is a good definition – in Covid-19 context, would mean the sick elderly, and so is relevant to targeting a response.

    “Universal health coverage” means that all people have access to the full range of quality health services they need, when and where they need them, without financial hardship.

    While the general UHC concept is good, it is time a sensible (rather than patently silly) definition was adopted. Society cannot afford the full range of possible interventions and remedies for all, and clearly there is a scale of cost vs benefit that prioritizes certain ones over others. Sensible definitions make action more likely, and inaction harder to justify. One could argue that none should have the full range until all have good basic care, but clearly the earth will not support ‘the full range’ for 8 billion people.

    Article 2. Objective

    This Agreement is specifically for pandemics (a poorly defined term but essentially a pathogen that spreads rapidly across national borders). In contrast, the IHR amendments accompanying it are broader in scope – for any public health emergencies of international concern.

    Article 3. Principles

    2. the sovereign right of States to adopt, legislate and implement legislation

    The amendments to the IHR require States to undertake to follow WHO instructions ahead of time, before such instruction and context are known. These two documents must be understood, as noted later in the Agreement draft, as complementary.

    3. equity as the goal and outcome of pandemic prevention, preparedness and response, ensuring the absence of unfair, avoidable or remediable differences among groups of people.

    This definition of equity here needs clarification. In the pandemic context, the WHO emphasized commodity (vaccine) equity during the Covid-19 response. Elimination of differences implied equal access to Covid-19 vaccines in countries with large aging, obese highly vulnerable populations (e.g. the USA or Italy), and those with young populations at minimal risk and with far more pressing health priorities (e.g. Niger or Uganda).

    Alternatively, but equally damaging, equal access to different age groups within a country when the risk-benefit ratio is clearly greatly different. This promotes worse health outcomes by diverting resources from where they are most useful, as it ignores heterogeneity of risk. Again, an adult approach is required in international agreements, rather than feel-good sentences, if they are going to have a positive impact.

    5. …a more equitable and better prepared world to prevent, respond to and recover from pandemics

    As with ‘3’ above, this raises a fundamental problem: What if health equity demands that some populations divert resources to childhood nutrition and endemic diseases rather than the latest pandemic, as these are likely of far higher burden to many younger but lower-income populations? This would not be equity in the definition implied here, but would clearly lead to better and more equal health outcomes.

    The WHO must decide whether it is about uniform action, or minimizing poor health, as these are clearly very different. They are the difference between the WHO’s commodity equity, and true health equity.

    Chapter II. The world together equitably: achieving equity in, for and through pandemic prevention, preparedness and response

    Equity in health should imply a reasonably equal chance of overcoming or avoiding preventable sickness. The vast majority of sickness and death is due to either non-communicable diseases often related to lifestyle, such as obesity and type 2 diabetes mellitus, undernutrition in childhood, and endemic infectious diseases such as tuberculosis, malaria, and HIV/AIDS. Achieving health equity would primarily mean addressing these.

    In this chapter of the draft Pandemic Agreement, equity is used to imply equal access to specific health commodities, particularly vaccines, for intermittent health emergencies, although these exert a small fraction of the burden of other diseases. It is, specifically, commodity-equity, and not geared to equalizing overall health burden but to enabling centrally-coordinated homogenous responses to unusual events.

    Article 4. Pandemic prevention and surveillance

    2. The Parties shall undertake to cooperate:

    (b) in support of…initiatives aimed at preventing pandemics, in particular those that improve surveillance, early warning and risk assessment; .…and identify settings and activities presenting a risk of emergence and re-emergence of pathogens with pandemic potential.

    (c-h) [Paragraphs on water and sanitation, infection control, strengthening of biosafety, surveillance and prevention of vector-born diseases, and addressing antimicrobial resistance.]

    The WHO intends the Agreement to have force under international law. Therefore, countries are undertaking to put themselves under force of international law in regards to complying with the agreement’s stipulations.

    The provisions under this long article mostly cover general health stuff that countries try to do anyway. The difference will be that countries will be assessed on progress. Assessment can be fine if in context, less fine if it consists of entitled ‘experts’ from wealthy countries with little local knowledge or context. Perhaps such compliance is best left to national authorities, who are more in use with local needs and priorities. The justification for the international bureaucracy being built to support this, while fun for those involved, is unclear and will divert resources from actual health work.

    6. The Conference of the Parties may adopt, as necessary, guidelines, recommendations and standards, including in relation to pandemic prevention capacities, to support the implementation of this Article.

    Here and later, the COP is invoked as a vehicle to decide on what will actually be done. The rules are explained later (Articles 21-23). While allowing more time is sensible, it begs the question of why it is not better to wait and discuss what is needed in the current INB process, before committing to a legally-binding agreement. This current article says nothing not already covered by the IHR2005 or other ongoing programs.

    Article 5. One Health approach to pandemic prevention, preparedness and response

    Nothing specific or new in this article. It seems redundant (it is advocating a holistic approach mentioned elsewhere) and so presumably is just to get the term ‘One Health’ into the agreement. (One could ask, why bother?)

    Some mainstream definitions of One Health (e.g. Lancet) consider that it means non-human species are on a par with humans in terms of rights and importance. If this is meant here, clearly most Member States would disagree. So we may assume that it is just words to keep someone happy (a little childish in an international document, but the term ‘One Health’ has been trending, like ‘equity,’ as if the concept of holistic approaches to public health were new).

    Article 6. Preparedness, health system resilience and recovery

    2. Each Party commits…[to] :

    (a) routine and essential health services during pandemics with a focus on primary health care, routine immunization and mental health care, and with particular attention to persons in vulnerable situations

    (b) developing, strengthening and maintaining health infrastructure

    (c) developing post-pandemic health system recovery strategies

    (d) developing, strengthening and maintaining: health information systems

    This is good, and (a) seems to require avoidance of lockdowns (which inevitably cause the harms listed). Unfortunately other WHO documents lead one to assume this is not the intent…It does appear therefore that this is simply another list of fairly non-specific feel-good measures that have no useful place in a new legally-binding agreement, and which most countries are already undertaking.

    (e) promoting the use of social and behavioural sciences, risk communication and community engagement for pandemic prevention, preparedness and response.

    This requires clarification, as the use of behavioral science during the Covid-19 response involved deliberate inducement of fear to promote behaviors that people would not otherwise follow (e.g. Spi-B). It is essential here that the document clarifies how behavioral science should be used ethically in healthcare. Otherwise, this is also a quite meaningless provision.

    Article 7. Health and care workforce

    This long Article discusses health workforce, training, retention, non-discrimination, stigma, bias, adequate remuneration, and other standard provisions for workplaces. It is unclear why it is included in a legally binding pandemic agreement, except for:

    4. [The Parties]…shall invest in establishing, sustaining, coordinating and mobilizing a skilled and trained multidisciplinary global public health emergency workforce…Parties having established emergency health teams should inform WHO thereof and make best efforts to respond to requests for deployment…

    Emergency health teams established (within capacity etc.) – are something countries already do, when they have capacity. There is no reason to have this as a legally-binding instrument, and clearly no urgency to do so.

    Article 8. Preparedness monitoring and functional reviews

    1. The Parties shall, building on existing and relevant tools, develop and implement an inclusive, transparent, effective and efficient pandemic prevention, preparedness and response monitoring and evaluation system.

    2. Each Party shall assess, every five years, with technical support from the WHO Secretariat upon request, the functioning and readiness of, and gaps in, its pandemic prevention, preparedness and response capacity, based on the relevant tools and guidelines developed by WHO in partnership with relevant organizations at international, regional and sub-regional levels.

    Note that this is being required of countries that are already struggling to implement monitoring systems for major endemic diseases, including tuberculosis, malaria, HIV, and nutritional deficiencies. They will be legally bound to divert resources to pandemic prevention. While there is some overlap, it will inevitably divert resources from currently underfunded programs for diseases of far higher local burdens, and so (not theoretically, but inevitably) raise mortality. Poor countries are being required to put resources into problems deemed significant by richer countries.

    Article 9. Research and development

    Various general provisions about undertaking background research that countries are generally doing anyway, but with an ’emerging disease’ slant. Again, the INB fails to justify why this diversion of resources from researching greater disease burdens should occur in all countries (why not just those with excess resources?).

    Article 10. Sustainable and geographically diversified production

    Mostly non-binding but suggested cooperation on making pandemic-related products available, including support for manufacturing in “inter-pandemic times” (a fascinating rendering of ‘normal’), when they would only be viable through subsidies. Much of this is probably unimplementable, as it would not be practical to maintain facilities in most or all countries on stand-by for rare events, at cost of resources otherwise useful for other priorities. The desire to increase production in ‘developing’ countries will face major barriers and costs in terms of maintaining quality of production, particularly as many products will have limited use outside of rare outbreak situations.

    Article 11. Transfer of technology and know-how

    This article, always problematic for large pharmaceutical corporations sponsoring much WHO outbreak activities, is now watered down to weak requirements to ‘consider,’ promote,’ provide, within capabilities’ etc.

    Article 12. Access and benefit sharing

    This Article is intended to establish the WHO Pathogen Access and Benefit-Sharing System (PABS System). PABS is intended to “ensure rapid, systematic and timely access to biological materials of pathogens with pandemic potential and the genetic sequence data.” This system is of potential high relevance and needs to be interpreted in the context that SARS-CoV-2, the pathogen causing the recent Covid-19 outbreak, was highly likely to have escaped from a laboratory. PABS is intended to expand the laboratory storage, transport, and handling of such viruses, under the oversight of the WHO, an organization outside of national jurisdiction with no significant direct experience in handling biological materials.

    3. When a Party has access to a pathogen [it shall]:

    (a) share with WHO any pathogen sequence information as soon as it is available to the Party;

    (b) as soon as biological materials are available to the Party, provide the materials to one or more laboratories and/or biorepositories participating in WHO-coordinated laboratory networks (CLNs),

    Subsequent clauses state that benefits will be shared, and seek to prevent recipient laboratories from patenting materials received from other countries. This has been a major concern of low-and middle-income countries previously, who perceive that institutions in wealthy countries patent and benefit from materials derived from less-wealthy populations. It remains to be seen whether provisions here will be sufficient to address this.

    The article then becomes yet more concerning:

    6. WHO shall conclude legally binding standard PABS contracts with manufacturers to provide the following, taking into account the size, nature and capacities of the manufacturer:

    (a) annual monetary contributions to support the PABS System and relevant capacities in countries; the determination of the annual amount, use, and approach for monitoring and accountability, shall be finalized by the Parties;

    (b) real-time contributions of relevant diagnostics, therapeutics or vaccines produced by the manufacturer, 10% free of charge and 10% at not-for-profit prices during public health emergencies of international concern or pandemics, …

    It is clearly intended that the WHO becomes directly involved in setting up legally binding manufacturing contracts, despite the WHO being outside of national jurisdictional oversight, within the territories of Member States. The PABS system, and therefore its staff and dependent entities, are also to be supported in part by funds from the manufacturers whom they are supposed to be managing. The income of the organization will be dependent on maintaining positive relationships with these private entities in a similar way in which many national regulatory agencies are dependent upon funds from pharmaceutical companies whom their staff ostensibly regulate. In this case, the regulator will be even further removed from public oversight.

    The clause on 10% (why 10?) products being free of charge, and similar at cost, while ensuring lower-priced commodities irrespective of actual need (the outbreak may be confined to wealthy countries). The same entity, the WHO, will determine whether the triggering emergency exists, determine the response, and manage the contracts to provide the commodities, without direct jurisdictional oversight regarding the potential for corruption or conflict of interest. It is a remarkable system to suggest, irrespective of political or regulatory environment.

    8. The Parties shall cooperate…public financing of research and development, prepurchase agreements, or regulatory procedures, to encourage and facilitate as many manufacturers as possible to enter into standard PABS contracts as early as possible.

    The article envisions that public funding will be used to build the process, ensuring essentially no-risk private profit.

    10. To support operationalization of the PABS System, WHO shall…make such contracts public, while respecting commercial confidentiality.

    The public may know whom contracts are made with, but not all details of the contracts. There will therefore be no independent oversight of the clauses agreed between the WHO, a body outside of national jurisdiction and dependent of commercial companies for funding some of its work and salaries, and these same companies, on ‘needs’ that the WHO itself will have sole authority, under the proposed amendments to the IHR, to determine.

    The Article further states that the WHO shall use its own product regulatory system (prequalification) and Emergency Use Listing Procedure to open and stimulate markets for the manufacturers of these products.

    It is doubtful that any national government could make such an overall agreement, yet in May 2024 they will be voting to provide this to what is essentially a foreign, and partly privately financed, entity.

    Article 13. Supply chain and logistics

    The WHO will become convenor of a ‘Global Supply Chain and Logistics Network’ for commercially-produced products, to be supplied under WHO contracts when and where the WHO determines, whilst also having the role of ensuring safety of such products.

    Having mutual support coordinated between countries is good. Having this run by an organization that is significantly funded directly by those gaining from the sale of these same commodities seems reckless and counterintuitive. Few countries would allow this (or at least plan for it).

    For this to occur safely, the WHO would logically have to forgo all private investment, and greatly restrict national specified funding contributions. Otherwise, the conflicts of interest involved would destroy confidence in the system. There is no suggestion of such divestment from the WHO, but rather, as in Article 12, private sector dependency, directly tied to contracts, will increase.

    Article 13bis: National procurement- and distribution-related provisions

    While suffering the same (perhaps unavoidable) issues regarding commercial confidentiality, this alternate Article 13 seems far more appropriate, keeping commercial issues under national jurisdiction and avoiding the obvious conflict of interests that underpin funding for WHO activities and staffing.

    Article 14. Regulatory systems strengthening

    This entire Article reflects initiatives and programs already in place. Nothing here appears likely to add to current effort.

    Article 15. Liability and compensation management

    1. Each Party shall consider developing, as necessary and in accordance with applicable law, national strategies for managing liability in its territory related to pandemic vaccines…no-fault compensation mechanisms…

    2. The Parties…shall develop recommendations for the establishment and implementation of national, regional and/or global no-fault compensation mechanisms and strategies for managing liability during pandemic emergencies, including with regard to individuals that are in a humanitarian setting or vulnerable situations.

    This is quite remarkable, but also reflects some national legislation, in removing any fault or liability specifically from vaccine manufacturers, for harms done in pushing out vaccines to the public. During the Covid-19 response, genetic therapeutics being developed by BioNtech and Moderna were reclassified as vaccines, on the basis that an immune response is stimulated after they have modified intracellular biochemical pathways as a medicine normally does.

    This enabled specific trials normally required for carcinogenicity and teratogenicity to be bypassed, despite raised fetal abnormality rates in animal trials. It will enable the CEPI 100-day vaccine program, supported with private funding to support private mRNA vaccine manufacturers, to proceed without any risk to the manufacturer should there be subsequent public harm.

    Together with an earlier provision on public funding of research and manufacturing readiness, and the removal of former wording requiring intellectual property sharing in Article 11, this ensures vaccine manufacturers and their investors make profit in effective absence of risk.

    These entities are currently heavily invested in support for WHO, and were strongly aligned with the introduction of newly restrictive outbreak responses that emphasized and sometimes mandated their products during the Covid-19 outbreak.

    Article 16. International collaboration and cooperation

    A somewhat pointless article. It suggests that countries cooperate with each other and the WHO to implement the other agreements in the Agreement.

    Article 17. Whole-of-government and whole-of-society approaches

    A list of essentially motherhood provisions related to planning for a pandemic. However, countries will legally be required to maintain a ‘national coordination multisectoral body’ for PPPR. This will essentially be an added burden on budgets, and inevitably divert further resources from other priorities. Perhaps just strengthening current infectious disease and nutritional programs would be more impactful. (Nowhere in this Agreement is nutrition discussed (essential for resilience to pathogens) and minimal wording is included on sanitation and clean water (other major reasons for reduction in infectious disease mortality over past centuries).

    However, the ‘community ownership’ wording is interesting (“empower and enable community ownership of, and contribution to, community readiness for and resilience [for PPPR]”), as this directly contradicts much of the rest of the Agreement, including the centralization of control under the Conference of Parties, requirements for countries to allocate resources to pandemic preparedness over other community priorities, and the idea of inspecting and assessing adherence to the centralized requirements of the Agreement. Either much of the rest of the Agreement is redundant, or this wording is purely for appearance and not to be followed (and therefore should be removed).

    Article 18. Communication and public awareness

    1. Each Party shall promote timely access to credible and evidence-based information …with the aim of countering and addressing misinformation or disinformation…

    2. The Parties shall, as appropriate, promote and/or conduct research and inform policies on factors that hinder or strengthen adherence to public health and social measures in a pandemic, as well as trust in science and public health institutions and agencies.

    The key word is as appropriate, given that many agencies, including the WHO, have overseen or aided policies during the Covid-19 response that have greatly increased poverty, child marriage, teenage pregnancy, and education loss.

    As the WHO has been shown to be significantly misrepresenting pandemic risk in the process of advocating for this Agreement and related instruments, its own communications would also fall outside the provision here related to evidence-based information, and fall within normal understandings of misinformation. It could not therefore be an arbiter of correctness of information here, so the Article is not implementable. Rewritten to recommend accurate evidence-based information being promoted, it would make good sense, but this is not an issue requiring a legally binding international agreement.

    Article 19. Implementation and support

    3. The WHO Secretariat…organize the technical and financial assistance necessary to address such gaps and needs in implementing the commitments agreed upon under the Pandemic Agreement and the International Health Regulations (2005).

    As the WHO is dependent on donor support, its ability to address gaps in funding within Member States is clearly not something it can guarantee. The purpose of this article is unclear, repeating in paragraphs 1 and 2 the earlier intent for countries to generally support each other.

    Article 20. Sustainable financing

    1. The Parties commit to working together…In this regard, each Party, within the means and resources at its disposal, shall:

    (a) prioritize and maintain or increase, as necessary, domestic funding for pandemic prevention, preparedness and response, without undermining other domestic public health priorities including for: (i) strengthening and sustaining capacities for the prevention, preparedness and response to health emergencies and pandemics, in particular the core capacities of the International Health Regulations (2005);…

    This is silly wording, as countries obviously have to prioritize within budgets, so that moving funds to one area means removing from another. The essence of public health policy is weighing and making such decisions; this reality seems to be ignored here through wishful thinking. (a) is clearly redundant, as the IHR (2005) already exists and countries have agreed to support it.

    3. A Coordinating Financial Mechanism (the “Mechanism”) is hereby established to support the implementation of both the WHO Pandemic Agreement and the International Health Regulations (2005)

    This will be in parallel to the Pandemic Fund recently commenced by the World Bank – an issue not lost on INB delegates and so likely to change here in the final version. It will also be additive to the Global Fund to fight AIDS, tuberculosis, and malaria, and other health financing mechanisms, and so require another parallel international bureaucracy, presumably based in Geneva.

    It is intended to have its own capacity to “conduct relevant analyses on needs and gaps, in addition to tracking cooperation efforts,” so it will not be a small undertaking.

    Chapter III. Institutional and final provisions

    Article 21. Conference of the Parties

    1. A Conference of the Parties is hereby established.

    2. The Conference of the Parties shall keep under regular review, every three years, the implementation of the WHO Pandemic Agreement and take the decisions necessary to promote its effective implementation.

    This sets up the governing body to oversee this Agreement (another body requiring a secretariat and support). It is intended to meet within a year of the Agreement coming into force, and then set its own rules on meeting thereafter. It is likely that many provisions outlined in this draft of the Agreement will be deferred to the COP for further discussion.

    Articles 22 – 37

    These articles cover the functioning of the Conference of Parties (COP) and various administrative issues.

    Of note, ‘block votes’ will be allowed from regional bodies (e.g. the EU).

    The WHO will provide the secretariat.

    Under Article 24 is noted:

    3. Nothing in the WHO Pandemic Agreement shall be interpreted as providing the Secretariat of the World Health Organization, including the WHO Director-General, any authority to direct, order, alter or otherwise prescribe the domestic laws or policies of any Party, or to mandate or otherwise impose any requirements that Parties take specific actions, such as ban or accept travellers, impose vaccination mandates or therapeutic or diagnostic measures, or implement lockdowns.

    These provisions are explicitly stated in the proposed amendments to the IHR, to be considered alongside this agreement. Article 26 notes that the IHR is to be interpreted as compatible, thereby confirming that the IHR provisions including border closures and limits on freedom of movement, mandated vaccination, and other lockdown measures are not negated by this statement.

    As Article 26 states: “The Parties recognize that the WHO Pandemic Agreement and the International Health Regulations should be interpreted so as to be compatible.”

    Some would consider this subterfuge – The Director-General recently labeled as liars those who claimed the Agreement included these powers, whilst failing to acknowledge the accompanying IHR amendments. The WHO could do better in avoiding misleading messaging, especially when this involves denigration of the public.

    Article 32 (Withdrawal) requires that, once adopted, Parties cannot withdraw for a total of 3 years (giving notice after a minimum of 2 years). Financial obligations undertaken under the agreement continue beyond that time.

    Finally, the Agreement will come into force, assuming a two-thirds majority in the WHA is achieved (Article 19, WHO Constitution), 30 days after the fortieth country has ratified it.

    Further reading:

    WHO Pandemic Agreement Intergovernmental Negotiating Board website:

    https://inb.who.int/

    International Health Regulations Working Group website:

    https://apps.who.int/gb/wgihr/index.html

    On background to the WHO texts:

    Amendments to WHO’s International Health Regulations: An Annotated Guide
    An Unofficial Q&A on International Health Regulations
    On urgency and burden of pandemics:

    https://essl.leeds.ac.uk/downloads/download/228/rational-policy-over-panic

    Disease X and Davos: This is Not the Way to Evaluate and Formulate Public Health Policy
    Before Preparing for Pandemics, We Need Better Evidence of Risk
    Revised Draft of the negotiating text of the WHO Pandemic Agreement:

    Published under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License
    For reprints, please set the canonical link back to the original Brownstone Institute Article and Author.

    Authors

    David Bell
    David Bell, Senior Scholar at Brownstone Institute, is a public health physician and biotech consultant in global health. He is a former medical officer and scientist at the World Health Organization (WHO), Programme Head for malaria and febrile diseases at the Foundation for Innovative New Diagnostics (FIND) in Geneva, Switzerland, and Director of Global Health Technologies at Intellectual Ventures Global Good Fund in Bellevue, WA, USA.

    View all posts
    Thi Thuy Van Dinh
    Dr. Thi Thuy Van Dinh (LLM, PhD) worked on international law in the United Nations Office on Drugs and Crime and the Office of the High Commissioner for Human Rights. Subsequently, she managed multilateral organization partnerships for Intellectual Ventures Global Good Fund and led environmental health technology development efforts for low-resource settings.

    View all posts
    Your financial backing of Brownstone Institute goes to support writers, lawyers, scientists, economists, and other people of courage who have been professionally purged and displaced during the upheaval of our times. You can help get the truth out through their ongoing work.

    https://brownstone.org/articles/the-who-pandemic-agreement-a-guide/

    https://www.minds.com/donshafi911/blog/the-who-pandemic-agreement-a-guide-1621719398509187077
    The WHO Pandemic Agreement: A Guide By David Bell, Thi Thuy Van Dinh March 22, 2024 Government, Society 30 minute read The World Health Organization (WHO) and its 194 Member States have been engaged for over two years in the development of two ‘instruments’ or agreements with the intent of radically changing the way pandemics and other health emergencies are managed. One, consisting of draft amendments to the existing International health Regulations (IHR), seeks to change the current IHR non-binding recommendations into requirements or binding recommendations, by having countries “undertake” to implement those given by the WHO in future declared health emergencies. It covers all ‘public health emergencies of international concern’ (PHEIC), with a single person, the WHO Director-General (DG) determining what a PHEIC is, where it extends, and when it ends. It specifies mandated vaccines, border closures, and other directives understood as lockdowns among the requirements the DG can impose. It is discussed further elsewhere and still under negotiation in Geneva. A second document, previously known as the (draft) Pandemic Treaty, then Pandemic Accord, and more recently the Pandemic Agreement, seeks to specify governance, supply chains, and various other interventions aimed at preventing, preparing for, and responding to, pandemics (pandemic prevention, preparedness and response – PPPR). It is currently being negotiated by the Intergovernmental Negotiating Body (INB). Both texts will be subject to a vote at the May 2024 World Health Assembly (WHA) in Geneva, Switzerland. These votes are intended, by those promoting these projects, to bring governance of future multi-country healthcare emergencies (or threats thereof) under the WHO umbrella. The latest version of the draft Pandemic Agreement (here forth the ‘Agreement’) was released on 7th March 2024. However, it is still being negotiated by various committees comprising representatives of Member States and other interested entities. It has been through multiple iterations over two years, and looks like it. With the teeth of the pandemic response proposals in the IHR, the Agreement looks increasingly irrelevant, or at least unsure of its purpose, picking up bits and pieces in a half-hearted way that the IHR amendments do not, or cannot, include. However, as discussed below, it is far from irrelevant. Historical Perspective These aim to increase the centralization of decision-making within the WHO as the “directing and coordinating authority.” This terminology comes from the WHO’s 1946 Constitution, developed in the aftermath of the Second World War as the world faced the outcomes of European fascism and the similar approaches widely imposed through colonialist regimes. The WHO would support emerging countries, with rapidly expanding and poorly resourced populations struggling under high disease burdens, and coordinate some areas of international support as these sovereign countries requested it. The emphasis of action was on coordinating rather than directing. In the 80 years prior to the WHO’s existence, international public health had grown within a more directive mindset, with a series of meetings by colonial and slave-owning powers from 1851 to manage pandemics, culminating in the inauguration of the Office Internationale d’Hygiene Publique in Paris in 1907, and later the League of Nations Health Office. World powers imposed health dictates on those less powerful, in other parts of the world and increasingly on their own population through the eugenics movement and similar approaches. Public health would direct, for the greater good, as a tool of those who wish to direct the lives of others. The WHO, governed by the WHA, was to be very different. Newly independent States and their former colonial masters were ostensibly on an equal footing within the WHA (one country – one vote), and the WHO’s work overall was to be an example of how human rights could dominate the way society works. The model for international public health, as exemplified in the Declaration of Alma Ata in 1978, was to be horizontal rather than vertical, with communities and countries in the driving seat. With the evolution of the WHO in recent decades from a core funding model (countries give money, the WHO decides under the WHA guidance how to spend it) to a model based on specified funding (funders, both public and increasingly private, instruct the WHO on how to spend it), the WHO has inevitably changed to become a public-private partnership required to serve the interests of funders rather than populations. As most funding comes from a few countries with major Pharma industrial bases, or private investors and corporations in the same industry, the WHO has been required to emphasize the use of pharmaceuticals and downplay evidence and knowledge where these clash (if it wants to keep all its staff funded). It is helpful to view the draft Agreement, and the IHR amendments, in this context. Why May 2024? The WHO, together with the World Bank, G20, and other institutions have been emphasizing the urgency of putting the new pandemic instruments in place earnestly, before the ‘next pandemic.’ This is based on claims that the world was unprepared for Covid-19, and that the economic and health harm would be somehow avoidable if we had these agreements in place. They emphasize, contrary to evidence that Covid-19 virus (SARS-CoV-2) origins involve laboratory manipulation, that the main threats we face are natural, and that these are increasing exponentially and present an “existential” threat to humanity. The data on which the WHO, the World Bank, and G20 base these claims demonstrates the contrary, with reported natural outbreaks having increased as detection technologies have developed, but reducing in mortality rate, and in numbers, over the past 10 to 20 years.. A paper cited by the World Bank to justify urgency and quoted as suggesting a 3x increase in risk in the coming decade actually suggests that a Covid-19-like event would occur roughly every 129 years, and a Spanish-flu repetition every 292 to 877 years. Such predictions are unable to take into account the rapidly changing nature of medicine and improved sanitation and nutrition (most deaths from Spanish flu would not have occurred if modern antibiotics had been available), and so may still overestimate risk. Similarly, the WHO’s own priority disease list for new outbreaks only includes two diseases of proven natural origin that have over 1,000 historical deaths attributed to them. It is well demonstrated that the risk and expected burden of pandemics is misrepresented by major international agencies in current discussions. The urgency for May 2024 is clearly therefore inadequately supported, firstly because neither the WHO nor others have demonstrated how the harms accrued through Covid-19 would be reduced through the measures proposed, and secondly because the burden and risk is misrepresented. In this context, the state of the Agreement is clearly not where it should be as a draft international legally binding agreement intended to impose considerable financial and other obligations on States and populations. This is particularly problematic as the proposed expenditure; the proposed budget is over $31 billion per year, with over $10 billion more on other One Health activities. Much of this will have to be diverted from addressing other diseases burdens that impose far greater burden. This trade-off, essential to understand in public health policy development, has not yet been clearly addressed by the WHO. The WHO DG stated recently that the WHO does not want the power to impose vaccine mandates or lockdowns on anyone, and does not want this. This begs the question of why either of the current WHO pandemic instruments is being proposed, both as legally binding documents. The current IHR (2005) already sets out such approaches as recommendations the DG can make, and there is nothing non-mandatory that countries cannot do now without pushing new treaty-like mechanisms through a vote in Geneva. Based on the DG’s claims, they are essentially redundant, and what new non-mandatory clauses they contain, as set out below, are certainly not urgent. Clauses that are mandatory (Member States “shall”) must be considered within national decision-making contexts and appear against the WHO’s stated intent. Common sense would suggest that the Agreement, and the accompanying IHR amendments, be properly thought through before Member States commit. The WHO has already abandoned the legal requirement for a 4-month review time for the IHR amendments (Article 55.2 IHR), which are also still under negotiation just 2 months before the WHA deadline. The Agreement should also have at least such a period for States to properly consider whether to agree – treaties normally take many years to develop and negotiate and no valid arguments have been put forward as to why these should be different. The Covid-19 response resulted in an unprecedented transfer of wealth from those of lower income to the very wealthy few, completely contrary to the way in which the WHO was intended to affect human society. A considerable portion of these pandemic profits went to current sponsors of the WHO, and these same corporate entities and investors are set to further benefit from the new pandemic agreements. As written, the Pandemic Agreement risks entrenching such centralization and profit-taking, and the accompanying unprecedented restrictions on human rights and freedoms, as a public health norm. To continue with a clearly flawed agreement simply because of a previously set deadline, when no clear population benefit is articulated and no true urgency demonstrated, would therefore be a major step backward in international public health. Basic principles of proportionality, human agency, and community empowerment, essential for health and human rights outcomes, are missing or paid lip-service. The WHO clearly wishes to increase its funding and show it is ‘doing something,’ but must first articulate why the voluntary provisions of the current IHR are insufficient. It is hoped that by systematically reviewing some key clauses of the agreement here, it will become clear why a rethink of the whole approach is necessary. The full text is found below. The commentary below concentrates on selected draft provisions of the latest publicly available version of the draft agreement that seem to be unclear or potentially problematic. Much of the remaining text is essentially pointless as it reiterates vague intentions to be found in other documents or activities which countries normally undertake in the course of running health services, and have no place in a focused legally-binding international agreement. REVISED Draft of the negotiating text of the WHO Pandemic Agreement. 7th March, 2024 Preamble Recognizing that the World Health Organization…is the directing and coordinating authority on international health work. This is inconsistent with a recent statement by the WHO DG that the WHO has no interest or intent to direct country health responses. To reiterate it here suggests that the DG is not representing the true position regarding the Agreement. “Directing authority” is however in line with the proposed IHR Amendments (and the WHO’s Constitution), under which countries will “undertake” ahead of time to follow the DG’s recommendations (which thereby become instructions). As the HR amendments make clear, this is intended to apply even to a perceived threat rather than actual harm. Recalling the constitution of the World Health Organization…highest attainable standard of health is one of the fundamental rights of every human being without distinction of race, religion, political belief, economic or social condition. This statement recalls fundamental understandings of public health, and is of importance here as it raises the question of why the WHO did not strongly condemn prolonged school closures, workplace closures, and other impoverishing policies during the Covid-19 response. In 2019, WHO made clear that these dangers should prevent actions we now call ‘lockdowns’ from being imposed. Deeply concerned by the gross inequities at national and international levels that hindered timely and equitable access to medical and other Covid-19 pandemic-related products, and the serious shortcomings in pandemic preparedness. In terms of health equity (as distinct from commodity of ‘vaccine’ equity), inequity in the Covid-19 response was not in failing to provide a vaccine against former variants to immune, young people in low-income countries who were at far higher risk from endemic diseases, but in the disproportionate harm to them of uniformly-imposed NPIs that reduced current and future income and basic healthcare, as was noted by the WHO in 2019 Pandemic Influenza recommendations. The failure of the text to recognize this suggests that lessons from Covid-19 have not informed this draft Agreement. The WHO has not yet demonstrated how pandemic ‘preparedness,’ in the terms they use below, would have reduced impact, given that there is poor correlation between strictness or speed of response and eventual outcomes. Reiterating the need to work towards…an equitable approach to mitigate the risk that pandemics exacerbate existing inequities in access to health services, As above – in the past century, the issue of inequity has been most pronounced in pandemic response, rather than the impact of the virus itself (excluding the physiological variation in risk). Most recorded deaths from acute pandemics, since the Spanish flu, were during Covid-19, in which the virus hit mainly sick elderly, but response impacted working-age adults and children heavily and will continue to have effect, due to increased poverty and debt; reduced education and child marriage, in future generations. These have disproportionately affected lower-income people, and particularly women. The lack of recognition of this in this document, though they are recognized by the World Bank and UN agencies elsewhere, must raise real questions on whether this Agreement has been thoroughly thought through, and the process of development been sufficiently inclusive and objective. Chapter I. Introduction Article 1. Use of terms (i) “pathogen with pandemic potential” means any pathogen that has been identified to infect a human and that is: novel (not yet characterized) or known (including a variant of a known pathogen), potentially highly transmissible and/or highly virulent with the potential to cause a public health emergency of international concern. This provides a very wide scope to alter provisions. Any pathogen that can infect humans and is potentially highly transmissible or virulent, though yet uncharacterized means virtually any coronavirus, influenza virus, or a plethora of other relatively common pathogen groups. The IHR Amendments intend that the DG alone can make this call, over the advice of others, as occurred with monkeypox in 2022. (j) “persons in vulnerable situations” means individuals, groups or communities with a disproportionate increased risk of infection, severity, disease or mortality. This is a good definition – in Covid-19 context, would mean the sick elderly, and so is relevant to targeting a response. “Universal health coverage” means that all people have access to the full range of quality health services they need, when and where they need them, without financial hardship. While the general UHC concept is good, it is time a sensible (rather than patently silly) definition was adopted. Society cannot afford the full range of possible interventions and remedies for all, and clearly there is a scale of cost vs benefit that prioritizes certain ones over others. Sensible definitions make action more likely, and inaction harder to justify. One could argue that none should have the full range until all have good basic care, but clearly the earth will not support ‘the full range’ for 8 billion people. Article 2. Objective This Agreement is specifically for pandemics (a poorly defined term but essentially a pathogen that spreads rapidly across national borders). In contrast, the IHR amendments accompanying it are broader in scope – for any public health emergencies of international concern. Article 3. Principles 2. the sovereign right of States to adopt, legislate and implement legislation The amendments to the IHR require States to undertake to follow WHO instructions ahead of time, before such instruction and context are known. These two documents must be understood, as noted later in the Agreement draft, as complementary. 3. equity as the goal and outcome of pandemic prevention, preparedness and response, ensuring the absence of unfair, avoidable or remediable differences among groups of people. This definition of equity here needs clarification. In the pandemic context, the WHO emphasized commodity (vaccine) equity during the Covid-19 response. Elimination of differences implied equal access to Covid-19 vaccines in countries with large aging, obese highly vulnerable populations (e.g. the USA or Italy), and those with young populations at minimal risk and with far more pressing health priorities (e.g. Niger or Uganda). Alternatively, but equally damaging, equal access to different age groups within a country when the risk-benefit ratio is clearly greatly different. This promotes worse health outcomes by diverting resources from where they are most useful, as it ignores heterogeneity of risk. Again, an adult approach is required in international agreements, rather than feel-good sentences, if they are going to have a positive impact. 5. …a more equitable and better prepared world to prevent, respond to and recover from pandemics As with ‘3’ above, this raises a fundamental problem: What if health equity demands that some populations divert resources to childhood nutrition and endemic diseases rather than the latest pandemic, as these are likely of far higher burden to many younger but lower-income populations? This would not be equity in the definition implied here, but would clearly lead to better and more equal health outcomes. The WHO must decide whether it is about uniform action, or minimizing poor health, as these are clearly very different. They are the difference between the WHO’s commodity equity, and true health equity. Chapter II. The world together equitably: achieving equity in, for and through pandemic prevention, preparedness and response Equity in health should imply a reasonably equal chance of overcoming or avoiding preventable sickness. The vast majority of sickness and death is due to either non-communicable diseases often related to lifestyle, such as obesity and type 2 diabetes mellitus, undernutrition in childhood, and endemic infectious diseases such as tuberculosis, malaria, and HIV/AIDS. Achieving health equity would primarily mean addressing these. In this chapter of the draft Pandemic Agreement, equity is used to imply equal access to specific health commodities, particularly vaccines, for intermittent health emergencies, although these exert a small fraction of the burden of other diseases. It is, specifically, commodity-equity, and not geared to equalizing overall health burden but to enabling centrally-coordinated homogenous responses to unusual events. Article 4. Pandemic prevention and surveillance 2. The Parties shall undertake to cooperate: (b) in support of…initiatives aimed at preventing pandemics, in particular those that improve surveillance, early warning and risk assessment; .…and identify settings and activities presenting a risk of emergence and re-emergence of pathogens with pandemic potential. (c-h) [Paragraphs on water and sanitation, infection control, strengthening of biosafety, surveillance and prevention of vector-born diseases, and addressing antimicrobial resistance.] The WHO intends the Agreement to have force under international law. Therefore, countries are undertaking to put themselves under force of international law in regards to complying with the agreement’s stipulations. The provisions under this long article mostly cover general health stuff that countries try to do anyway. The difference will be that countries will be assessed on progress. Assessment can be fine if in context, less fine if it consists of entitled ‘experts’ from wealthy countries with little local knowledge or context. Perhaps such compliance is best left to national authorities, who are more in use with local needs and priorities. The justification for the international bureaucracy being built to support this, while fun for those involved, is unclear and will divert resources from actual health work. 6. The Conference of the Parties may adopt, as necessary, guidelines, recommendations and standards, including in relation to pandemic prevention capacities, to support the implementation of this Article. Here and later, the COP is invoked as a vehicle to decide on what will actually be done. The rules are explained later (Articles 21-23). While allowing more time is sensible, it begs the question of why it is not better to wait and discuss what is needed in the current INB process, before committing to a legally-binding agreement. This current article says nothing not already covered by the IHR2005 or other ongoing programs. Article 5. One Health approach to pandemic prevention, preparedness and response Nothing specific or new in this article. It seems redundant (it is advocating a holistic approach mentioned elsewhere) and so presumably is just to get the term ‘One Health’ into the agreement. (One could ask, why bother?) Some mainstream definitions of One Health (e.g. Lancet) consider that it means non-human species are on a par with humans in terms of rights and importance. If this is meant here, clearly most Member States would disagree. So we may assume that it is just words to keep someone happy (a little childish in an international document, but the term ‘One Health’ has been trending, like ‘equity,’ as if the concept of holistic approaches to public health were new). Article 6. Preparedness, health system resilience and recovery 2. Each Party commits…[to] : (a) routine and essential health services during pandemics with a focus on primary health care, routine immunization and mental health care, and with particular attention to persons in vulnerable situations (b) developing, strengthening and maintaining health infrastructure (c) developing post-pandemic health system recovery strategies (d) developing, strengthening and maintaining: health information systems This is good, and (a) seems to require avoidance of lockdowns (which inevitably cause the harms listed). Unfortunately other WHO documents lead one to assume this is not the intent…It does appear therefore that this is simply another list of fairly non-specific feel-good measures that have no useful place in a new legally-binding agreement, and which most countries are already undertaking. (e) promoting the use of social and behavioural sciences, risk communication and community engagement for pandemic prevention, preparedness and response. This requires clarification, as the use of behavioral science during the Covid-19 response involved deliberate inducement of fear to promote behaviors that people would not otherwise follow (e.g. Spi-B). It is essential here that the document clarifies how behavioral science should be used ethically in healthcare. Otherwise, this is also a quite meaningless provision. Article 7. Health and care workforce This long Article discusses health workforce, training, retention, non-discrimination, stigma, bias, adequate remuneration, and other standard provisions for workplaces. It is unclear why it is included in a legally binding pandemic agreement, except for: 4. [The Parties]…shall invest in establishing, sustaining, coordinating and mobilizing a skilled and trained multidisciplinary global public health emergency workforce…Parties having established emergency health teams should inform WHO thereof and make best efforts to respond to requests for deployment… Emergency health teams established (within capacity etc.) – are something countries already do, when they have capacity. There is no reason to have this as a legally-binding instrument, and clearly no urgency to do so. Article 8. Preparedness monitoring and functional reviews 1. The Parties shall, building on existing and relevant tools, develop and implement an inclusive, transparent, effective and efficient pandemic prevention, preparedness and response monitoring and evaluation system. 2. Each Party shall assess, every five years, with technical support from the WHO Secretariat upon request, the functioning and readiness of, and gaps in, its pandemic prevention, preparedness and response capacity, based on the relevant tools and guidelines developed by WHO in partnership with relevant organizations at international, regional and sub-regional levels. Note that this is being required of countries that are already struggling to implement monitoring systems for major endemic diseases, including tuberculosis, malaria, HIV, and nutritional deficiencies. They will be legally bound to divert resources to pandemic prevention. While there is some overlap, it will inevitably divert resources from currently underfunded programs for diseases of far higher local burdens, and so (not theoretically, but inevitably) raise mortality. Poor countries are being required to put resources into problems deemed significant by richer countries. Article 9. Research and development Various general provisions about undertaking background research that countries are generally doing anyway, but with an ’emerging disease’ slant. Again, the INB fails to justify why this diversion of resources from researching greater disease burdens should occur in all countries (why not just those with excess resources?). Article 10. Sustainable and geographically diversified production Mostly non-binding but suggested cooperation on making pandemic-related products available, including support for manufacturing in “inter-pandemic times” (a fascinating rendering of ‘normal’), when they would only be viable through subsidies. Much of this is probably unimplementable, as it would not be practical to maintain facilities in most or all countries on stand-by for rare events, at cost of resources otherwise useful for other priorities. The desire to increase production in ‘developing’ countries will face major barriers and costs in terms of maintaining quality of production, particularly as many products will have limited use outside of rare outbreak situations. Article 11. Transfer of technology and know-how This article, always problematic for large pharmaceutical corporations sponsoring much WHO outbreak activities, is now watered down to weak requirements to ‘consider,’ promote,’ provide, within capabilities’ etc. Article 12. Access and benefit sharing This Article is intended to establish the WHO Pathogen Access and Benefit-Sharing System (PABS System). PABS is intended to “ensure rapid, systematic and timely access to biological materials of pathogens with pandemic potential and the genetic sequence data.” This system is of potential high relevance and needs to be interpreted in the context that SARS-CoV-2, the pathogen causing the recent Covid-19 outbreak, was highly likely to have escaped from a laboratory. PABS is intended to expand the laboratory storage, transport, and handling of such viruses, under the oversight of the WHO, an organization outside of national jurisdiction with no significant direct experience in handling biological materials. 3. When a Party has access to a pathogen [it shall]: (a) share with WHO any pathogen sequence information as soon as it is available to the Party; (b) as soon as biological materials are available to the Party, provide the materials to one or more laboratories and/or biorepositories participating in WHO-coordinated laboratory networks (CLNs), Subsequent clauses state that benefits will be shared, and seek to prevent recipient laboratories from patenting materials received from other countries. This has been a major concern of low-and middle-income countries previously, who perceive that institutions in wealthy countries patent and benefit from materials derived from less-wealthy populations. It remains to be seen whether provisions here will be sufficient to address this. The article then becomes yet more concerning: 6. WHO shall conclude legally binding standard PABS contracts with manufacturers to provide the following, taking into account the size, nature and capacities of the manufacturer: (a) annual monetary contributions to support the PABS System and relevant capacities in countries; the determination of the annual amount, use, and approach for monitoring and accountability, shall be finalized by the Parties; (b) real-time contributions of relevant diagnostics, therapeutics or vaccines produced by the manufacturer, 10% free of charge and 10% at not-for-profit prices during public health emergencies of international concern or pandemics, … It is clearly intended that the WHO becomes directly involved in setting up legally binding manufacturing contracts, despite the WHO being outside of national jurisdictional oversight, within the territories of Member States. The PABS system, and therefore its staff and dependent entities, are also to be supported in part by funds from the manufacturers whom they are supposed to be managing. The income of the organization will be dependent on maintaining positive relationships with these private entities in a similar way in which many national regulatory agencies are dependent upon funds from pharmaceutical companies whom their staff ostensibly regulate. In this case, the regulator will be even further removed from public oversight. The clause on 10% (why 10?) products being free of charge, and similar at cost, while ensuring lower-priced commodities irrespective of actual need (the outbreak may be confined to wealthy countries). The same entity, the WHO, will determine whether the triggering emergency exists, determine the response, and manage the contracts to provide the commodities, without direct jurisdictional oversight regarding the potential for corruption or conflict of interest. It is a remarkable system to suggest, irrespective of political or regulatory environment. 8. The Parties shall cooperate…public financing of research and development, prepurchase agreements, or regulatory procedures, to encourage and facilitate as many manufacturers as possible to enter into standard PABS contracts as early as possible. The article envisions that public funding will be used to build the process, ensuring essentially no-risk private profit. 10. To support operationalization of the PABS System, WHO shall…make such contracts public, while respecting commercial confidentiality. The public may know whom contracts are made with, but not all details of the contracts. There will therefore be no independent oversight of the clauses agreed between the WHO, a body outside of national jurisdiction and dependent of commercial companies for funding some of its work and salaries, and these same companies, on ‘needs’ that the WHO itself will have sole authority, under the proposed amendments to the IHR, to determine. The Article further states that the WHO shall use its own product regulatory system (prequalification) and Emergency Use Listing Procedure to open and stimulate markets for the manufacturers of these products. It is doubtful that any national government could make such an overall agreement, yet in May 2024 they will be voting to provide this to what is essentially a foreign, and partly privately financed, entity. Article 13. Supply chain and logistics The WHO will become convenor of a ‘Global Supply Chain and Logistics Network’ for commercially-produced products, to be supplied under WHO contracts when and where the WHO determines, whilst also having the role of ensuring safety of such products. Having mutual support coordinated between countries is good. Having this run by an organization that is significantly funded directly by those gaining from the sale of these same commodities seems reckless and counterintuitive. Few countries would allow this (or at least plan for it). For this to occur safely, the WHO would logically have to forgo all private investment, and greatly restrict national specified funding contributions. Otherwise, the conflicts of interest involved would destroy confidence in the system. There is no suggestion of such divestment from the WHO, but rather, as in Article 12, private sector dependency, directly tied to contracts, will increase. Article 13bis: National procurement- and distribution-related provisions While suffering the same (perhaps unavoidable) issues regarding commercial confidentiality, this alternate Article 13 seems far more appropriate, keeping commercial issues under national jurisdiction and avoiding the obvious conflict of interests that underpin funding for WHO activities and staffing. Article 14. Regulatory systems strengthening This entire Article reflects initiatives and programs already in place. Nothing here appears likely to add to current effort. Article 15. Liability and compensation management 1. Each Party shall consider developing, as necessary and in accordance with applicable law, national strategies for managing liability in its territory related to pandemic vaccines…no-fault compensation mechanisms… 2. The Parties…shall develop recommendations for the establishment and implementation of national, regional and/or global no-fault compensation mechanisms and strategies for managing liability during pandemic emergencies, including with regard to individuals that are in a humanitarian setting or vulnerable situations. This is quite remarkable, but also reflects some national legislation, in removing any fault or liability specifically from vaccine manufacturers, for harms done in pushing out vaccines to the public. During the Covid-19 response, genetic therapeutics being developed by BioNtech and Moderna were reclassified as vaccines, on the basis that an immune response is stimulated after they have modified intracellular biochemical pathways as a medicine normally does. This enabled specific trials normally required for carcinogenicity and teratogenicity to be bypassed, despite raised fetal abnormality rates in animal trials. It will enable the CEPI 100-day vaccine program, supported with private funding to support private mRNA vaccine manufacturers, to proceed without any risk to the manufacturer should there be subsequent public harm. Together with an earlier provision on public funding of research and manufacturing readiness, and the removal of former wording requiring intellectual property sharing in Article 11, this ensures vaccine manufacturers and their investors make profit in effective absence of risk. These entities are currently heavily invested in support for WHO, and were strongly aligned with the introduction of newly restrictive outbreak responses that emphasized and sometimes mandated their products during the Covid-19 outbreak. Article 16. International collaboration and cooperation A somewhat pointless article. It suggests that countries cooperate with each other and the WHO to implement the other agreements in the Agreement. Article 17. Whole-of-government and whole-of-society approaches A list of essentially motherhood provisions related to planning for a pandemic. However, countries will legally be required to maintain a ‘national coordination multisectoral body’ for PPPR. This will essentially be an added burden on budgets, and inevitably divert further resources from other priorities. Perhaps just strengthening current infectious disease and nutritional programs would be more impactful. (Nowhere in this Agreement is nutrition discussed (essential for resilience to pathogens) and minimal wording is included on sanitation and clean water (other major reasons for reduction in infectious disease mortality over past centuries). However, the ‘community ownership’ wording is interesting (“empower and enable community ownership of, and contribution to, community readiness for and resilience [for PPPR]”), as this directly contradicts much of the rest of the Agreement, including the centralization of control under the Conference of Parties, requirements for countries to allocate resources to pandemic preparedness over other community priorities, and the idea of inspecting and assessing adherence to the centralized requirements of the Agreement. Either much of the rest of the Agreement is redundant, or this wording is purely for appearance and not to be followed (and therefore should be removed). Article 18. Communication and public awareness 1. Each Party shall promote timely access to credible and evidence-based information …with the aim of countering and addressing misinformation or disinformation… 2. The Parties shall, as appropriate, promote and/or conduct research and inform policies on factors that hinder or strengthen adherence to public health and social measures in a pandemic, as well as trust in science and public health institutions and agencies. The key word is as appropriate, given that many agencies, including the WHO, have overseen or aided policies during the Covid-19 response that have greatly increased poverty, child marriage, teenage pregnancy, and education loss. As the WHO has been shown to be significantly misrepresenting pandemic risk in the process of advocating for this Agreement and related instruments, its own communications would also fall outside the provision here related to evidence-based information, and fall within normal understandings of misinformation. It could not therefore be an arbiter of correctness of information here, so the Article is not implementable. Rewritten to recommend accurate evidence-based information being promoted, it would make good sense, but this is not an issue requiring a legally binding international agreement. Article 19. Implementation and support 3. The WHO Secretariat…organize the technical and financial assistance necessary to address such gaps and needs in implementing the commitments agreed upon under the Pandemic Agreement and the International Health Regulations (2005). As the WHO is dependent on donor support, its ability to address gaps in funding within Member States is clearly not something it can guarantee. The purpose of this article is unclear, repeating in paragraphs 1 and 2 the earlier intent for countries to generally support each other. Article 20. Sustainable financing 1. The Parties commit to working together…In this regard, each Party, within the means and resources at its disposal, shall: (a) prioritize and maintain or increase, as necessary, domestic funding for pandemic prevention, preparedness and response, without undermining other domestic public health priorities including for: (i) strengthening and sustaining capacities for the prevention, preparedness and response to health emergencies and pandemics, in particular the core capacities of the International Health Regulations (2005);… This is silly wording, as countries obviously have to prioritize within budgets, so that moving funds to one area means removing from another. The essence of public health policy is weighing and making such decisions; this reality seems to be ignored here through wishful thinking. (a) is clearly redundant, as the IHR (2005) already exists and countries have agreed to support it. 3. A Coordinating Financial Mechanism (the “Mechanism”) is hereby established to support the implementation of both the WHO Pandemic Agreement and the International Health Regulations (2005) This will be in parallel to the Pandemic Fund recently commenced by the World Bank – an issue not lost on INB delegates and so likely to change here in the final version. It will also be additive to the Global Fund to fight AIDS, tuberculosis, and malaria, and other health financing mechanisms, and so require another parallel international bureaucracy, presumably based in Geneva. It is intended to have its own capacity to “conduct relevant analyses on needs and gaps, in addition to tracking cooperation efforts,” so it will not be a small undertaking. Chapter III. Institutional and final provisions Article 21. Conference of the Parties 1. A Conference of the Parties is hereby established. 2. The Conference of the Parties shall keep under regular review, every three years, the implementation of the WHO Pandemic Agreement and take the decisions necessary to promote its effective implementation. This sets up the governing body to oversee this Agreement (another body requiring a secretariat and support). It is intended to meet within a year of the Agreement coming into force, and then set its own rules on meeting thereafter. It is likely that many provisions outlined in this draft of the Agreement will be deferred to the COP for further discussion. Articles 22 – 37 These articles cover the functioning of the Conference of Parties (COP) and various administrative issues. Of note, ‘block votes’ will be allowed from regional bodies (e.g. the EU). The WHO will provide the secretariat. Under Article 24 is noted: 3. Nothing in the WHO Pandemic Agreement shall be interpreted as providing the Secretariat of the World Health Organization, including the WHO Director-General, any authority to direct, order, alter or otherwise prescribe the domestic laws or policies of any Party, or to mandate or otherwise impose any requirements that Parties take specific actions, such as ban or accept travellers, impose vaccination mandates or therapeutic or diagnostic measures, or implement lockdowns. These provisions are explicitly stated in the proposed amendments to the IHR, to be considered alongside this agreement. Article 26 notes that the IHR is to be interpreted as compatible, thereby confirming that the IHR provisions including border closures and limits on freedom of movement, mandated vaccination, and other lockdown measures are not negated by this statement. As Article 26 states: “The Parties recognize that the WHO Pandemic Agreement and the International Health Regulations should be interpreted so as to be compatible.” Some would consider this subterfuge – The Director-General recently labeled as liars those who claimed the Agreement included these powers, whilst failing to acknowledge the accompanying IHR amendments. The WHO could do better in avoiding misleading messaging, especially when this involves denigration of the public. Article 32 (Withdrawal) requires that, once adopted, Parties cannot withdraw for a total of 3 years (giving notice after a minimum of 2 years). Financial obligations undertaken under the agreement continue beyond that time. Finally, the Agreement will come into force, assuming a two-thirds majority in the WHA is achieved (Article 19, WHO Constitution), 30 days after the fortieth country has ratified it. Further reading: WHO Pandemic Agreement Intergovernmental Negotiating Board website: https://inb.who.int/ International Health Regulations Working Group website: https://apps.who.int/gb/wgihr/index.html On background to the WHO texts: Amendments to WHO’s International Health Regulations: An Annotated Guide An Unofficial Q&A on International Health Regulations On urgency and burden of pandemics: https://essl.leeds.ac.uk/downloads/download/228/rational-policy-over-panic Disease X and Davos: This is Not the Way to Evaluate and Formulate Public Health Policy Before Preparing for Pandemics, We Need Better Evidence of Risk Revised Draft of the negotiating text of the WHO Pandemic Agreement: Published under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License For reprints, please set the canonical link back to the original Brownstone Institute Article and Author. Authors David Bell David Bell, Senior Scholar at Brownstone Institute, is a public health physician and biotech consultant in global health. He is a former medical officer and scientist at the World Health Organization (WHO), Programme Head for malaria and febrile diseases at the Foundation for Innovative New Diagnostics (FIND) in Geneva, Switzerland, and Director of Global Health Technologies at Intellectual Ventures Global Good Fund in Bellevue, WA, USA. View all posts Thi Thuy Van Dinh Dr. Thi Thuy Van Dinh (LLM, PhD) worked on international law in the United Nations Office on Drugs and Crime and the Office of the High Commissioner for Human Rights. Subsequently, she managed multilateral organization partnerships for Intellectual Ventures Global Good Fund and led environmental health technology development efforts for low-resource settings. View all posts Your financial backing of Brownstone Institute goes to support writers, lawyers, scientists, economists, and other people of courage who have been professionally purged and displaced during the upheaval of our times. You can help get the truth out through their ongoing work. https://brownstone.org/articles/the-who-pandemic-agreement-a-guide/ https://www.minds.com/donshafi911/blog/the-who-pandemic-agreement-a-guide-1621719398509187077
    BROWNSTONE.ORG
    The WHO Pandemic Agreement: A Guide ⋆ Brownstone Institute
    The commentary below concentrates on selected draft provisions of the latest publicly available version of the draft agreement that seem to be unclear or potentially problematic.
    Like
    1
    0 Comments 0 Shares 105376 Views
  • The Billion-Viewer Interview: How Tucker Carlson and Vladimir Putin Plan to Expose the Lies of the US, EU, NATO, and UN!

    In a move that blindsided the political elite and sent ripples through the power corridors worldwide, Melania Trump’s call for Tucker Carlson as the next Vice President of the United States detonated like a bombshell in the quiet order of global governance. This wasn’t just a suggestion; it was a declaration of war against the status quo, a red flag to the bull of the world’s hidden rulers.

    The fallout was immediate and electric. Tucker Carlson, a name synonymous with unapologetic conservatism and biting critique of the liberal agenda, suddenly became the center of a global maelstrom. The world was forced to pay attention, not just to Carlson but to the seismic shift he represented in the power dynamics of not only the United States but the entire world.

    Elon Musk’s move to reinstate Alex Jones on Twitter, following a controversial interview, was the spark that lit the fuse. What followed was an unprecedented assembly of minds—General Flynn, Musk, Vivek Ramaswamy, Patrick Bet-David, Tate, among others—each a titan in their own right, coming together in a digital coliseum to take on the Goliaths of our time: the World Economic Forum, the United Nations Agenda, Davos, and the shadowy cabal often whispered about but seldom confronted head-on.

    Urgent! -> The Cabal’s Black Swan Event Set to Wipe Out Millions of American Families!


    This wasn’t just a gathering of influential figures; it was the formation of a new vanguard, a coalition armed with the most powerful weapon in the modern era: information. They set their sights on the behemoths that have long manipulated the levers of power from behind a curtain of secrecy and diplomacy.

    The promise of a Tucker Carlson interview with Vladimir Putin, bypassing the traditional media gatekeepers, is nothing short of revolutionary. With the potential to reach billions, this interview threatens to pull back the curtain on the real puppet masters of global politics, exposing the corruption festering at the heart of the US, EU, NATO, and the UN.

    The narrative is clear: a deep state, a cabal of globalist powers, has orchestrated events from world wars to financial crises to maintain their grip on power. But now, they’re being challenged like never before. The panic is palpable, with the European Union in disarray, attempting to silence Carlson and prevent Putin’s message from reaching the masses. The fear within the Pentagon, CIA, FBI, DOJ, NSA, and the Biden administration speaks volumes. They’re on the defensive, scrambling to contain a wildfire they can no longer control.


    The implications are staggering. The exposure of corruption, from Epstein’s dark web of influence to the murky dealings of the CIA, FBI, UN, and NATO, is not just about bringing individuals to justice. It’s about tearing down a global system of control and manipulation, a system that has operated in the shadows for too long.

    Donald Trump’s role in this saga is pivotal. His presidency was a catalyst, a disruptor that exposed the fault lines in the global order. From the arrest of Epstein to the activation of military and intelligence operations against the deep state, Trump’s actions have set the stage for a showdown of historic proportions.

    The promise of further revelations, of a storm that will sweep away the chaff of corruption and deceit, hangs in the air. The message is clear: the old order is crumbling, and a new dawn is on the horizon. The battle lines are drawn, not just in the political arenas but in the digital realm, where the war for the future of humanity is being waged.

    This is not just a story of political intrigue; it’s a saga of rebellion against a world order that has stifled voices, manipulated truths, and governed from the shadows. The storm is here, and its winds of change are unstoppable.

    https://gazetteller.com/the-billion-viewer-interview-how-tucker-carlson-and-vladimir-putin-plan-to-expose-the-lies-of-the-us-eu-nato-and-un/
    The Billion-Viewer Interview: How Tucker Carlson and Vladimir Putin Plan to Expose the Lies of the US, EU, NATO, and UN!

    https://donshafi911.blogspot.com/2024/02/the-billion-viewer-interview-how-tucker.html
    The Billion-Viewer Interview: How Tucker Carlson and Vladimir Putin Plan to Expose the Lies of the US, EU, NATO, and UN! In a move that blindsided the political elite and sent ripples through the power corridors worldwide, Melania Trump’s call for Tucker Carlson as the next Vice President of the United States detonated like a bombshell in the quiet order of global governance. This wasn’t just a suggestion; it was a declaration of war against the status quo, a red flag to the bull of the world’s hidden rulers. The fallout was immediate and electric. Tucker Carlson, a name synonymous with unapologetic conservatism and biting critique of the liberal agenda, suddenly became the center of a global maelstrom. The world was forced to pay attention, not just to Carlson but to the seismic shift he represented in the power dynamics of not only the United States but the entire world. Elon Musk’s move to reinstate Alex Jones on Twitter, following a controversial interview, was the spark that lit the fuse. What followed was an unprecedented assembly of minds—General Flynn, Musk, Vivek Ramaswamy, Patrick Bet-David, Tate, among others—each a titan in their own right, coming together in a digital coliseum to take on the Goliaths of our time: the World Economic Forum, the United Nations Agenda, Davos, and the shadowy cabal often whispered about but seldom confronted head-on. Urgent! -> The Cabal’s Black Swan Event Set to Wipe Out Millions of American Families! This wasn’t just a gathering of influential figures; it was the formation of a new vanguard, a coalition armed with the most powerful weapon in the modern era: information. They set their sights on the behemoths that have long manipulated the levers of power from behind a curtain of secrecy and diplomacy. The promise of a Tucker Carlson interview with Vladimir Putin, bypassing the traditional media gatekeepers, is nothing short of revolutionary. With the potential to reach billions, this interview threatens to pull back the curtain on the real puppet masters of global politics, exposing the corruption festering at the heart of the US, EU, NATO, and the UN. The narrative is clear: a deep state, a cabal of globalist powers, has orchestrated events from world wars to financial crises to maintain their grip on power. But now, they’re being challenged like never before. The panic is palpable, with the European Union in disarray, attempting to silence Carlson and prevent Putin’s message from reaching the masses. The fear within the Pentagon, CIA, FBI, DOJ, NSA, and the Biden administration speaks volumes. They’re on the defensive, scrambling to contain a wildfire they can no longer control. The implications are staggering. The exposure of corruption, from Epstein’s dark web of influence to the murky dealings of the CIA, FBI, UN, and NATO, is not just about bringing individuals to justice. It’s about tearing down a global system of control and manipulation, a system that has operated in the shadows for too long. Donald Trump’s role in this saga is pivotal. His presidency was a catalyst, a disruptor that exposed the fault lines in the global order. From the arrest of Epstein to the activation of military and intelligence operations against the deep state, Trump’s actions have set the stage for a showdown of historic proportions. The promise of further revelations, of a storm that will sweep away the chaff of corruption and deceit, hangs in the air. The message is clear: the old order is crumbling, and a new dawn is on the horizon. The battle lines are drawn, not just in the political arenas but in the digital realm, where the war for the future of humanity is being waged. This is not just a story of political intrigue; it’s a saga of rebellion against a world order that has stifled voices, manipulated truths, and governed from the shadows. The storm is here, and its winds of change are unstoppable. https://gazetteller.com/the-billion-viewer-interview-how-tucker-carlson-and-vladimir-putin-plan-to-expose-the-lies-of-the-us-eu-nato-and-un/ The Billion-Viewer Interview: How Tucker Carlson and Vladimir Putin Plan to Expose the Lies of the US, EU, NATO, and UN! https://donshafi911.blogspot.com/2024/02/the-billion-viewer-interview-how-tucker.html
    GAZETTELLER.COM
    The Billion-Viewer Interview: How Tucker Carlson and Vladimir Putin Plan to Expose the Lies of the US, EU, NATO, and UN! - Gazetteller
    In a move that blindsided the political elite and sent ripples through the power corridors worldwide, Melania Trump's call for Tucker Carlson as the next Vice President of the United States detonated like a bombshell in the quiet order of global governance. This wasn't just a suggestion; it was a declaration of war against the
    Like
    1
    0 Comments 0 Shares 13978 Views
  • Hypothetical “Disease X”: The WHO Pandemic Treaty Is a Fraud. Demands Compliance for “Next Pandemic”
    “Very narrow national interests should not come in the way”

    Michel Chossudovsky
    [This article was originally published by Global Research. Click here to read this article on Global Research.]

    Introduction

    WHO Director General Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus continues to mislead public opinion worldwide.

    There is no such thing as “Disease X”. It’s a hypothetical construct by a WHO expert committee (2017-2018) of virologists and disease analysts. It was then envisaged in the Clade X Simulation (May 2018) and Event 201 Simulation of a Pandemic (October 2019). Both events were held under the auspices of the John Hopkins Center for Heath Security with the support of the Gates Foundation.

    It was then announced by Bill Gates at the Munich Security Conference in February 2022:

    “The risks of severe disease from Covid-19 have “dramatically reduced” but another pandemic is all but certain,” says Bill Gates.

    “A potential new pandemic would likely stem from a different pathogen to that of the coronavirus family” (CNBC).

    “We’ll have another pandemic. It will be a different pathogen next time,” Gates said.

    How could he know this in advance?

    “Predicting” and “Preparing” for “Disease X”, an Unknown Threat

    In his presentation at the Davos24 WEF, the WHO Director General Dr. Tedros recanted Bill Gates’s premonition, pointing to the alleged severity of the Covid-19 crisis initiated in early 2020, in blatant contradiction with official WHO data.

    Bill Gates is Tedros’s mentor. They have a close personal relationship, which occasionally borders on “conflict of interest”.

    Bill Gates, Tedros et al. (supported by the WHO “committee of experts”) are now predicting “Disease X” which stems from a hypothetical pathogen which is allegedly 20 times more deadly than SARS-CoV-2. What absolute nonsense.

    “Aside from the fact that it will wreak havoc on humanity, the research team has no idea about the nature of the pathogen.”

    According to Forbes:

    Disease X, a hypothetical unknown threat, is the name used among scientists to encourage the development of countermeasures, including vaccines and tests, to deploy in the case of a future outbreak—the WHO convened a group of over 300 scientists in November 2022 to study the “unknown pathogen that could cause a serious international epidemic,” positing a mortality rate 20 times that of Covid-19″

    300 scientists to study something which is unknown and hypothetical? The media propaganda buzz, quoting “scientific opinion” is “Disease X 20 times more dangerous than Covid.”

    A renewed fear campaign 24/7 has been launched, consisting of reports of an alleged new wave of Covid deaths, while totally ignoring the tide of excess mortality and morbidity resulting from the Covid-19 “vaccine”.

    Video: A Vaccine for a Hypothetical “Disease X” Pandemic.

    Produced by Lux Media. Michel Chossudovsky and Caroline Mailloux


    Click here to watch the interview.

    “Disease X” Alleged Pathogen “Identified” by WHO Expert Committee Two Years Prior to the Covid-19 Crisis

    In early February 2018, a WHO expert committee convened behind closed doors in Geneva “to consider the unthinkable”.

    “The goal was to identify pathogens with the potential to spread and kill millions but for which there are currently no, or insufficient, countermeasures available.”

    The Expert Committee had met on two previous occasions, most probably in 2017:

    “It was the third time the committee, consisting of leading virologists, bacteriologists and infectious disease experts, had met to consider diseases with epidemic or pandemic potential.

    But when the 2018 list was released two weeks ago [mid February 2018] it included an entry not seen in previous years.

    In addition to eight frightening but familiar diseases including Ebola, Zika, and Severe Acute Respiratory Syndrome (SARS), the list included a ninth global threat: Disease X.” (Daily Telegraph, emphasis added)

    It all sounds very scientific based on experts contracted and rewarded by the WHO, under the advice of the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation:

    “Disease X represents the knowledge [what knowledge?] that a serious international epidemic could be caused by a pathogen currently unknown to cause human disease”.

    Experts on the WHO panel say Disease X could emerge from a variety of sources and strike at any time.

    “History tells us that it is likely the next big outbreak will be something we have not seen before”, said John-Arne Rottingen, chief executive of the Research Council of Norway and a scientific adviser to the WHO committee.

    “It may seem strange to be adding an ‘X’ but the point is to make sure we prepare and plan flexibly in terms of vaccines and diagnostic tests.

    “We want to see ‘plug and play’ platforms developed which will work for any, or a wide number of diseases; systems that will allow us to create countermeasures at speed.” (Telegraph)

    The work of the “expert committee” was followed by two table top simulations respectively in May 2018 and October 2019.

    The Clade X Simulation: “Parainfluenza Clade X”

    A few months following the WHO experts’ meeting in Geneva in early 2018, at which a hypothetical Disease X was categorized as a “global threat’, the Clade X table top simulation was conducted Washington D.C. (May 2018) under the auspices of The Johns Hopkins Center for Health Security.

    “The scenario begins with an outbreak of novel parainfluenza virus that is moderately contagious and moderately lethal and for which there are no effective medical countermeasures”.

    The virus is called: “Parainfluenza Clade X”

    “Disease X” and the 201 Global Pandemic Simulation

    The Hypothetical Disease X Concept developed in 2017-2018 by a WHO Expert Committee of leading virologists and disease experts was simulated in the Event 201 Table Top Simulation of a deadly corona virus pandemic. The Global Pandemic Exercise was held in New York under the auspices of the John Hopkins Bloomberg School of Health, Centre for Heath Security (which hosted the May 2018 Clade X Simulation). The event was sponsored by the Gates Foundation and the World Economic Forum. (Event 201)

    An October 21, 2019 report “Disease X dummy run: World health experts prepare for a deadly pandemic and its fallout confirms that Disease X was part of the 201 Global Pandemic Simulation:

    On Friday a panel of 15 high-powered international figures gathered in the ballroom of a New York hotel to “game” a scenario in which a pandemic is raging across the world, killing millions.

    Health experts fully expect the world to be confronted by a fast-moving global pandemic. The updates were coming into the situation room thick and fast – and the news was not good. The virus was spreading… The former deputy director of the CIA took off her glasses, rubbed her eyes, and addressed the panel. “We also have to consider that terrorists could take advantage of this situation,” she said. “We’re looking at the possibility of famine. There is the potential for outbreaks of secondary diseases.”

    “I fully expect that we will be confronted by a fast-moving global pandemic,” said Dr Mike Ryan, executive director of the World Health Organisation (WHO) health emergencies programme.

    Addressing participants – and the 150 observers – before the scenario began, he said that the WHO deals with 200 epidemics every year. It’s only a matter of time before one of those becomes a pandemic – defined as a disease prevalent over a whole country or the world.” (Telegraph, emphasis added)



    Video: Tedros Stated that Covid was “The First Disease X”


    Click here to watch the video.

    Evidence: No Pandemic in Early 2020. Misleading Statements by Dr. Tedros, Fraudulent Decisions

    In a factual nutshell:

    WHO Director General Dr. Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus launched a Public Health Emergency of International Concern (PHEIC) on January 30th 2020. There was 83 “confirmed cases” outside China for a population of 6.4 billion people.

    There was no “scientific basis” to justify the launching of a Worldwide Public Health Emergency.

    On February 20th, 2020: At a briefing in Geneva, the WHO Director General Dr Tedros said that he was “concerned that the chance to contain the coronavirus outbreak was “closing” …“I believe the window of opportunity is still there, but that the window is narrowing.” Those statements were based on 1076 “confirmed cases” outside China.

    The WHO officially declared a Worldwide pandemic on March 11, 2020 at a time when the number of PCR cases outside China (6.4 billion population) was of the order of 44,279 cumulative confirmed cases.

    All so-called confirmed cases are the result of the PCR test, which does not detect the virus.

    In the US on March 9, 2020, there were 3,457 “confirmed cases” out of a population of 329.5 million people.

    In Canada on March 9, 2020, there were 125 “confirmed cases” out of a population of 38.5 million people.

    In Germany on March 9, 2020, there were 2948 “confirmed cases” out of a population of 83.2 million people.

    The above is a summary. Click here and scroll down for references and analysis.

    The “Disease X” Fear Campaign and the Pandemic Treaty

    There is vast literature on the Pandemic Treaty and its likely consequences.

    The Pandemic Treaty consists in creating a global health entity under WHO auspices. It’s the avenue towards “Global Governance” whereby the entire world population of 8 billion would be digitized, integrated into a global digital data bank.

    All your personal information would be contained in this data bank, leading to the derogation of fundamental human rights as well as the subordination of national governments to dominant financial establishment.

    The Pandemic Treaty would be tied into the creation of a worldwide digital ID system.

    According to David Skripac:

    “A worldwide digital ID system is in the making. [The aim] of the WEF—and of all the central banks [is] to implement a global system in which everyone’s personal data will be incorporated into the Central Bank Digital Currency (CBDC) network.”

    Peter Koenig describes the underlying process as:

    “an all-electronic ID – linking everything to everything of each individual (records of health, banking, personal and private, etc.).”

    Bombshell: A Vaccine for a Hypothetical “Disease X” Pandemic “with an Unknown Pathogen”

    Announced by Dr. Tedros at Davos24, not to mention Bill Gates’s numerous authoritative statements, governments must prepare for the outbreak of “Disease X”.

    A State of the Art “Vaccine” allegedly to “Build our Immunity” against “Disease X” (which is a hypothetical construct based on an unknown pathogen) is slated to be developed at Britain’s “Vaccine Development and Evaluation Centre” (UK Health and Security Agency’s (UKHSA) Porton Down campus in Wiltshire, inaugurated in August 2023.

    “Ministers have opened a new vaccine research centre in the UK where scientists will work on preparing for “disease X”, the next potential pandemic pathogen.

    Prof Dame Jenny Harries said: “What we’re trying to do now is capture that really excellent work from Covid and make sure we’re using that as we go forward for any new pandemic threats.”

    She added: “What we try to do here is keep an eye on the ones that we do know. For example, with Covid, we are still here testing all the new variants with the vaccines that have been provided to check they are still effective.

    “But we are also looking at how quickly we can develop a new test that would be used if a brand new virus popped up somewhere.” …

    “This state-of-the-art complex will also help us deliver on our commitment to produce new vaccines within 100 days of a new threat being identified.”

    (The Guardian, emphasis added)

    The “Disease X” “Vaccine” Is to be Developed at the U.K. Ministry of Defense Science and Technology Porter Down Campus

    “The Vaccine Development and Evaluation Centre” (VDEC) –which has a mandate to develop “The Disease X” Vaccine– is a civilian research entity under Britain’s National Health Service (NHS) managed by the UK Health and Security Agency (UKHSA) headed by Dame Jennifer Harries (DBE).

    Of significance VDEC which was inaugurated in August 2023 is located in:

    The “Defence Science and Technology Laboratory” [Dstl] at Porton Down, Wiltshire, which is one of the U.K.’s Ministry of Defense’s most secretive and controversial military research facilities specializing in the testing of biological and chemical weapons.

    The UK Health and Security Agency (UKHSA) has initiated a project in global and country-level “Integrated Disease Surveillance” funded by the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation. A representative of the Gates Foundation is a member of UKHSA’s Advisory Board.

    What is required is a mass movement to oppose the adoption of the Pandemic Treaty at the World Health Assembly (May 27, 2024).

    We also call for the immediate cancellation of the Covid-19 “Killer Vaccine.”

    Ironically to say the least, the WHO Director General Tedros admits that

    “the momentum had been slowed down by entrenched positions and “a torrent of fake news, lies, and conspiracy theories”.

    Click here to read Steve Watson’s article titled World Health Organisation Head: Global Compliance Needed For Next Pandemic.


    https://open.substack.com/pub/michelchossudovsky/p/hypothetical-disease-x-who-pandemic-treaty-fraud

    It is surely obvious to any dispassionate observer that this coalition of the powerful intends to spring some health crisis upon the people of the world.

    When have the rich and powerful given a care about the health of poor people? That’ll be never.

    Pandemics are not a thing. Think back through your life. How many pandemics have there been? Covid wasn’t one. The Spanish flu nonsense wasn’t one. None of the flu like illnesses reported in the 1960s were one. I don’t believe there has ever been even one.

    Scary infectious diseases are only scary until you stumble across medical research literature going back as far a century and more, in which numerous, serious clinical research studies were set up to detect and measure symptomatic transmission (causing a well person to fall ill with similar symptoms to those of the donor person). Try as they might, that didn’t happen. Contagion in this specific scenario (acute respiratory diseases) does not happen.

    So when they come at you with the next bunch of lies, try to spot the lies as the mealy mouthed, wet, TV presenters talk nonsense!

    Then to this “100 day vaccine” idiocy. As you really going to roll your sleeve up and receive an injection of mRNA wrapped in lipid nanoparticles? They will be toxic.

    Do note that Porton Down, the government’s own formerly named Chemical Defence Establishment, has been tapped as the people to do it! Wouldn’t you want to work with the people who claimed to have whipped up by far the world record speed of vaccine R&D & product delivery? They cut down the time needed by 90%. Surely you’d give the task to those people? So they’re giving it to a military group who haven’t ever done anything like this before?

    You don’t need a vaccine. Even if everything else was true, it’s out of the question to rustle up a jab in 100 days. Impossible to do it in under several yearrs which, by the way, is FAR FAR longer than the length of time that it’s claimed for the longest lasting pandemic, ever.

    I hope this helps you to respond appropriately, before the next nonsense arrives!

    Best wishes
    Mike

    https://t.me/DrMikeYeadon

    https://donshafi911.blogspot.com/2024/02/hypothetical-disease-x-who-pandemic.html
    Hypothetical “Disease X”: The WHO Pandemic Treaty Is a Fraud. Demands Compliance for “Next Pandemic” “Very narrow national interests should not come in the way” Michel Chossudovsky [This article was originally published by Global Research. Click here to read this article on Global Research.] Introduction WHO Director General Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus continues to mislead public opinion worldwide. There is no such thing as “Disease X”. It’s a hypothetical construct by a WHO expert committee (2017-2018) of virologists and disease analysts. It was then envisaged in the Clade X Simulation (May 2018) and Event 201 Simulation of a Pandemic (October 2019). Both events were held under the auspices of the John Hopkins Center for Heath Security with the support of the Gates Foundation. It was then announced by Bill Gates at the Munich Security Conference in February 2022: “The risks of severe disease from Covid-19 have “dramatically reduced” but another pandemic is all but certain,” says Bill Gates. “A potential new pandemic would likely stem from a different pathogen to that of the coronavirus family” (CNBC). “We’ll have another pandemic. It will be a different pathogen next time,” Gates said. How could he know this in advance? “Predicting” and “Preparing” for “Disease X”, an Unknown Threat In his presentation at the Davos24 WEF, the WHO Director General Dr. Tedros recanted Bill Gates’s premonition, pointing to the alleged severity of the Covid-19 crisis initiated in early 2020, in blatant contradiction with official WHO data. Bill Gates is Tedros’s mentor. They have a close personal relationship, which occasionally borders on “conflict of interest”. Bill Gates, Tedros et al. (supported by the WHO “committee of experts”) are now predicting “Disease X” which stems from a hypothetical pathogen which is allegedly 20 times more deadly than SARS-CoV-2. What absolute nonsense. “Aside from the fact that it will wreak havoc on humanity, the research team has no idea about the nature of the pathogen.” According to Forbes: Disease X, a hypothetical unknown threat, is the name used among scientists to encourage the development of countermeasures, including vaccines and tests, to deploy in the case of a future outbreak—the WHO convened a group of over 300 scientists in November 2022 to study the “unknown pathogen that could cause a serious international epidemic,” positing a mortality rate 20 times that of Covid-19″ 300 scientists to study something which is unknown and hypothetical? The media propaganda buzz, quoting “scientific opinion” is “Disease X 20 times more dangerous than Covid.” A renewed fear campaign 24/7 has been launched, consisting of reports of an alleged new wave of Covid deaths, while totally ignoring the tide of excess mortality and morbidity resulting from the Covid-19 “vaccine”. Video: A Vaccine for a Hypothetical “Disease X” Pandemic. Produced by Lux Media. Michel Chossudovsky and Caroline Mailloux Click here to watch the interview. “Disease X” Alleged Pathogen “Identified” by WHO Expert Committee Two Years Prior to the Covid-19 Crisis In early February 2018, a WHO expert committee convened behind closed doors in Geneva “to consider the unthinkable”. “The goal was to identify pathogens with the potential to spread and kill millions but for which there are currently no, or insufficient, countermeasures available.” The Expert Committee had met on two previous occasions, most probably in 2017: “It was the third time the committee, consisting of leading virologists, bacteriologists and infectious disease experts, had met to consider diseases with epidemic or pandemic potential. But when the 2018 list was released two weeks ago [mid February 2018] it included an entry not seen in previous years. In addition to eight frightening but familiar diseases including Ebola, Zika, and Severe Acute Respiratory Syndrome (SARS), the list included a ninth global threat: Disease X.” (Daily Telegraph, emphasis added) It all sounds very scientific based on experts contracted and rewarded by the WHO, under the advice of the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation: “Disease X represents the knowledge [what knowledge?] that a serious international epidemic could be caused by a pathogen currently unknown to cause human disease”. Experts on the WHO panel say Disease X could emerge from a variety of sources and strike at any time. “History tells us that it is likely the next big outbreak will be something we have not seen before”, said John-Arne Rottingen, chief executive of the Research Council of Norway and a scientific adviser to the WHO committee. “It may seem strange to be adding an ‘X’ but the point is to make sure we prepare and plan flexibly in terms of vaccines and diagnostic tests. “We want to see ‘plug and play’ platforms developed which will work for any, or a wide number of diseases; systems that will allow us to create countermeasures at speed.” (Telegraph) The work of the “expert committee” was followed by two table top simulations respectively in May 2018 and October 2019. The Clade X Simulation: “Parainfluenza Clade X” A few months following the WHO experts’ meeting in Geneva in early 2018, at which a hypothetical Disease X was categorized as a “global threat’, the Clade X table top simulation was conducted Washington D.C. (May 2018) under the auspices of The Johns Hopkins Center for Health Security. “The scenario begins with an outbreak of novel parainfluenza virus that is moderately contagious and moderately lethal and for which there are no effective medical countermeasures”. The virus is called: “Parainfluenza Clade X” “Disease X” and the 201 Global Pandemic Simulation The Hypothetical Disease X Concept developed in 2017-2018 by a WHO Expert Committee of leading virologists and disease experts was simulated in the Event 201 Table Top Simulation of a deadly corona virus pandemic. The Global Pandemic Exercise was held in New York under the auspices of the John Hopkins Bloomberg School of Health, Centre for Heath Security (which hosted the May 2018 Clade X Simulation). The event was sponsored by the Gates Foundation and the World Economic Forum. (Event 201) An October 21, 2019 report “Disease X dummy run: World health experts prepare for a deadly pandemic and its fallout confirms that Disease X was part of the 201 Global Pandemic Simulation: On Friday a panel of 15 high-powered international figures gathered in the ballroom of a New York hotel to “game” a scenario in which a pandemic is raging across the world, killing millions. Health experts fully expect the world to be confronted by a fast-moving global pandemic. The updates were coming into the situation room thick and fast – and the news was not good. The virus was spreading… The former deputy director of the CIA took off her glasses, rubbed her eyes, and addressed the panel. “We also have to consider that terrorists could take advantage of this situation,” she said. “We’re looking at the possibility of famine. There is the potential for outbreaks of secondary diseases.” “I fully expect that we will be confronted by a fast-moving global pandemic,” said Dr Mike Ryan, executive director of the World Health Organisation (WHO) health emergencies programme. Addressing participants – and the 150 observers – before the scenario began, he said that the WHO deals with 200 epidemics every year. It’s only a matter of time before one of those becomes a pandemic – defined as a disease prevalent over a whole country or the world.” (Telegraph, emphasis added) Video: Tedros Stated that Covid was “The First Disease X” Click here to watch the video. Evidence: No Pandemic in Early 2020. Misleading Statements by Dr. Tedros, Fraudulent Decisions In a factual nutshell: WHO Director General Dr. Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus launched a Public Health Emergency of International Concern (PHEIC) on January 30th 2020. There was 83 “confirmed cases” outside China for a population of 6.4 billion people. There was no “scientific basis” to justify the launching of a Worldwide Public Health Emergency. On February 20th, 2020: At a briefing in Geneva, the WHO Director General Dr Tedros said that he was “concerned that the chance to contain the coronavirus outbreak was “closing” …“I believe the window of opportunity is still there, but that the window is narrowing.” Those statements were based on 1076 “confirmed cases” outside China. The WHO officially declared a Worldwide pandemic on March 11, 2020 at a time when the number of PCR cases outside China (6.4 billion population) was of the order of 44,279 cumulative confirmed cases. All so-called confirmed cases are the result of the PCR test, which does not detect the virus. In the US on March 9, 2020, there were 3,457 “confirmed cases” out of a population of 329.5 million people. In Canada on March 9, 2020, there were 125 “confirmed cases” out of a population of 38.5 million people. In Germany on March 9, 2020, there were 2948 “confirmed cases” out of a population of 83.2 million people. The above is a summary. Click here and scroll down for references and analysis. The “Disease X” Fear Campaign and the Pandemic Treaty There is vast literature on the Pandemic Treaty and its likely consequences. The Pandemic Treaty consists in creating a global health entity under WHO auspices. It’s the avenue towards “Global Governance” whereby the entire world population of 8 billion would be digitized, integrated into a global digital data bank. All your personal information would be contained in this data bank, leading to the derogation of fundamental human rights as well as the subordination of national governments to dominant financial establishment. The Pandemic Treaty would be tied into the creation of a worldwide digital ID system. According to David Skripac: “A worldwide digital ID system is in the making. [The aim] of the WEF—and of all the central banks [is] to implement a global system in which everyone’s personal data will be incorporated into the Central Bank Digital Currency (CBDC) network.” Peter Koenig describes the underlying process as: “an all-electronic ID – linking everything to everything of each individual (records of health, banking, personal and private, etc.).” Bombshell: A Vaccine for a Hypothetical “Disease X” Pandemic “with an Unknown Pathogen” Announced by Dr. Tedros at Davos24, not to mention Bill Gates’s numerous authoritative statements, governments must prepare for the outbreak of “Disease X”. A State of the Art “Vaccine” allegedly to “Build our Immunity” against “Disease X” (which is a hypothetical construct based on an unknown pathogen) is slated to be developed at Britain’s “Vaccine Development and Evaluation Centre” (UK Health and Security Agency’s (UKHSA) Porton Down campus in Wiltshire, inaugurated in August 2023. “Ministers have opened a new vaccine research centre in the UK where scientists will work on preparing for “disease X”, the next potential pandemic pathogen. Prof Dame Jenny Harries said: “What we’re trying to do now is capture that really excellent work from Covid and make sure we’re using that as we go forward for any new pandemic threats.” She added: “What we try to do here is keep an eye on the ones that we do know. For example, with Covid, we are still here testing all the new variants with the vaccines that have been provided to check they are still effective. “But we are also looking at how quickly we can develop a new test that would be used if a brand new virus popped up somewhere.” … “This state-of-the-art complex will also help us deliver on our commitment to produce new vaccines within 100 days of a new threat being identified.” (The Guardian, emphasis added) The “Disease X” “Vaccine” Is to be Developed at the U.K. Ministry of Defense Science and Technology Porter Down Campus “The Vaccine Development and Evaluation Centre” (VDEC) –which has a mandate to develop “The Disease X” Vaccine– is a civilian research entity under Britain’s National Health Service (NHS) managed by the UK Health and Security Agency (UKHSA) headed by Dame Jennifer Harries (DBE). Of significance VDEC which was inaugurated in August 2023 is located in: The “Defence Science and Technology Laboratory” [Dstl] at Porton Down, Wiltshire, which is one of the U.K.’s Ministry of Defense’s most secretive and controversial military research facilities specializing in the testing of biological and chemical weapons. The UK Health and Security Agency (UKHSA) has initiated a project in global and country-level “Integrated Disease Surveillance” funded by the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation. A representative of the Gates Foundation is a member of UKHSA’s Advisory Board. What is required is a mass movement to oppose the adoption of the Pandemic Treaty at the World Health Assembly (May 27, 2024). We also call for the immediate cancellation of the Covid-19 “Killer Vaccine.” Ironically to say the least, the WHO Director General Tedros admits that “the momentum had been slowed down by entrenched positions and “a torrent of fake news, lies, and conspiracy theories”. Click here to read Steve Watson’s article titled World Health Organisation Head: Global Compliance Needed For Next Pandemic. https://open.substack.com/pub/michelchossudovsky/p/hypothetical-disease-x-who-pandemic-treaty-fraud It is surely obvious to any dispassionate observer that this coalition of the powerful intends to spring some health crisis upon the people of the world. When have the rich and powerful given a care about the health of poor people? That’ll be never. Pandemics are not a thing. Think back through your life. How many pandemics have there been? Covid wasn’t one. The Spanish flu nonsense wasn’t one. None of the flu like illnesses reported in the 1960s were one. I don’t believe there has ever been even one. Scary infectious diseases are only scary until you stumble across medical research literature going back as far a century and more, in which numerous, serious clinical research studies were set up to detect and measure symptomatic transmission (causing a well person to fall ill with similar symptoms to those of the donor person). Try as they might, that didn’t happen. Contagion in this specific scenario (acute respiratory diseases) does not happen. So when they come at you with the next bunch of lies, try to spot the lies as the mealy mouthed, wet, TV presenters talk nonsense! Then to this “100 day vaccine” idiocy. As you really going to roll your sleeve up and receive an injection of mRNA wrapped in lipid nanoparticles? They will be toxic. Do note that Porton Down, the government’s own formerly named Chemical Defence Establishment, has been tapped as the people to do it! Wouldn’t you want to work with the people who claimed to have whipped up by far the world record speed of vaccine R&D & product delivery? They cut down the time needed by 90%. Surely you’d give the task to those people? So they’re giving it to a military group who haven’t ever done anything like this before? You don’t need a vaccine. Even if everything else was true, it’s out of the question to rustle up a jab in 100 days. Impossible to do it in under several yearrs which, by the way, is FAR FAR longer than the length of time that it’s claimed for the longest lasting pandemic, ever. I hope this helps you to respond appropriately, before the next nonsense arrives! Best wishes Mike 👉 https://t.me/DrMikeYeadon https://donshafi911.blogspot.com/2024/02/hypothetical-disease-x-who-pandemic.html
    OPEN.SUBSTACK.COM
    Hypothetical “Disease X”: The WHO Pandemic Treaty Is a Fraud. Demands Compliance for “Next Pandemic”
    A “vaccine” for a non-existent hypothetical “Disease X” is slated to to be developed at one of UK Ministry of Defense's most secretive and controversial military research facilities specializing in the testing of biological and chemical weapons.
    Angry
    1
    0 Comments 1 Shares 34211 Views
  • Bill Gates Revealed His Plan to Change "Vaccines" Shortly After His speech at Davos.

    "We need to make them have longer duration, more coverage," he said. "And we're gonna change, instead of using a needle, to use a little patch."

    A "little patch" on or under the skin was once a conspiracy theory.
    Bill Gates Revealed His Plan to Change "Vaccines" Shortly After His speech at Davos. "We need to make them have longer duration, more coverage," he said. "And we're gonna change, instead of using a needle, to use a little patch." A "little patch" on or under the skin was once a conspiracy theory.
    0 Comments 0 Shares 1586 Views
  • What If Everything They’ve Been Telling You About Food Is… WRONG?
    Vigilant NewsFebruary 2, 2024
    By Brian Cates

    The last 9 months have been an exceedingly strange journey for me.

    While I had already figured out the FDA food pyramid was garbage and had watched in real-time as all the federal “medical” “health” “science” agencies played a direct role in suppressing accurate information on COVID-19 and C-19 origins, treatments, vaccines, etc., it took me the better of part of 3 years to begin critically and logically examining what these self-same propagandists disguised as ‘experts’ have been telling all of us about food and what supposedly comprises a healthy diet.


    I’d struggled with my weight since I was a young man of 24. I am soon turning 60.

    I’d spent the past few years talking about losing weight and the all the issues I was dealing with from lugging around over 100+ pounds of useless bodyfat.

    But I was still eating 4-5 times a day, at least two of those meals being sizable. And though I cut down on the sweets and was eating what I was told were ‘healthy whole grains’, the weight not only refused to go down, it kept going up.

    I would go through the same cycle several times from when I was around 26 to last year: Start working out religiously, while eating what I was told was mostly ‘healthy’ food. I’d add some muscle, my weight would drop maybe 20 pounds or so…and then after 3-4 months, hit the wall. No changes, and despite working out, the weight crept back up. Quit working out, gain all the weight back, a year goes by…then start the cycle again.

    34 years or so I ran on this hamster wheel.

    When this picture was taken, I’d just started writing for The Epoch Times in mid-2018. I was 350 pounds or so. Hadn’t weighed myself in a while. I was too scared to look anyway.

    Image
    I had just gone through the cycle again early last year.

    Working out, eating the “healthy food” chock full of carbs, various forms of sugars and toxic seed oils & chemicals, etc., etc. Then in May, I quit again.

    In late June, my stepmom visited me in my new house in Florida while I was on an RV tour around the US, and when she saw how I was living and eating, she read me the riot act. She kicked me in the ass and got me not only moving again, but that visit was also the catalyst I needed to go back and re-examine 35+ years of failure and why trying the same thing over and over again wasn’t working.

    For years, people like me were told this was a willpower/laziness thing. You’re fat and you can’t lose the weight because you don’t eat right/work out hard enough or long enough, etc.

    So I was mentally beaten down after exhausting myself on this hamster’s wheel as I was headed into decade #4 with the wrong programming in my head.

    Overweight Man Tired after Training, with Hand on Forehead Against ...
    But here’s the thing.

    As a journalist, I’d just spent the last 3 1/2 years extensively and exhaustively covering how federal and state and county ‘health’ ‘medical’ and ‘science’ ‘experts’ had just engaged in a deliberate conspiracy to hide and censor true and accurate information from the American public.

    Not to mention also covering the amount of gaslighting we were all being hit with following the blatant theft of the 2020 election from Donald Trump.

    So at this time, in late June/early July of last year, I started my re-examination of around 35 years of failure with an intriguing thought:

    **COULD IT BE** that the very same ‘health’ ‘medical’ & ‘science’ experts who’d just exposed and outed themselves as Big Pharma propagandists and business partners lying to us about COVID & many of the drugs involved in the treatment/prevention of infection…were also wrong or deliberately misleading us about….food?

    Image
    Could it possibly be….
    One of the first things I realized, when I began examining what the federal ‘health’ ‘medical’ ‘science’ agencies tout as a ‘healthy’ diet, is that when they last changed the food pyramid in the early 1990’s, the rates of both obesity and diabetes exploded in this country as people began following this ‘expert’ advice.

    As you can see from the graphs below, an already alarming rising trend suddenly shot dramatically upward in the early 1990s.

    Image
    Image
    How bad has the obesity/diabetes/insulin resistance crisis gotten in the US?

    It is now so bad they’ve coined a bullshit term – ‘prediabetes’ – to try to mask the deadly seriousness of the crisis. If you are diagnosed as ‘prediabetic,’ you ARE diabetic; it’s just that your insulin resistance hasn’t progressed to such an extent that they’ll officially call it ‘diabetes.’

    Image
    Or as actor Wilford Brimley would say:

    Wilford Brimley Has Diabeetus - Misc - quickmeme
    Insulin resistance leads directly to a massive amount of chronic health issues of which diabetes is only one.


    By giving Americans the ‘expert’ advice that they needed to start chugging down ‘6-11 servings’ every day of ‘healthy whole grains’ and cook their food with seed oils while counseling them to also **reduce** the amount of meat and animal fats they were eating, Americans began ingesting way more carbohydrates and PUFA’s [that’s ‘polyunsaturated fatty acids, for those of you in Rio Linda…] every day than they’d been eating before.


    And yet I recall for the past 30 years or so watching the popular culture health reporters scratch their heads and wondering what could possibly be causing the massive explosion of obesity and chronic illnesses, as well as the dropping testosterone and estrogen levels they were observing.


    So the fact that the federal ‘health’ agencies caused much of the country to make a dramatic wrong turn that exacerbated the rising trends of obesity and chronic illness with their drastically wrong official ‘food pyramid’ in the early 1990s, caused me to wonder:

    If they were giving the American public such rotten, terrible, horrible, no-good ‘expert’ instructions on what they should be eating every day, **what else** have they been telling us that is utter bullshit?

    And the very first thing I stumbled over in this regard was the history of SEED OILS and how medical scientists doing animal experiments back in the 1890s/early 1900s quickly established that seed oils were toxic and harmful to growing and developing animals.

    By the end of July last year, I was sharing the alarming stuff I was finding in my research with my readers on my Substack:

    Image
    You have to fully grasp this. They **knew** from animal experiments on rats and cows and horses and birds **exactly** what SEED OILS did to growing and developing animals.

    Many of these experiments were carried out from the late 1880s through the 1910s. Experiment results were published in books, such as this one from scientist E.V. McCollum in 1918.



    There was no mystery here. The results were established and easily observable.

    And yet…what ended up happening over the next 100 years?

    Government ‘health’ experts working hand-in-glove with Big Food corporations convinced most Americans to stop cooking their food with butter, lard, and tallow, and instead use the new ‘Crisco’ and other highly processed seed oils and margarine. Because they claimed these new processed products were ‘healthier’.

    And because Americans back then were very trusting people who didn’t know their government was controlled by hidden corporations and interests out to make massive profits while not caring about their health, they followed this ‘expert’ advice from authority figures they were taught to trust.

    From the 1920s through today, Big Food, working in conjunction with Big Government, began creating many new highly processed foods that contained large amounts of these seed oils and myriad toxic chemicals and food additives. Our American culture is now flooded with highly processed fake ‘food’ that didn’t exist even 100 years ago. And they are inventing new kinds of fake food every year.

    Image
    If they knew what seed oils would do to human beings who began eating them early in life, and ate them throughout their physical development and into adulthood – and evidence seems to suggest they did – then the only possible reason for them to do that would be to arrest the development of children, cause chronic illnesses throughout life, and ensure a premature death.

    What I saw through my research was **deeply disturbing to me**.

    Image
    This can’t be just about profit motive, the fact they’d make a lot of MONEY creating new addictive processed sugar-and-carb-and-seed oil-filled foods. They had to also have seen the very real and OBVIOUS HARM they would be doing to their fellow citizens by introducing these heavily toxic and health-destroy products into the American food supply.

    Not when you realize the wealthy elite who run everything in this fallen world behind the scenes are constantly wringing their hands and brainstorming about how to ‘fix’ the world’s overpopulation problem, think even the concept of human rights is a big funny hilarious joke, and that human rights don’t exist, just like God doesn’t exist.

    They’ve always sat around at their big, important conferences in places like Davos and talked about culling the human herd like they’re ranchers planning for the next cattle drive. It’s just that they’re starting to get embarrassed that the cows are now spying on them in the barn and figuring out what they’re talking about, their plans for the rest of us.

    What more clever way could be devised than convincing people to simply EAT themselves into chronic illnesses that will guide them expeditiously into an early grave?

    The rise in life expectancy rates over the past 100 years is not because people are HEALTHIER overall.

    Image
    Far from it.

    The rates rose because of medical advancements in keeping chronically ill people alive longer.

    Were people not being tricked and misled into fattening themselves with constant insulin resistance and filling their bodies with toxins, most people would very likely be living into their upper 90s by now. Instead, life expectancy is dropping because the amount of toxic and unhealthy food Americans are eating is going up.

    This cannot be overstated. With the medical/health/scientific advancements in knowledge and technology over the past 120 years, the only way this was allowed to happen and to become so widespread at this point millions of people are dying from easily preventable chronic illnesses is that…

    …and I know some of you will struggle to accept this….

    …the real owners of the world out there **wanted** this to happen. They demanded it.

    There’s no way they don’t know. So if they know…and nothing’s been done to stop it? It’s not just about money. There’s what looks like an exceedingly nefarious agenda at work here.

    Image
    Sometimes in my more paranoid moments, I wonder if….

    Nah. Couldn’t be….

    Could it?

    Image
    Tastes like chicken!
    https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/W-JhfjGtlp8?rel=0&autoplay=0&showinfo=0&enablejsapi=0
    So the first two things I discovered in my new research starting in the middle of last year:

    1. The food pyramid was a massive ‘mistake’…or was it?

    2. Seed Oils are toxic and harm human development and shorten the human lifespan Yet they were allowed to proliferate into the American food supply by accident…or was it really an ‘accident’?

    Next, I discovered that the conventional ‘expert’ findings about animal fat were wrong.

    For decades I’d been endlessly told and had read that too much dietary animal fat caused health/heart issues. Cut down dramatically on the red meat, the eggs, the butter, replace the fat with ‘healthy’ food…

    And yet what do you actually **FIND** when you examine the medical research?

    You find when people dramatically reduced their animal fat intake they still got FATTER and more CHRONICALLY ILL. After all, one of the biggest reasons for creating a ‘new and improved!’ food pyramid back in the early 1990s was to convince people to CUT the amount of meat and animal fat they were eating and replace them with ‘healthy’ carbs.

    For people who were supposedly becoming more ‘healthy’ by following the new food pyramid’s ‘expert’ advice, Americans seemed to be getting fatter, heavier, and more unhealthy.

    It’s been noticed for some time now that people in America in the 1940s and 1950s sure do look pretty darn healthy, even though we were constantly being told by our modern ‘health experts’ that those poor folks were eating WAY too much animal fats and red meat and eggs and [gasp!] butter.

    I mean…there’s just NO WAY that Americans back then eating all that bad stuff were healthier than US today, right?



    Why, that very idea would be absurd! They didn’t know any better! They didn’t have our advantages!

    Image
    Image
    Image
    Hey…maybe it’s time for us to stop, go back and look, and rethink this all out again…

    Because SOMETHING clearly isn’t working.

    We’re **supposed to be** far healthier than those poor fools back in the 1940s and 1950s…but we’re NOT.

    Why is that?

    If you commit yourself to finding the truth and facing it unflinchingly, no matter where it leads…you can find it.

    The brutal truth is…people here in America have been misled. Just about EVERYTHING the ‘health’ and ‘diet’ ‘experts’ have been telling them all their lives is….SURPRISE!…wrong.

    It’s not your fault. It is THEIR fault. They either didn’t know what they were talking about when they were teaching you how to eat, or they had a hidden agenda.

    Either way…NOT YOUR FAULT.

    Image
    Image
    Image
    Its not that you lack willpower. Or that you’re lazy. Or that you don’t work out enough.

    Its that what the ‘experts’ taught you about how to eat a proper diet wasn’t true. You were not getting accurate information.

    You were steered towards unhealthy seed oil/sugar/carb-filled processed foods because authority figures you trusted gave you terrible advice.

    You were given bad information by government and medical authority figures on 7 dietary subjects:

    1. Cholesterol levels

    2. Salt/mineral levels

    3. Protein levels

    4. Animal Fats

    5. Fiber

    6. Seed oils

    7. Meal frequency

    My research has led me to conclude that we need to go BACK to how our ancestors ate. A mostly meat diet where we do not eat large meals of highly processed fake foods several times a day with snacks in between.

    We’re not designed to put food into our stomachs 3-6 times a day, constantly spiking our insulin levels and hormonal system, developing lifelong insulin resistance and metabolic syndrome-related chronic illnesses and diseases.

    Especially not the kind of food we’re surrounded by in our popular culture, the highly over-processed stuff that didn’t exist 100 years ago that are now chock-full of toxic seed oils, sugars, and chemicals.

    Sure, people back in the 1940s and 1950s were eating 3 squares a day, but look at **what** they were eating compared to what we are surrounded by now. Until around 120 years ago, most people lived on farms, and even if they didn’t, most of the food they ate came almost directly from a farm.

    Have you heard stories about people who travel to Europe and visit places like France and Italy where they eat all the bread and pasta, drink all the wine they want, etc. and don’t get fat? Know why that is?

    Because it’s ILLEGAL over there in many European countries to add in the toxic chemical crap they put into US processed food on this side of the pond. Look at the following links for just a HINT of how bad this issue is. Why are European governments taking better care of their people’s health than our supposedly superior US government?

    https://www.cbsnews.com/news/us-food-additives-banned-europe-making-americans-sick-expert-says/
    https://www.theguardian.com/us-news/2019/may/28/bread-additives-chemicals-us-toxic-america
    https://foodrevolution.org/blog/banned-ingredients-in-other-countries/
    https://www.theguardian.com/environment/2022/jun/23/titanium-dioxide-banned-chemicals-carcinogen-eu-us
    Image
    So, when I began changing my diet again in 2023, I switched to a [O]ne [M]eal [A] [D]ay program [OMAD] where I ate only once time in every 24-hour period.

    I adopted a 4-hour ‘feeding window’ from 4 pm to 8 pm.

    I also cut out most of the processed foods I had been eating – including the Weight Watcher’s stuff. I increased the amount of meat I ate from around 1/3rd of my diet to 2/3rds.

    From late June through early September, I went from 345 pounds [my stepmom made me get on the scale with her watching. I expected to see around 320. Ulp!] down to 320.

    And then I got stuck. The weight stopped coming off and I fluctuated between 317 and 320 for around a month and a half.


    Then my ‘little sister from another Mister,’ investigative journalist and head editor of Uncover DC, Tracy Beanz, shared some pictures and testimony about her husband William, who had lost over 160 pounds on a Carnivore Diet in one year. He not only lost a massive amount of unhealthy body fat, but he also had several chronic health issues evaporate.

    Image
    Image
    So….in early November, I decided to cut out the bread and the potatoes and the ‘healthy’ cereal I was still eating and stay only with raw milk and unpasteurized cheese for my carbs, and the rest of my diet was Amish-farm raised beef, bison, chicken, turkey, and fish with large brown eggs.

    The weight started coming again…slowly. I went from 320 down to my current weight of 295. I’ve gone down to 293, but 295 is what I saw the last 2 times I weighed myself.

    So. I learned a lot in the last 8 months. I wanted to share some of what I learned in this thread.

    I am not telling or advising anyone to do what I’m doing. I’m providing information and asking for people to check this out for themselves and make up their own minds.

    A key part of The Great Awakening is, I am convinced, teaching people how to get healthy and stay that way. And if people have been getting wrong and perhaps even deliberate disinformation from ‘health experts,’ the more people realize that and start reassessing what they’ve been told over the past few decades?

    THAT’S A BEAUTIFUL THING.



    https://vigilantnews.com/post/what-if-everything-theyve-been-telling-you-about-food-is-wrong/


    https://donshafi911.blogspot.com/2024/02/what-if-everything-theyve-been-telling.html
    What If Everything They’ve Been Telling You About Food Is… WRONG? Vigilant NewsFebruary 2, 2024 By Brian Cates The last 9 months have been an exceedingly strange journey for me. While I had already figured out the FDA food pyramid was garbage and had watched in real-time as all the federal “medical” “health” “science” agencies played a direct role in suppressing accurate information on COVID-19 and C-19 origins, treatments, vaccines, etc., it took me the better of part of 3 years to begin critically and logically examining what these self-same propagandists disguised as ‘experts’ have been telling all of us about food and what supposedly comprises a healthy diet. I’d struggled with my weight since I was a young man of 24. I am soon turning 60. I’d spent the past few years talking about losing weight and the all the issues I was dealing with from lugging around over 100+ pounds of useless bodyfat. But I was still eating 4-5 times a day, at least two of those meals being sizable. And though I cut down on the sweets and was eating what I was told were ‘healthy whole grains’, the weight not only refused to go down, it kept going up. I would go through the same cycle several times from when I was around 26 to last year: Start working out religiously, while eating what I was told was mostly ‘healthy’ food. I’d add some muscle, my weight would drop maybe 20 pounds or so…and then after 3-4 months, hit the wall. No changes, and despite working out, the weight crept back up. Quit working out, gain all the weight back, a year goes by…then start the cycle again. 34 years or so I ran on this hamster wheel. When this picture was taken, I’d just started writing for The Epoch Times in mid-2018. I was 350 pounds or so. Hadn’t weighed myself in a while. I was too scared to look anyway. Image I had just gone through the cycle again early last year. Working out, eating the “healthy food” chock full of carbs, various forms of sugars and toxic seed oils & chemicals, etc., etc. Then in May, I quit again. In late June, my stepmom visited me in my new house in Florida while I was on an RV tour around the US, and when she saw how I was living and eating, she read me the riot act. She kicked me in the ass and got me not only moving again, but that visit was also the catalyst I needed to go back and re-examine 35+ years of failure and why trying the same thing over and over again wasn’t working. For years, people like me were told this was a willpower/laziness thing. You’re fat and you can’t lose the weight because you don’t eat right/work out hard enough or long enough, etc. So I was mentally beaten down after exhausting myself on this hamster’s wheel as I was headed into decade #4 with the wrong programming in my head. Overweight Man Tired after Training, with Hand on Forehead Against ... But here’s the thing. As a journalist, I’d just spent the last 3 1/2 years extensively and exhaustively covering how federal and state and county ‘health’ ‘medical’ and ‘science’ ‘experts’ had just engaged in a deliberate conspiracy to hide and censor true and accurate information from the American public. Not to mention also covering the amount of gaslighting we were all being hit with following the blatant theft of the 2020 election from Donald Trump. So at this time, in late June/early July of last year, I started my re-examination of around 35 years of failure with an intriguing thought: **COULD IT BE** that the very same ‘health’ ‘medical’ & ‘science’ experts who’d just exposed and outed themselves as Big Pharma propagandists and business partners lying to us about COVID & many of the drugs involved in the treatment/prevention of infection…were also wrong or deliberately misleading us about….food? Image Could it possibly be…. One of the first things I realized, when I began examining what the federal ‘health’ ‘medical’ ‘science’ agencies tout as a ‘healthy’ diet, is that when they last changed the food pyramid in the early 1990’s, the rates of both obesity and diabetes exploded in this country as people began following this ‘expert’ advice. As you can see from the graphs below, an already alarming rising trend suddenly shot dramatically upward in the early 1990s. Image Image How bad has the obesity/diabetes/insulin resistance crisis gotten in the US? It is now so bad they’ve coined a bullshit term – ‘prediabetes’ – to try to mask the deadly seriousness of the crisis. If you are diagnosed as ‘prediabetic,’ you ARE diabetic; it’s just that your insulin resistance hasn’t progressed to such an extent that they’ll officially call it ‘diabetes.’ Image Or as actor Wilford Brimley would say: Wilford Brimley Has Diabeetus - Misc - quickmeme Insulin resistance leads directly to a massive amount of chronic health issues of which diabetes is only one. By giving Americans the ‘expert’ advice that they needed to start chugging down ‘6-11 servings’ every day of ‘healthy whole grains’ and cook their food with seed oils while counseling them to also **reduce** the amount of meat and animal fats they were eating, Americans began ingesting way more carbohydrates and PUFA’s [that’s ‘polyunsaturated fatty acids, for those of you in Rio Linda…] every day than they’d been eating before. And yet I recall for the past 30 years or so watching the popular culture health reporters scratch their heads and wondering what could possibly be causing the massive explosion of obesity and chronic illnesses, as well as the dropping testosterone and estrogen levels they were observing. So the fact that the federal ‘health’ agencies caused much of the country to make a dramatic wrong turn that exacerbated the rising trends of obesity and chronic illness with their drastically wrong official ‘food pyramid’ in the early 1990s, caused me to wonder: If they were giving the American public such rotten, terrible, horrible, no-good ‘expert’ instructions on what they should be eating every day, **what else** have they been telling us that is utter bullshit? And the very first thing I stumbled over in this regard was the history of SEED OILS and how medical scientists doing animal experiments back in the 1890s/early 1900s quickly established that seed oils were toxic and harmful to growing and developing animals. By the end of July last year, I was sharing the alarming stuff I was finding in my research with my readers on my Substack: Image You have to fully grasp this. They **knew** from animal experiments on rats and cows and horses and birds **exactly** what SEED OILS did to growing and developing animals. Many of these experiments were carried out from the late 1880s through the 1910s. Experiment results were published in books, such as this one from scientist E.V. McCollum in 1918. There was no mystery here. The results were established and easily observable. And yet…what ended up happening over the next 100 years? Government ‘health’ experts working hand-in-glove with Big Food corporations convinced most Americans to stop cooking their food with butter, lard, and tallow, and instead use the new ‘Crisco’ and other highly processed seed oils and margarine. Because they claimed these new processed products were ‘healthier’. And because Americans back then were very trusting people who didn’t know their government was controlled by hidden corporations and interests out to make massive profits while not caring about their health, they followed this ‘expert’ advice from authority figures they were taught to trust. From the 1920s through today, Big Food, working in conjunction with Big Government, began creating many new highly processed foods that contained large amounts of these seed oils and myriad toxic chemicals and food additives. Our American culture is now flooded with highly processed fake ‘food’ that didn’t exist even 100 years ago. And they are inventing new kinds of fake food every year. Image If they knew what seed oils would do to human beings who began eating them early in life, and ate them throughout their physical development and into adulthood – and evidence seems to suggest they did – then the only possible reason for them to do that would be to arrest the development of children, cause chronic illnesses throughout life, and ensure a premature death. What I saw through my research was **deeply disturbing to me**. Image This can’t be just about profit motive, the fact they’d make a lot of MONEY creating new addictive processed sugar-and-carb-and-seed oil-filled foods. They had to also have seen the very real and OBVIOUS HARM they would be doing to their fellow citizens by introducing these heavily toxic and health-destroy products into the American food supply. Not when you realize the wealthy elite who run everything in this fallen world behind the scenes are constantly wringing their hands and brainstorming about how to ‘fix’ the world’s overpopulation problem, think even the concept of human rights is a big funny hilarious joke, and that human rights don’t exist, just like God doesn’t exist. They’ve always sat around at their big, important conferences in places like Davos and talked about culling the human herd like they’re ranchers planning for the next cattle drive. It’s just that they’re starting to get embarrassed that the cows are now spying on them in the barn and figuring out what they’re talking about, their plans for the rest of us. What more clever way could be devised than convincing people to simply EAT themselves into chronic illnesses that will guide them expeditiously into an early grave? The rise in life expectancy rates over the past 100 years is not because people are HEALTHIER overall. Image Far from it. The rates rose because of medical advancements in keeping chronically ill people alive longer. Were people not being tricked and misled into fattening themselves with constant insulin resistance and filling their bodies with toxins, most people would very likely be living into their upper 90s by now. Instead, life expectancy is dropping because the amount of toxic and unhealthy food Americans are eating is going up. This cannot be overstated. With the medical/health/scientific advancements in knowledge and technology over the past 120 years, the only way this was allowed to happen and to become so widespread at this point millions of people are dying from easily preventable chronic illnesses is that… …and I know some of you will struggle to accept this…. …the real owners of the world out there **wanted** this to happen. They demanded it. There’s no way they don’t know. So if they know…and nothing’s been done to stop it? It’s not just about money. There’s what looks like an exceedingly nefarious agenda at work here. Image Sometimes in my more paranoid moments, I wonder if…. Nah. Couldn’t be…. Could it? Image Tastes like chicken! https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/W-JhfjGtlp8?rel=0&autoplay=0&showinfo=0&enablejsapi=0 So the first two things I discovered in my new research starting in the middle of last year: 1. The food pyramid was a massive ‘mistake’…or was it? 2. Seed Oils are toxic and harm human development and shorten the human lifespan Yet they were allowed to proliferate into the American food supply by accident…or was it really an ‘accident’? Next, I discovered that the conventional ‘expert’ findings about animal fat were wrong. For decades I’d been endlessly told and had read that too much dietary animal fat caused health/heart issues. Cut down dramatically on the red meat, the eggs, the butter, replace the fat with ‘healthy’ food… And yet what do you actually **FIND** when you examine the medical research? You find when people dramatically reduced their animal fat intake they still got FATTER and more CHRONICALLY ILL. After all, one of the biggest reasons for creating a ‘new and improved!’ food pyramid back in the early 1990s was to convince people to CUT the amount of meat and animal fat they were eating and replace them with ‘healthy’ carbs. For people who were supposedly becoming more ‘healthy’ by following the new food pyramid’s ‘expert’ advice, Americans seemed to be getting fatter, heavier, and more unhealthy. It’s been noticed for some time now that people in America in the 1940s and 1950s sure do look pretty darn healthy, even though we were constantly being told by our modern ‘health experts’ that those poor folks were eating WAY too much animal fats and red meat and eggs and [gasp!] butter. I mean…there’s just NO WAY that Americans back then eating all that bad stuff were healthier than US today, right? 🤔 Why, that very idea would be absurd! They didn’t know any better! They didn’t have our advantages! Image Image Image Hey…maybe it’s time for us to stop, go back and look, and rethink this all out again… Because SOMETHING clearly isn’t working. We’re **supposed to be** far healthier than those poor fools back in the 1940s and 1950s…but we’re NOT. Why is that? If you commit yourself to finding the truth and facing it unflinchingly, no matter where it leads…you can find it. The brutal truth is…people here in America have been misled. Just about EVERYTHING the ‘health’ and ‘diet’ ‘experts’ have been telling them all their lives is….SURPRISE!…wrong. It’s not your fault. It is THEIR fault. They either didn’t know what they were talking about when they were teaching you how to eat, or they had a hidden agenda. Either way…NOT YOUR FAULT. Image Image Image Its not that you lack willpower. Or that you’re lazy. Or that you don’t work out enough. Its that what the ‘experts’ taught you about how to eat a proper diet wasn’t true. You were not getting accurate information. You were steered towards unhealthy seed oil/sugar/carb-filled processed foods because authority figures you trusted gave you terrible advice. You were given bad information by government and medical authority figures on 7 dietary subjects: 1. Cholesterol levels 2. Salt/mineral levels 3. Protein levels 4. Animal Fats 5. Fiber 6. Seed oils 7. Meal frequency My research has led me to conclude that we need to go BACK to how our ancestors ate. A mostly meat diet where we do not eat large meals of highly processed fake foods several times a day with snacks in between. We’re not designed to put food into our stomachs 3-6 times a day, constantly spiking our insulin levels and hormonal system, developing lifelong insulin resistance and metabolic syndrome-related chronic illnesses and diseases. Especially not the kind of food we’re surrounded by in our popular culture, the highly over-processed stuff that didn’t exist 100 years ago that are now chock-full of toxic seed oils, sugars, and chemicals. Sure, people back in the 1940s and 1950s were eating 3 squares a day, but look at **what** they were eating compared to what we are surrounded by now. Until around 120 years ago, most people lived on farms, and even if they didn’t, most of the food they ate came almost directly from a farm. Have you heard stories about people who travel to Europe and visit places like France and Italy where they eat all the bread and pasta, drink all the wine they want, etc. and don’t get fat? Know why that is? Because it’s ILLEGAL over there in many European countries to add in the toxic chemical crap they put into US processed food on this side of the pond. Look at the following links for just a HINT of how bad this issue is. Why are European governments taking better care of their people’s health than our supposedly superior US government? https://www.cbsnews.com/news/us-food-additives-banned-europe-making-americans-sick-expert-says/ https://www.theguardian.com/us-news/2019/may/28/bread-additives-chemicals-us-toxic-america https://foodrevolution.org/blog/banned-ingredients-in-other-countries/ https://www.theguardian.com/environment/2022/jun/23/titanium-dioxide-banned-chemicals-carcinogen-eu-us Image So, when I began changing my diet again in 2023, I switched to a [O]ne [M]eal [A] [D]ay program [OMAD] where I ate only once time in every 24-hour period. I adopted a 4-hour ‘feeding window’ from 4 pm to 8 pm. I also cut out most of the processed foods I had been eating – including the Weight Watcher’s stuff. I increased the amount of meat I ate from around 1/3rd of my diet to 2/3rds. From late June through early September, I went from 345 pounds [my stepmom made me get on the scale with her watching. I expected to see around 320. Ulp!] down to 320. And then I got stuck. The weight stopped coming off and I fluctuated between 317 and 320 for around a month and a half. Then my ‘little sister from another Mister,’ investigative journalist and head editor of Uncover DC, Tracy Beanz, shared some pictures and testimony about her husband William, who had lost over 160 pounds on a Carnivore Diet in one year. He not only lost a massive amount of unhealthy body fat, but he also had several chronic health issues evaporate. Image Image So….in early November, I decided to cut out the bread and the potatoes and the ‘healthy’ cereal I was still eating and stay only with raw milk and unpasteurized cheese for my carbs, and the rest of my diet was Amish-farm raised beef, bison, chicken, turkey, and fish with large brown eggs. The weight started coming again…slowly. I went from 320 down to my current weight of 295. I’ve gone down to 293, but 295 is what I saw the last 2 times I weighed myself. So. I learned a lot in the last 8 months. I wanted to share some of what I learned in this thread. I am not telling or advising anyone to do what I’m doing. I’m providing information and asking for people to check this out for themselves and make up their own minds. A key part of The Great Awakening is, I am convinced, teaching people how to get healthy and stay that way. And if people have been getting wrong and perhaps even deliberate disinformation from ‘health experts,’ the more people realize that and start reassessing what they’ve been told over the past few decades? THAT’S A BEAUTIFUL THING. https://vigilantnews.com/post/what-if-everything-theyve-been-telling-you-about-food-is-wrong/ https://donshafi911.blogspot.com/2024/02/what-if-everything-theyve-been-telling.html
    VIGILANTNEWS.COM
    What If Everything They’ve Been Telling You About Food Is… WRONG?
    Have our trusted health authority figures led us astray? And if so... what can we do about it?
    0 Comments 0 Shares 49320 Views
  • Will Disease X be Leaked in 2025?

    All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

    To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

    Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

    New Year Donation Drive: Global Research Is Committed to the “Unspoken Truth”

    ***

    The WHO’s pandemic treaty is the gateway to a global, top-down totalitarian regime, a one world government. The reason we can be sure there will be additional pandemics, whether manufactured using either fear and hype alone or an actual bioweapon created for this very purpose, is because the takeover plan, aka The Great Reset, is based on the premise that we need global biosecurity surveillance and centralized response

    A new contagion will likely be born in 2025, and media are already preparing us for it

    January 15-19, 2024, global leaders met at the World Economic Forum’s (WEF) Davos summit where the key topic of discussion was “Preparing for Disease X,” a hypothetical new pandemic predicted to kill 20 times more people than COVID-19

    In August 2023, a new vaccine research facility was set up in Wiltshire, England, to begin work on a vaccine against the unknown “Disease X”

    The U.S. Congress introduced the “Disease X Act of 2023” (H.R.3832) in June 2023. The bill calls for the establishment of a BARDA program to develop “medical countermeasures for viral threats with pandemic potential.” The bill was referred to the Subcommittee on Health in early June 2023 but has not yet been passed

    *



    The COVID-19 pandemic allowed for an unprecedented shift in power and wealth distribution across the world and, as predicted, it was not to be a one-off event. A new contagion will likely be born in 2025, and media are already preparing us for it.

    January 15-19, 2024, global leaders met at the World Economic Forum’s (WEF) Davos summit where the key topic of discussion was “Preparing for Disease X,”1 a hypothetical new pandemic predicted to emerge in 2025 and kill 20 times more people than COVID-19.2 As reported by the Mirror:3

    “The World Health Organization (WHO) has warned of a potential Disease X since 2017, a term indicating an unknown pathogen that could cause a serious international epidemic …

    Public speakers at the ‘Preparing for Disease X’ event next Wednesday [January 17, 2024] include Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus, director-general of the WHO, Brazilian minister of health Nisia Trindade Lima, and Michel Demaré, chair of the board at AstraZeneca.

    In their first post-pandemic meeting held in November 2022, the WHO brought over 300 scientists to consider which of over 25 virus families and bacteria could potentially create another pandemic.

    The list the team came up with included: the Ebola virus, the Marburg virus disease, Covid-19, SARS, and the Middle East respiratory syndrome coronavirus (MERS-CoV). Others included lassa fever, nipah and henipaviral diseases, zift Valley fever, and zika — as well as the unknown pathogen that would cause ‘Disease X.’”

    I’ve interviewed Meryl Nass about how the WHO is trying to take over aspects of everyone’s lives. She just published an important piece over the weekend, Why Is Davos So Interested in Disease? about how the WEF and the WHO have become partners to terrify the world.

    Alexis Baden-Mayer, Esq., political director for the Organic Consumers Association, did some digging into the participants of this WEF event, and the two things they all have in common are 1) dumping the AstraZeneca COVID shot on the developing world (primarily India and Brazil) after rich countries rejected it due to its admitted blood clotting risk, and 2) pushing for the implementation of medical AI systems that will eliminate doctors along with patient choice and privacy.

    Practice Runs or Responsible Planning?

    In a January 11, 2024, tweet, Fox News analyst and former assistant secretary for public affairs for the U.S. Treasury Department, Monica Crowley, wrote:4

    “From the same people who brought you COVID-19 now comes Disease X: Next week in Davos, the unelected globalists at the World Economic Forum will hold a panel on a future pandemic 20x deadlier than COVID …

    Just in time for the election, a new contagion to allow them to implement a new WHO treaty, lock down again, restrict free speech and destroy more freedoms. Sound far-fetched? So did what happened in 2020. When your enemies tell you what they’re planning and what they’re planning FOR, believe them. And get ready.”

    Dr. Stuart Ray, vice chair of medicine for data integrity and analytics at Johns Hopkins’ Department of Medicine, dismissed such warnings, telling Fortune magazine5 that “Coordination of public health response is not conspiracy, it’s simply responsible planning.”

    I’d be willing to believe him if it wasn’t for a now-obvious trend: Whatever the globalists claim will happen actually does happen at a remarkable frequency, and their prognostic capabilities become easier to explain when you consider that most lethal pandemics have been caused by manmade viruses, the products of gain-of-function research. It’s pretty easy to predict a new viral outbreak if you have said virus waiting in the wings.

    With that in mind, recent research from China certainly raises concern, to say the least. According to a January 3, 2024, preprint,6 a SARS-CoV-2-related pangolin coronavirus — described as a “cell culture-adapted mutant” called GX_P2V that was first cultured in 2017 — was found to kill 100% of the humanized mice (ACE2-transgenic mice) infected with it.7

    The primary cause of death was brain inflammation. According to the authors, “this is the first report showing that a SARS-CoV-2-related pangolin coronavirus can cause 100% mortality in hACE2 mice, suggesting a risk for GX_P2V to spill over into humans.”

    However, if this virus mutated as a result of passaging through cell cultures, then it’s not likely to emerge in the wild. It’s another unnatural lab creation, so rather than saying it may spill over from pangolins to humans, it would be more accurate to admit that it may pose a (rather serious) risk to humans were a lab escape to occur.

    COVID Dress Rehearsals

    In 2017, Johns Hopkins Center of Health Security held a coronavirus pandemic simulation called the SPARS Pandemic 2025-2028 scenario.8 Importantly, the exercise stressed “communication dilemmas concerning medical countermeasures that could plausibly emerge” in a pandemic scenario.

    Then, in October 2019, less than three months before the COVID-19 outbreak, the Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation in collaboration with Johns Hopkins and the World Economic Forum hosted Event 201.

    The name itself suggests it may have been a continuation of the SPARS Pandemic exercise. College courses are numbered based on their prerequisites. A 101 course does not require any prior knowledge whereas 201 courses require prior familiarity with the topic at hand.

    As in the SPARS Pandemic scenario, Event 201 involved an outbreak of a highly infectious coronavirus, and the primary (if not sole) focus of the exercise was, again, how to control information and keep “misinformation” in check, not how to effectively discover and share remedies.

    Social media censorship played a prominent role in the Event 201 plan, and in the real-world events of 2020 through the present, accurate information about vaccine development, production and injury has indeed been effectively suppressed around the world, thanks to social media companies and Google’s censoring of opposing viewpoints.

    In March 2021, an outbreak of “an unusual strain of monkeypox virus” was simulated.9 In late July the following year, the WHO director-general declared that a multi-country outbreak of monkeypox constituted a public health emergency of international concern,10 against his own advisory group.

    ‘Catastrophic Contagion’ Exercise

    Considering both of these simulations, SPARS (“Event 101”?) and Event 201, foreshadowed what eventually occurred in real life during COVID, when Gates hosts yet another pandemic exercise, it’s worth paying attention to the details.

    October 23, 2022, Gates, Johns Hopkins and the WHO cohosted “a global challenge exercise” dubbed “Catastrophic Contagion,”11,12 involving a fictional pathogen called “severe epidemic enterovirus respiratory syndrome 2025” (SEERS-25).

    Enterovirus D6813 is typically associated with cold and flu-like illness in infants, children and teens. In rare cases, it’s also been known to cause viral meningitis and acute flaccid myelitis, a neurological condition resulting in muscle weakness and loss of reflexes in one or more extremities.

    Enteroviruses A71 and A6 are known to cause hand, foot and mouth disease,14 while poliovirus, the prototypical enterovirus, causes polio (poliomyelitis), a potentially life-threatening type of paralysis that primarily affects children under age 5. So, the virus they modeled in this simulation appears to be something similar to enterovirus D68, but worse.

    Vaccine Drug Trials Begin for Deadly Nipah Virus

    One known virus that bears some resemblance to the fictional SEERS-25 is the Nipah virus. This virus has a kill rate of about 75%,15 and survivors oftentimes face long-term neurological issues stemming from the infection. Nipah is also said to affect children to a greater degree than adults.16

    Incidentally, human trials for a vaccine against the deadly Nipah virus were recently launched.17Volunteers received their first shots in early January 2024. The experimental injection uses the same viral vector technology used to produce AstraZeneca’s COVID shot.

    The trial is reportedly being carried out by the University of Oxford in an undisclosed area where Nipah is actively infecting victims. (India seems to be indicated, as an outbreak in Kerala killed two people and hospitalized three in September 2023.18)

    The disease is thought to spread via interaction with infected animals such as goats, pigs, cats and horses. It may also spread via tainted blood products and food. Symptoms can emerge anywhere from a few days after exposure to as long as 45 days.

    Initial symptoms include fever, headache and respiratory illness, which can rapidly progress to encephalitis (brain swelling), seizures and coma within just a couple of days. According to the WHO, pigs are known to be “highly contagious” during the incubation period, and it’s possible that humans may be as well, although that has yet to be confirmed.

    Training African Leaders to Go Along with the Narrative

    Tellingly, the Catastrophic Contagion exercise focused on getting leadership in African countries involved and trained in following the script. African nations went “off script” more often than others during the COVID pandemic, and didn’t follow in the footsteps of developed nations when it came to pushing the jabs.

    As a result, vaccine makers now face the problem of having a huge control group, as the COVID jab uptake on the African continent was only 6%,19 yet it fared far better than developed nations in terms of COVID-19 infections and related deaths.20

    The Catastrophic Contagion exercise predicts SEERS-25 will kill 20 million people worldwide, including 15 million children, and many who survive the infection will be left with paralysis and/or brain damage. In other words, the “cue” given is that the next pandemic may target children rather than the elderly, as was the case with COVID-19.

    Vaccine Against Unknown ‘X’ Pathogen Is Already in the Works


    In August 2023, a new vaccine research facility was set up in Wiltshire, England, fully staffed with more 200 scientists, to begin work on a vaccine against the unknown “Disease X.” As reported by Metro:21

    “It took 362 days to develop the Covid-19 vaccine. But the Vaccine Development and Evaluation Centre team wants to reduce that time to 100 days. Scientists at the facility will develop a range of prototype vaccines and tests.

    The new lab is a part of a global effort to respond to global health threats. The UK and other G7 countries signed up to the ‘100 Days Mission’ in 2021. The government has invested £65 million into the lab.

    Professor Dame Jenny Harries, the head of the UK Health Security Agency, said the new facility would ‘ensure that we prepare so that if we have a new Disease X, a new pathogen, we have as much of that work in advance as possible.’”

    In the U.S., Congress also introduced the “Disease X Act of 2023” (H.R.383222) back in June 2023. The bill calls for the establishment of a BARDA program to develop “medical countermeasures for viral threats with pandemic potential.” The bill was referred to the Subcommittee on Health in early June 2023 but has not yet been passed.

    The Disease X Act amends a section of the Public Health Service Act with two new clauses that call for “the identification and development of platform manufacturing technologies needed for advanced development and manufacturing of medical countermeasures for viral families which have significant potential to cause a pandemic,” and “advanced research and development of flexible medical countermeasures against priority respiratory virus families and other respiratory viral pathogens with a significant potential to cause a pandemic, with both pathogen-specific and pathogen-agnostic approaches …”

    Needless to say, since it’s impossible to customize vaccines using the conventional method of growing viruses in eggs or some other cell media in 100 days, it seems inevitable that all these efforts are about the expansion of gene-based technologies. This, despite the fact that the mRNA technology used for the COVID jabs has proven to be disastrous from a safety standpoint, and ineffective to boot.

    Why Manufactured Pandemics Will Continue

    At this point, it’s quite clear that “biosecurity” is the chosen means by which the globalist cabal intends to seize power over the world. The WHO is working on securing sole power over pandemic response globally through its international pandemic treaty which, if implemented, will eradicate the sovereignty of all member nations.

    The WHO’s pandemic treaty is the gateway to a global, top-down totalitarian regime, a one world government. Ultimately, the WHO intends to dictate all health care. But to secure that power, they will need more pandemics. COVID-19 alone was not enough to get everyone onboard with a centralized pandemic response unit, and they probably knew that from the start.

    So, the reason we can be sure there will be additional pandemics, whether manufactured using either fear and hype alone or an actual bioweapon created for this very purpose, is because the takeover plan, aka The Great Reset, is based on the premise that we need global biosecurity surveillance and centralized response.

    Biosecurity, in turn, is the justification for an international vaccine passport, which the G20 has signed on to, and that passport will also be your digital identification. That digital ID, then, will be tied to your social credit score, personal carbon footprint tracker, medical records, educational records, work records, social media presence, purchase records, your bank accounts and a programmable central bank digital currency (CBDC).

    Once all these pieces are fully connected, you’ll be in a digital prison, and the ruling cabal — whether officially a one world government by then or not — will have total control over your life from cradle to grave.

    We’re Already Suffering Under a Pseudo-One World Government

    We actually already have a pseudo-one world government, in the form of Bill Gates’ nongovernmental organizations (NGOs). They are making health care decisions that should be left to individual nations and/or states, and they’re making decisions that will line their own pockets, regardless of what happens to the public health-wise.

    They coordinate and synchronize pandemic communication during simulated practice runs, and then, when the real-world situation emerges that fits the bill, the preplanned script is played out more or less verbatim.

    Between the G20 declaration to implement an international vaccine passport under the auspice of the WHO, and the WHO’s pandemic treaty, everything is lined up to take control of the next pandemic, and in so doing, further securing the foundation for a one world government.

    As discussed in my 2021 article, “COVID-19 Dress Rehearsals and Proof of the Plan,” the pandemic measures rolled out for COVID-19 were the culmination of decades of careful planning to radically and permanently alter the governance and social structures of the world.

    The medical system has been used in the past to drive forward a New World Order agenda — now rebranded as “The Great Reset” — and it’s now being used to implement the final stages of that longstanding plan. COVID-19 was a real-world practice run, and showed just how effectively a pandemic can be used to shift the balance of power, and strip the global population of its wealth and individual freedoms.

    So, there’s no doubt in my mind that additional pandemics will be declared, because they’re the means to the globalists’ ends. To prevent this global coup, we need everyone to speak and share the truth to the point that you’re able. Only then will our voices outnumber the voices of the propaganda machine.

    Door To Freedom (doortofreedom.org), an organization founded by Dr. Meryl Nass, has a poster that explains how the pandemic treaty and International Health Regulations (IHR) amendments will change life as we know it and strip us of every vestige of freedom. Please download this poster and share it with everyone you know. Also put it up on public billboards and places where communities share information.

    *

    Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

    Notes

    1, 21 Metro January 15, 2024

    2, 3 Mirror January 13, 2024

    4 Twitter/X Monica Crowley January 11, 2024

    5 Fortune January 12, 2024

    6 ResearchGate January 2024 DOI: 10.1101/2024.01.03.574008

    7 MSN January 15, 2024

    8 SPARS Pandemic Scenario

    9 NTI Paper November 2021

    10 UN News July 23, 2022

    11 Catastrophic Contagion

    12 Catastrophic Contagion Videos

    13 CDC Enterovirus D68

    14 CDC Enteroviruses

    15 Forbes September 15, 2023

    16 Intractable & Rare Diseases Research February 2019; 8(1): 1-8

    17 Forbes January 11, 2024

    18 BBC September 14, 2023

    19 First Post November 19, 2021

    20 Yahoo News November 19, 2021

    22 HR 3832 The Disease X Act of 2023

    Featured image source

    https://www.globalresearch.ca/will-disease-x-leaked-2025/5847210

    https://donshafi911.blogspot.com/2024/01/will-disease-x-be-leaked-in-2025-all.html
    Will Disease X be Leaked in 2025? All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version). To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here. Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles. New Year Donation Drive: Global Research Is Committed to the “Unspoken Truth” *** The WHO’s pandemic treaty is the gateway to a global, top-down totalitarian regime, a one world government. The reason we can be sure there will be additional pandemics, whether manufactured using either fear and hype alone or an actual bioweapon created for this very purpose, is because the takeover plan, aka The Great Reset, is based on the premise that we need global biosecurity surveillance and centralized response A new contagion will likely be born in 2025, and media are already preparing us for it January 15-19, 2024, global leaders met at the World Economic Forum’s (WEF) Davos summit where the key topic of discussion was “Preparing for Disease X,” a hypothetical new pandemic predicted to kill 20 times more people than COVID-19 In August 2023, a new vaccine research facility was set up in Wiltshire, England, to begin work on a vaccine against the unknown “Disease X” The U.S. Congress introduced the “Disease X Act of 2023” (H.R.3832) in June 2023. The bill calls for the establishment of a BARDA program to develop “medical countermeasures for viral threats with pandemic potential.” The bill was referred to the Subcommittee on Health in early June 2023 but has not yet been passed * The COVID-19 pandemic allowed for an unprecedented shift in power and wealth distribution across the world and, as predicted, it was not to be a one-off event. A new contagion will likely be born in 2025, and media are already preparing us for it. January 15-19, 2024, global leaders met at the World Economic Forum’s (WEF) Davos summit where the key topic of discussion was “Preparing for Disease X,”1 a hypothetical new pandemic predicted to emerge in 2025 and kill 20 times more people than COVID-19.2 As reported by the Mirror:3 “The World Health Organization (WHO) has warned of a potential Disease X since 2017, a term indicating an unknown pathogen that could cause a serious international epidemic … Public speakers at the ‘Preparing for Disease X’ event next Wednesday [January 17, 2024] include Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus, director-general of the WHO, Brazilian minister of health Nisia Trindade Lima, and Michel Demaré, chair of the board at AstraZeneca. In their first post-pandemic meeting held in November 2022, the WHO brought over 300 scientists to consider which of over 25 virus families and bacteria could potentially create another pandemic. The list the team came up with included: the Ebola virus, the Marburg virus disease, Covid-19, SARS, and the Middle East respiratory syndrome coronavirus (MERS-CoV). Others included lassa fever, nipah and henipaviral diseases, zift Valley fever, and zika — as well as the unknown pathogen that would cause ‘Disease X.’” I’ve interviewed Meryl Nass about how the WHO is trying to take over aspects of everyone’s lives. She just published an important piece over the weekend, Why Is Davos So Interested in Disease? about how the WEF and the WHO have become partners to terrify the world. Alexis Baden-Mayer, Esq., political director for the Organic Consumers Association, did some digging into the participants of this WEF event, and the two things they all have in common are 1) dumping the AstraZeneca COVID shot on the developing world (primarily India and Brazil) after rich countries rejected it due to its admitted blood clotting risk, and 2) pushing for the implementation of medical AI systems that will eliminate doctors along with patient choice and privacy. Practice Runs or Responsible Planning? In a January 11, 2024, tweet, Fox News analyst and former assistant secretary for public affairs for the U.S. Treasury Department, Monica Crowley, wrote:4 “From the same people who brought you COVID-19 now comes Disease X: Next week in Davos, the unelected globalists at the World Economic Forum will hold a panel on a future pandemic 20x deadlier than COVID … Just in time for the election, a new contagion to allow them to implement a new WHO treaty, lock down again, restrict free speech and destroy more freedoms. Sound far-fetched? So did what happened in 2020. When your enemies tell you what they’re planning and what they’re planning FOR, believe them. And get ready.” Dr. Stuart Ray, vice chair of medicine for data integrity and analytics at Johns Hopkins’ Department of Medicine, dismissed such warnings, telling Fortune magazine5 that “Coordination of public health response is not conspiracy, it’s simply responsible planning.” I’d be willing to believe him if it wasn’t for a now-obvious trend: Whatever the globalists claim will happen actually does happen at a remarkable frequency, and their prognostic capabilities become easier to explain when you consider that most lethal pandemics have been caused by manmade viruses, the products of gain-of-function research. It’s pretty easy to predict a new viral outbreak if you have said virus waiting in the wings. With that in mind, recent research from China certainly raises concern, to say the least. According to a January 3, 2024, preprint,6 a SARS-CoV-2-related pangolin coronavirus — described as a “cell culture-adapted mutant” called GX_P2V that was first cultured in 2017 — was found to kill 100% of the humanized mice (ACE2-transgenic mice) infected with it.7 The primary cause of death was brain inflammation. According to the authors, “this is the first report showing that a SARS-CoV-2-related pangolin coronavirus can cause 100% mortality in hACE2 mice, suggesting a risk for GX_P2V to spill over into humans.” However, if this virus mutated as a result of passaging through cell cultures, then it’s not likely to emerge in the wild. It’s another unnatural lab creation, so rather than saying it may spill over from pangolins to humans, it would be more accurate to admit that it may pose a (rather serious) risk to humans were a lab escape to occur. COVID Dress Rehearsals In 2017, Johns Hopkins Center of Health Security held a coronavirus pandemic simulation called the SPARS Pandemic 2025-2028 scenario.8 Importantly, the exercise stressed “communication dilemmas concerning medical countermeasures that could plausibly emerge” in a pandemic scenario. Then, in October 2019, less than three months before the COVID-19 outbreak, the Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation in collaboration with Johns Hopkins and the World Economic Forum hosted Event 201. The name itself suggests it may have been a continuation of the SPARS Pandemic exercise. College courses are numbered based on their prerequisites. A 101 course does not require any prior knowledge whereas 201 courses require prior familiarity with the topic at hand. As in the SPARS Pandemic scenario, Event 201 involved an outbreak of a highly infectious coronavirus, and the primary (if not sole) focus of the exercise was, again, how to control information and keep “misinformation” in check, not how to effectively discover and share remedies. Social media censorship played a prominent role in the Event 201 plan, and in the real-world events of 2020 through the present, accurate information about vaccine development, production and injury has indeed been effectively suppressed around the world, thanks to social media companies and Google’s censoring of opposing viewpoints. In March 2021, an outbreak of “an unusual strain of monkeypox virus” was simulated.9 In late July the following year, the WHO director-general declared that a multi-country outbreak of monkeypox constituted a public health emergency of international concern,10 against his own advisory group. ‘Catastrophic Contagion’ Exercise Considering both of these simulations, SPARS (“Event 101”?) and Event 201, foreshadowed what eventually occurred in real life during COVID, when Gates hosts yet another pandemic exercise, it’s worth paying attention to the details. October 23, 2022, Gates, Johns Hopkins and the WHO cohosted “a global challenge exercise” dubbed “Catastrophic Contagion,”11,12 involving a fictional pathogen called “severe epidemic enterovirus respiratory syndrome 2025” (SEERS-25). Enterovirus D6813 is typically associated with cold and flu-like illness in infants, children and teens. In rare cases, it’s also been known to cause viral meningitis and acute flaccid myelitis, a neurological condition resulting in muscle weakness and loss of reflexes in one or more extremities. Enteroviruses A71 and A6 are known to cause hand, foot and mouth disease,14 while poliovirus, the prototypical enterovirus, causes polio (poliomyelitis), a potentially life-threatening type of paralysis that primarily affects children under age 5. So, the virus they modeled in this simulation appears to be something similar to enterovirus D68, but worse. Vaccine Drug Trials Begin for Deadly Nipah Virus One known virus that bears some resemblance to the fictional SEERS-25 is the Nipah virus. This virus has a kill rate of about 75%,15 and survivors oftentimes face long-term neurological issues stemming from the infection. Nipah is also said to affect children to a greater degree than adults.16 Incidentally, human trials for a vaccine against the deadly Nipah virus were recently launched.17Volunteers received their first shots in early January 2024. The experimental injection uses the same viral vector technology used to produce AstraZeneca’s COVID shot. The trial is reportedly being carried out by the University of Oxford in an undisclosed area where Nipah is actively infecting victims. (India seems to be indicated, as an outbreak in Kerala killed two people and hospitalized three in September 2023.18) The disease is thought to spread via interaction with infected animals such as goats, pigs, cats and horses. It may also spread via tainted blood products and food. Symptoms can emerge anywhere from a few days after exposure to as long as 45 days. Initial symptoms include fever, headache and respiratory illness, which can rapidly progress to encephalitis (brain swelling), seizures and coma within just a couple of days. According to the WHO, pigs are known to be “highly contagious” during the incubation period, and it’s possible that humans may be as well, although that has yet to be confirmed. Training African Leaders to Go Along with the Narrative Tellingly, the Catastrophic Contagion exercise focused on getting leadership in African countries involved and trained in following the script. African nations went “off script” more often than others during the COVID pandemic, and didn’t follow in the footsteps of developed nations when it came to pushing the jabs. As a result, vaccine makers now face the problem of having a huge control group, as the COVID jab uptake on the African continent was only 6%,19 yet it fared far better than developed nations in terms of COVID-19 infections and related deaths.20 The Catastrophic Contagion exercise predicts SEERS-25 will kill 20 million people worldwide, including 15 million children, and many who survive the infection will be left with paralysis and/or brain damage. In other words, the “cue” given is that the next pandemic may target children rather than the elderly, as was the case with COVID-19. Vaccine Against Unknown ‘X’ Pathogen Is Already in the Works In August 2023, a new vaccine research facility was set up in Wiltshire, England, fully staffed with more 200 scientists, to begin work on a vaccine against the unknown “Disease X.” As reported by Metro:21 “It took 362 days to develop the Covid-19 vaccine. But the Vaccine Development and Evaluation Centre team wants to reduce that time to 100 days. Scientists at the facility will develop a range of prototype vaccines and tests. The new lab is a part of a global effort to respond to global health threats. The UK and other G7 countries signed up to the ‘100 Days Mission’ in 2021. The government has invested £65 million into the lab. Professor Dame Jenny Harries, the head of the UK Health Security Agency, said the new facility would ‘ensure that we prepare so that if we have a new Disease X, a new pathogen, we have as much of that work in advance as possible.’” In the U.S., Congress also introduced the “Disease X Act of 2023” (H.R.383222) back in June 2023. The bill calls for the establishment of a BARDA program to develop “medical countermeasures for viral threats with pandemic potential.” The bill was referred to the Subcommittee on Health in early June 2023 but has not yet been passed. The Disease X Act amends a section of the Public Health Service Act with two new clauses that call for “the identification and development of platform manufacturing technologies needed for advanced development and manufacturing of medical countermeasures for viral families which have significant potential to cause a pandemic,” and “advanced research and development of flexible medical countermeasures against priority respiratory virus families and other respiratory viral pathogens with a significant potential to cause a pandemic, with both pathogen-specific and pathogen-agnostic approaches …” Needless to say, since it’s impossible to customize vaccines using the conventional method of growing viruses in eggs or some other cell media in 100 days, it seems inevitable that all these efforts are about the expansion of gene-based technologies. This, despite the fact that the mRNA technology used for the COVID jabs has proven to be disastrous from a safety standpoint, and ineffective to boot. Why Manufactured Pandemics Will Continue At this point, it’s quite clear that “biosecurity” is the chosen means by which the globalist cabal intends to seize power over the world. The WHO is working on securing sole power over pandemic response globally through its international pandemic treaty which, if implemented, will eradicate the sovereignty of all member nations. The WHO’s pandemic treaty is the gateway to a global, top-down totalitarian regime, a one world government. Ultimately, the WHO intends to dictate all health care. But to secure that power, they will need more pandemics. COVID-19 alone was not enough to get everyone onboard with a centralized pandemic response unit, and they probably knew that from the start. So, the reason we can be sure there will be additional pandemics, whether manufactured using either fear and hype alone or an actual bioweapon created for this very purpose, is because the takeover plan, aka The Great Reset, is based on the premise that we need global biosecurity surveillance and centralized response. Biosecurity, in turn, is the justification for an international vaccine passport, which the G20 has signed on to, and that passport will also be your digital identification. That digital ID, then, will be tied to your social credit score, personal carbon footprint tracker, medical records, educational records, work records, social media presence, purchase records, your bank accounts and a programmable central bank digital currency (CBDC). Once all these pieces are fully connected, you’ll be in a digital prison, and the ruling cabal — whether officially a one world government by then or not — will have total control over your life from cradle to grave. We’re Already Suffering Under a Pseudo-One World Government We actually already have a pseudo-one world government, in the form of Bill Gates’ nongovernmental organizations (NGOs). They are making health care decisions that should be left to individual nations and/or states, and they’re making decisions that will line their own pockets, regardless of what happens to the public health-wise. They coordinate and synchronize pandemic communication during simulated practice runs, and then, when the real-world situation emerges that fits the bill, the preplanned script is played out more or less verbatim. Between the G20 declaration to implement an international vaccine passport under the auspice of the WHO, and the WHO’s pandemic treaty, everything is lined up to take control of the next pandemic, and in so doing, further securing the foundation for a one world government. As discussed in my 2021 article, “COVID-19 Dress Rehearsals and Proof of the Plan,” the pandemic measures rolled out for COVID-19 were the culmination of decades of careful planning to radically and permanently alter the governance and social structures of the world. The medical system has been used in the past to drive forward a New World Order agenda — now rebranded as “The Great Reset” — and it’s now being used to implement the final stages of that longstanding plan. COVID-19 was a real-world practice run, and showed just how effectively a pandemic can be used to shift the balance of power, and strip the global population of its wealth and individual freedoms. So, there’s no doubt in my mind that additional pandemics will be declared, because they’re the means to the globalists’ ends. To prevent this global coup, we need everyone to speak and share the truth to the point that you’re able. Only then will our voices outnumber the voices of the propaganda machine. Door To Freedom (doortofreedom.org), an organization founded by Dr. Meryl Nass, has a poster that explains how the pandemic treaty and International Health Regulations (IHR) amendments will change life as we know it and strip us of every vestige of freedom. Please download this poster and share it with everyone you know. Also put it up on public billboards and places where communities share information. * Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles. Notes 1, 21 Metro January 15, 2024 2, 3 Mirror January 13, 2024 4 Twitter/X Monica Crowley January 11, 2024 5 Fortune January 12, 2024 6 ResearchGate January 2024 DOI: 10.1101/2024.01.03.574008 7 MSN January 15, 2024 8 SPARS Pandemic Scenario 9 NTI Paper November 2021 10 UN News July 23, 2022 11 Catastrophic Contagion 12 Catastrophic Contagion Videos 13 CDC Enterovirus D68 14 CDC Enteroviruses 15 Forbes September 15, 2023 16 Intractable & Rare Diseases Research February 2019; 8(1): 1-8 17 Forbes January 11, 2024 18 BBC September 14, 2023 19 First Post November 19, 2021 20 Yahoo News November 19, 2021 22 HR 3832 The Disease X Act of 2023 Featured image source https://www.globalresearch.ca/will-disease-x-leaked-2025/5847210 https://donshafi911.blogspot.com/2024/01/will-disease-x-be-leaked-in-2025-all.html
    WWW.GLOBALRESEARCH.CA
    Will Disease X be Leaked in 2025?
    All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version). To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here. Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel …
    0 Comments 0 Shares 40385 Views
More Results